EP1244793A2 - Serine/threonine kinase and serine protease polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding same - Google Patents

Serine/threonine kinase and serine protease polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding same

Info

Publication number
EP1244793A2
EP1244793A2 EP00980526A EP00980526A EP1244793A2 EP 1244793 A2 EP1244793 A2 EP 1244793A2 EP 00980526 A EP00980526 A EP 00980526A EP 00980526 A EP00980526 A EP 00980526A EP 1244793 A2 EP1244793 A2 EP 1244793A2
Authority
EP
European Patent Office
Prior art keywords
polypeptide
serx
nucleic acid
protein
sequence
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Withdrawn
Application number
EP00980526A
Other languages
German (de)
French (fr)
Inventor
Kerry E. Quinn
Kimberley Ann Spytek
Kumud Majumder
Corine Vernet
Catherine Burgess
Elma Fernandes
Raymond Taupier, Jr.
Luca Rastelli
John L. Herrmann
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
CuraGen Corp
Original Assignee
CuraGen Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by CuraGen Corp filed Critical CuraGen Corp
Publication of EP1244793A2 publication Critical patent/EP1244793A2/en
Withdrawn legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N9/00Enzymes; Proenzymes; Compositions thereof; Processes for preparing, activating, inhibiting, separating or purifying enzymes
    • C12N9/14Hydrolases (3)
    • C12N9/48Hydrolases (3) acting on peptide bonds (3.4)
    • C12N9/50Proteinases, e.g. Endopeptidases (3.4.21-3.4.25)
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N9/00Enzymes; Proenzymes; Compositions thereof; Processes for preparing, activating, inhibiting, separating or purifying enzymes
    • C12N9/10Transferases (2.)
    • C12N9/12Transferases (2.) transferring phosphorus containing groups, e.g. kinases (2.7)
    • C12N9/1205Phosphotransferases with an alcohol group as acceptor (2.7.1), e.g. protein kinases
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/02Antithrombotic agents; Anticoagulants; Platelet aggregation inhibitors
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00Medicinal preparations containing peptides

Definitions

  • the invention generally relates to nucleic acids and polypeptides encoded therefrom. More specifically, the invention relates to nucleic acids encoding membrane bound and secreted polypeptides, as well as vectors, host cells, antibodies, and recombinant methods for producing these nucleic acids and polypeptides.
  • the invention is based, in part, upon the discovery of a novel polynucleotide sequences encoding novel polypeptides.
  • the invention provides an isolated nucleic acid molecule that includes the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17 or a fragment, homolog, analog or derivative thereof.
  • the nucleic acid can include, e.g., a nucleic acid sequence encoding a polypeptide at least 85% identical to a polypeptide that includes the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 9, 11, or 15.
  • the nucleic acid can be, e.g., a genomic DNA fragment, or a cDNA molecule.
  • Also included in the invention is a vector containing one or more of the nucleic acids described herein, and a cell containing the vectors or nucleic acids described herein.
  • the invention is also directed to host cells transformed with a vector comprising any of the nucleic acid molecules described above.
  • the invention includes a pharmaceutical composition that includes a
  • SERX nucleic acid and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
  • the invention includes a substantially purified SERX polypeptide, e.g., any of the SERX polypeptides encoded by a SERX nucleic acid, and fragments, homologs, analogs, and derivatives thereof.
  • the invention also includes a pharmaceutical composition that includes a SERX polypeptide and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
  • the invention provides an antibody that binds specifically to a SERX polypeptide.
  • the antibody can be, e.g., a monoclonal or polyclonal antibody, and fragments, homologs, analogs, and derivatives thereof.
  • the invention also includes a pharmaceutical composition including SERX antibody and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
  • the invention is also directed to isolated antibodies that bind to an epitope on a polypeptide encoded by any of the nucleic acid molecules described above.
  • the invention also includes kits comprising any of the pharmaceutical compositions described above.
  • the invention further provides a method for producing a SERX polypeptide by providing a cell containing a SERX nucleic acid, e.g., a vector that includes a SERX nucleic acid, and culturing the cell under conditions sufficient to express the SERX polypeptide encoded by the nucleic acid.
  • the expressed SERX polypeptide is then recovered from the cell.
  • the cell produces little or no endogenous SERX polypeptide.
  • the cell can be, e.g., a prokaryotic cell or eukaryotic cell.
  • the invention is also directed to methods of identifying a SERX polypeptide or nucleic acid in a sample by contacting the sample with a compound that specifically binds to the polypeptide or nucleic acid, and detecting complex formation, if present.
  • the invention further provides methods of identifying a compound that modulates the activity of a SERX polypeptide by contacting a SERX polypeptide with a compound and determining whether the SERX polypeptide activity is modified.
  • the invention is also directed to compounds that modulate SERX polypeptide activity identified by contacting a SERX polypeptide with the compound and determining whether the compound modifies activity of the SERX polypeptide, binds to the SERX polypeptide, or binds to a nucleic acid molecule encoding a SERX polypeptide.
  • the invention provides a method of determining the presence of or predisposition of a SERX-associated disorder in a subject. The method includes providing a sample from the subject and measuring the amount of SERX polypeptide in the subject sample. The amount of SERX polypeptide in the subject sample is then compared to the amount of SERX polypeptide in a control sample.
  • an alteration in the amount of SERX polypeptide in the subject protein sample relative to the amount of SERX polypeptide in the control protein sample indicates the subject has a tissue proliferation-associated condition.
  • a control sample is preferably taken from a matched individual, i.e., an individual of similar age, sex, or other general condition but who is not suspected of having a tissue proliferation-associated condition.
  • the control sample may be taken from the subject at a time when the subject is not suspected of having a tissue proliferation-associated disorder.
  • the SERX is detected using a SERX antibody.
  • the invention provides a method of determining the presence of or predisposition of a SERX-associated disorder in a subject.
  • the method includes providing a nucleic acid sample, e.g., RNA or DNA, or both, from the subject and measuring the amount of the SERX nucleic acid in the subject nucleic acid sample.
  • the amount of SERX nucleic acid sample in the subject nucleic acid is then compared to the amount of a SERX nucleic acid in a control sample.
  • An alteration in the amount of SERX nucleic acid in the sample relative to the amount of SERX in the control sample indicates the subject has a tissue proliferation- associated disorder.
  • the invention provides a method of treating or preventing or delaying a SERX-associated disorder.
  • the method includes administering to a subject in which such treatment or prevention or delay is desired a SERX nucleic acid, a SERX polypeptide, or a SERX antibody in an amount sufficient to treat, prevent, or delay a tissue proliferation-associated disorder in the subject.
  • the present invention provides novel nucleotides and polypeptides encoded thereby. Included in the invention are the novel nucleic acid sequences and their polypeptides. The sequences are collectively referred to as “SERX nucleic acids” or “SERX polynucleotides” and the corresponding encoded polypeptides are referred to as “SERX polypeptides” or “SERX proteins.” Unless indicated otherwise, "SERX” is meant to refer to any of the novel sequences disclosed herein. Table 1 provides a summary of the SERX nucleic acids and their encoded polypeptides.
  • SERX nucleic acids and their encoded polypeptides are useful in a variety of applications and contexts.
  • the various SERX nucleic acids and polypeptides according to the invention are useful as novel members of the protein families according to the presence of domains and sequence relatedness to previously described proteins. Additionally, SERX nucleic acids and polypeptides can also be used to identify proteins that are members of the family to which the SERX polypeptides belong.
  • SER1, SER2, SER3, and SER4 are homologous to members of the serine/threonine kinase family of proteins.
  • the SER1-4 nucleic acids and polypeptides, antibodies and related compounds according to the invention will be useful in therapeutic and diagnostic applications in disorders associated with, e.g., signal transduction pathways, cell proliferation, growth, and spermiogenesis.
  • Protein phosphorylation is a fundamental process for the regulation of cellular functions. The coordinated action of both protein kinases and phosphatases controls the levels of phosphorylation and, hence, the activity of specific target proteins.
  • the inactive cAMP-dependent protein kinase is a tetramer composed of 2 regulatory and 2 catalytic subunits.
  • the cooperative binding of 4 molecules of cAMP dissociates the enzyme in a regulatory subunit dimer and 2 free active catalytic subunits.
  • 4 different regulatory subunits PRKAR1 A, OMIM Ace.188830; PRKAR1B,
  • OMIM Ace.176911; PRKAR2A, OMIM Acc.176910; and PRKAR2B, OMIM Acc.176912) and 3 catalytic subunits (PRKACA; PRKACB, OMIM Ace.176892; and PRKACG OMIM Ace.176893) have been identified.
  • kinase sequences defined a common catalytic domain, ranging from 250 to 300 amino acids. This domain contains key amino acids conserved between kinases and are thought to play an essential role in catalysis. Jones et al. (Cell Regul. 2:1001-1009 (1991) isolated a partial cDNA that encodes a protein kinase they termed rac (related to the A and C kinases). DNA sequencing identified an open reading frame of 1,440 bp encoding a protein of 480 amino acids. In an in vitro translation system that used RNA transcribed from cloned cDNAs, they demonstrated the synthesis of a protein of corresponding size.
  • a testis-specific novel Ser/Thr kinase-1 (TSK-1) for the gene reveals highest homology to the human gene encoding rac protein kinase-beta and the group of yeast Ser/Thr kinases encoded by SNF-l,nim-l, KTN-1 and KJN-2.
  • Other serine/threonine protein kinases contain consensus sequences characteristic of a protein kinase catalytic domain and showed 73 and 68% similarity to protein kinase C and cAMP-dependent protein kinase, respectively.
  • Other serine/threonine protein kinases include RAF1 and PIM1.
  • SER5, SER6, SER7, and SER8 are homologous to members of the serine protease family of proteins.
  • the SER5-8 nucleic acids and polypeptides, antibodies and related compounds according to the invention will be useful in therapeutic and diagnostic applications in e.g., blood clotting disorders, cell growth and proliferative disorders.
  • the SERX nucleic acids and polypeptides can also be used to screen for molecules, which inhibit or enhance SERX activity or function.
  • the nucleic acids and polypeptides according to the invention may be used as targets for the identification of small molecules that modulate or inhibit, e.g., cell growth and differentiation protein processing.
  • a SERl sequence according to the invention is a nucleic acid sequence encoding a polypeptide related to the serine/threonine kinase family of proteins.
  • a SERl nucleic acid and its encoded polypeptide includes the sequences shown in Table 2 and Table 3, respectively.
  • the disclosed nucleic acid (SEQ ID NO:l) is 823 nucleotides in length and contains an open reading frame (ORF) that begins with an ATG initiation codon at nucleotides 142-144 and ends with a TGA stop codon at nucleotides 772-774.
  • the representative ORF includes a 210 amino acid polypeptide (SEQ ID NO:2).
  • SeqCalling is a differential expression and sequencing procedure that normalizes mRNA species in a sample, and is disclosed in U. S. Ser. No. 09/417,386, filed Oct. 13, 1999, inco ⁇ orated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • a hydrophobicity plot for SERl suggests that the gene encodes a protein not having a signal peptide at the N-terminus.
  • tissues from which an mRNA encoding the serine/threonine kinase-like protein of the invention may be obtained are testis, fetal lung, B-cells, kidney, lung (such as lung tumor), prostate, lymphocyte, brain, spleen, and pancreas.
  • BLASTX comparisons with known proteins showed that the highest percent positives, 64%), were found for the genotypes embodying cardiovascular abnormalities such as aortic arch abnormalities involved in DiGeorge syndrome (DGS; Lindsay et al. Nature 401 :379-83 (1999) and velo-cardiofacial syndrome (VCFS; Kimber et al. Hum Mol Genet 8:2229-2237 (1999)).
  • DRS DiGeorge syndrome
  • VCFS velo-cardiofacial syndrome
  • the full amino acid sequence of the protein of the invention was found to have 83 of 179 amino acid residues (46 %) identical to, and 115 of 179 residues (64 %) positive with, the 365 amino acid residue serine- threonine kinase from the mouse (ptnr: SPTREMBL- ACC:P97416):
  • Eukaryotic protein kinases are enzymes that belong to a very extensive family of proteins which share a conserved catalytic core common to both serine/threonine and tyrosine protein kinases. Hanks & Hunter FASEB J. 9:576-596(1995); Hanks et al., Science 241:42-52(1988). There are a number of conserved regions in the catalytic domain of protein kinases.
  • One region which is located in the N-terminal extremity of the catalytic domain, is a glycine-rich stretch of residues in the vicinity of a lysine residue, which has been shown to be involved in ATP binding.
  • the second region which is located in the central part of the catalytic domain, contains a conserved aspartic acid residue which is important for the catalytic activity of the enzyme; there are two signature patterns for this region: one specific for serine/ threonine kinases and the other for tyrosine kinases. Knighton et al., Science 253:407-414(1991).
  • the ATP binding pattern is: [LIV]-G- ⁇ P ⁇ -G- ⁇ P ⁇ -[FYWMGSTNH]-[SGA]- ⁇ PW ⁇ - [LIVCAT]- ⁇ PD ⁇ -x- [GSTACLIVMFY]-x(5,18)-[LIVMFYWCSTAR]-[AIVP]- [LIVMFAGCKRJ-K (SEQ ID NO:3).
  • the majority of known protein kinases belong to the class detected by this pattern. However, viral kinases are quite divergent in this region and may be completely missed by this pattern. This pattern is found in amino acids 18-41 of SEQ ID NO:2 (shown in bold).
  • the second consensus pattern located in the central part of the catalytic domain, is:
  • the SERl polypeptide sequence contains both Eukaryotic protein kinase signature sequences as defined by the PROSITE database (illustrated by bold and bold, italics in SEQ ID NO:2 of Table 3).
  • the protein kinase ATP binding signature sequence is located at amino acid residues 18-41 of SEQ ID NO:2 (bold).
  • the serine/threonine protein kinase active site signature sequence is located at amino acid residues 131-143 of SEQ ID NO: 2 (bold, italic).
  • the PROSITE database consists of biologically significant sites, patterns and profiles that help to reliably identify to which known protein family a new sequence belongs.
  • SEQ ID NO: 2 belongs to the Eukaryotic protein kinase family, identified by Accession Number PF00069.
  • NCBI CD-Search is a search of a conserved domain database. Because proteins often contain several modules or domains, each with a distinct evolutionary origin and function, the CD-Search service may be used to identify the conserved domains present in a protein sequence. Computational biologists define conserved domains based on recurring sequence patterns or motifs. CDD currently contains domains derived from two popular collections, Smart and Pfam, plus contributions from NCBI. To identify conserved domains in a protein sequence, the CD- Search service employs the reverse position-specific BLAST algorithm. The query sequence is compared to a position-specific score matrix prepared from the underlying conserved domain alignment. Altschul et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 25:3389-3402 (1997).
  • the CD multiple Align for SERl to the catalytic domain (row 1, Table4) is shown in Table 5a.
  • entry 'gi 1730584' accession number P54739
  • Entry 'gi 125529' (accession number P27448) is a human putative serine/threonine protein kinase, P78.
  • entry 'gi 6678167' (accession number NP_033462) is serine/threonine kinase 22B, which is associated with spermatogenesis. Kueng et al., J. Cell. Biol. 139:1851-1859 (1997).
  • black outlined amino acids indicate identity (e.g., regions of conserved sequence that may be required to preserve structural or functional properties), whereas gray outline amino acids indicate conservative substitutions, (e.g., the residues can be mutated to a residue with comparable steric and/or chemical properties without altering protein structure or function, e.g. L to V, I, or M); non- highlighted amino acid residues vary can likely be mutated to a much broader extent without altering structure or function.
  • the CD multiple Align for SERl to the pkinase ATP binding domain (Row 2, Table 4) is shown in Table 5b.
  • SERl has homology to 'gi 3318993,' the catalytic subunit of protein kinase Ck2 (casein kinase 2) from Zea mays involved in cell proliferation. Niefmd et al., EMBO J 17:2451-2462 (1998). Also shown in Table 5b is entry 'gi 125690' (accession number P18653), a mouse ribosomal protein S6 kinase alpha 1, which is implicated in the activation of the mitogen-activated kinase cascade and belongs to the serine/threonine family of protein kinases. Alcorta et al., Mol. Cell. Biol. 9:3850-3859 (1989).
  • Entry 'gi 1170662' (accession number P22987) is a yeast serine/threonine protein kinase, KINl, which is important for growth polarity in S. pombe. Levin & Bishop, Proc. Natl. Acad, Sci., USA 87:8272-8276 (1990).
  • entry 'gi 120621 ' (accession number P23647) is serine/threonine protein kinase from Drosophila melanogaster, which is a segment polarity protein important for correct patterning in the posterior part of each embryonic metamere. Preat et al., Nature 347:87-89 (1990).
  • the serine/threonine kinases comprise a family of structurally related proteins implicated in the regulation of a variety of diseases including those related to cell signal transduction disorders. This family of proteins is involved in developmental processes, and other significant physiological roles such as neuronal apoptosis, cell proliferation and spermiogenesis. Serine/threonine kinases are expressed in a number of different organisms and cell types, including for example, intestine, thymus, lung, fetal lung, lung tumor, B-cells, prostate, lymphocyte, brain, pancreas, spleen, bursa, and testis.
  • the SERl protein is a novel member of the serine/threonine protein family.
  • the discovery of molecules related to serine/threonine kinases satisfies a need in the art by providing new diagnostic or therapeutic compositions useful in the treatment of disorders associated with alterations in the expression of members of serine/threonine kinase- like proteins.
  • Nucleic acids, polypeptides, antibodies, and other compositions of the present invention are useful in a variety of diseases and pathologies, including by way of nonlimiting example, those involving cardiovascular defects such as DGS syndrome and VCFS, hyperproliferative diseases, hypoproliferative diseases, as well as those involving issues relating to fertility.
  • nucleic acids and proteins of the invention are useful in potential therapeutic applications implicated in vascular, skeletal and cardiac muscle disorders.
  • a nucleic acid encoding the serine/threonine kinase-like protein may be useful in gene therapy
  • an inhibitory oligonucleotide directed to a mutant gene such as that involved in DGS or VCFS may block expression of the defective gene
  • the serine/threonine kinase-like protein may be useful as complementation therapy when administered to a subject in need thereof.
  • novel nucleic acid encoding serine/threonine kinase-like protein, and the serine/threonine kinase-like protein of the invention, or fragments thereof, may further be useful in diagnostic applications, wherein the presence or amount of the nucleic acid or the protein are to be assessed. These materials are further useful in the generation of antibodies that bind immunospecifically to the novel substances of the invention for use in therapeutic or diagnostic methods.
  • a SERl nucleic acid is useful for detecting specific cell-types. For example a SERl nucleic acid according to the invention can be present in different levels in a lung tumor. Also, according to the invention the expression of a SERl nucleic acid has utility in identifying developing and embryonic tissues from other tissue types.
  • a SER2 sequence according to the invention is also a nucleic acid sequence encoding a polypeptide related to the serine/threonine family of proteins.
  • a SER2 nucleic acid and its encoded polypeptide includes the sequences shown in Table 6.
  • the disclosed nucleic acid (SEQ ID NO:5) is 1140 nucleotides in length and contains an open reading frame (ORF) that begins with an ATG initiation codon at nucleotides 21-23 and ends with a TGA stop codon at nucleotides 1122-1124.
  • the representative ORF includes a 367 amino acid polypeptide (SEQ ID NO:6) as shown in Table 7.
  • nucleic acid sequence of Ace. No. AC010431_A has 986 of 1140 bases (86 %) identical to a M. musculus species Serine-Threonine Kinase mRNA (GENBANK-ID: UOl 840).
  • the nucleic acid also has homology (approximately 88% identity) to mouse serine/threonine kinase 22A (spermiogenesis associated, reference NM_009435.1) and to mouse serine/threonine kinase (tsk-1) mRNA (88% identity, GenBank Accession. No. UOl 840).
  • the encoded polypeptide has 82%o identity to serine/threonine kinase 22A (spermiogenesis associated, GenBank Accession AAA99535.1) and 67% identity to mouse serine/threonine kinase 22B (spermiogenesis associated, GenBank Accession AAC03367.1).
  • the target sequence identified as Accession Number AC010431_A was subjected to the exon linking process to confirm the sequence, as follows.
  • PCR primers were designed by starting at the most upstream sequence available, for the forward primer, and at the most downstream sequence available for the reverse primer. In each case, the sequence was examined, walking inward from the respective termini toward the coding sequence, until a suitable sequence that is either unique or highly selective was encountered, or, in the case of the reverse primer, until the stop codon was reached. Such suitable sequences were then employed as the forward and reverse primers in a PCR amplification based on a library containing a wide range of cDNA species.
  • the resulting amplicon was gel purified, cloned and sequenced to high redundancy to provide a consensus sequence which is designated Accession Number AC010431_dal (SEQ ID NO:7, SER3 as shown in Table 8).
  • the coding sequence of clone AC010431_dal was 100% identical to that provided in the sequence described as Ace. No. AC010431_A.
  • the full amino acid sequence of the protein of the invention was found to have 307 of 364 amino acid residues (84%) identical to, and 329 of 364 residues (90 %) positive with, the 364 amino acid residue testis-specific serine/threonine kinase from M. musculus (ptnr:SWISSPROT-ACC:Q61241).
  • the first 70 amino acids of Ace. No. AC010431_A (SER2) were used for signal peptide prediction.
  • the results indicate that the protein likely has no signal peptide, and that it is predicted to localize to the cytoplasm.
  • SER2 polypeptide is a member of the serine/threonine kinase family, which is defined by two signature sequences, as defined above.
  • the SER2 polypeptide sequence contains both Eukaryotic protein kinase signature sequences as defined by the PROSITE database (illustrated by bold and bold, italics in SEQ ID NO: 6 of Table 7).
  • the protein kinase ATP binding signature sequence is located at amino acid residues 18-41 of SEQ ID NO:6 (bold).
  • the serine/threonine protein kinase active site signature sequence is located at amino acid residues 132-144 of SEQ ID NO:6 (bold, italic).
  • the SER2 polypeptide has homology to serine/threonine protein kinase catalytic domain (Row 1, Table 9). Entries 'IJNK,' '125529,' and '6678167' were discussed above for SERl multiple alignment (Table 5a). The entry '7494971' corresponds to hypothetical protein B0496.3 (Accession number T29253) from Caenorhabditis elegans. Table 10b: Multiple CD Align- pkinase ATP
  • the CD multiple Align for SER2 to the pkinase ATP binding domain (Row 2, Table 9) is shown in Table 10b.
  • entry 'gi 416768' accession number P32562
  • yeast serine/threonine protein kinase required for the cell cycle and belongs to the CDC5/MSD2 subfamily. Kitada et al., Mol. Cell. Biol. 13:4445-4457 (1993).
  • entry 'gi 400097' (accession number P31374) is a probable serine/threonine protein kinase from S. cerevisiae. Clark et al., Yeast 9:543-549 (1993).
  • the SER2 protein is a novel member of this protein family.
  • the discovery of molecules related to spermiogenesis and cell cycle regulation satisfies a need in the art by providing new diagnostic or therapeutic compositions useful in the treatment of disorders associated with alterations in the expression of members of serine/threonine kinase- like proteins.
  • Nucleic acids, polypeptides, antibodies, and other compositions of the present invention are useful in a variety of diseases and pathologies, including by way of nonlimiting example, those involving hyperproliferative diseases, hypoproliferative diseases, as well as those involving issues relating to fertility.
  • a SER2 or SER3 nucleic acid is useful for detecting specific cell-types.
  • a SER2 or SER3 nucleic acid according to the invention can be present in different levels in various cells.
  • the expression of a SER2 or SER3 nucleic acid has utility in identifying tumors.
  • the appearance or elevation of plasma levels of serine/threonine kinases or increased or decreased phosphorylation of certain proteins are reliable markers of cancer progression. Accordingly, expression levels of serine-threonine kinase- like nucleic acids such as SER2 or SER3 are also useful in diagnosis and prognosis of such cancers.
  • a SER4 sequence according to the invention is a nucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide related to a serine/threonine kinase (STK).
  • a SER4 nucleic acid and its encoded polypeptide includes the sequences shown in Table 11 and 12, respectively.
  • the disclosed nucleic acid sequence (SEQ ID NO:8, Ace NO: AC010761 from GenbankNEW) is 993 nucleotides long. An open reading frame was identified beginning with an initiation codon at nucleotides 1-3 and ending with a TGA codon at nucleotides 991-993.
  • the encoded polypeptide is 330 amino acid residues long (SEQ ID NO:9).
  • the hydropathy profile for SER4 indicates that this sequence has a strong signal peptide toward the 5' terminal supporting extracellular localization.
  • the PSORT and SignalP profile also offer significant supportive evidence. It is very likely a membrane-bound peptide as the protein predicted here is similar to the STK gene family, some members of which are localized at the plasma membrane. Therefore it is likely that this novel gene is available at the appropriate sub-cellular localization and hence accessible for the therapeutic uses described in this application.
  • nucleic acid sequence of SER4 has 429 of 699 nucleotides (61%) identical to Homo sapiens protein kinase SID6-1512 (Genbank ID: AB026289).
  • full amino acid sequence of the protein of the invention was found to have 150 of 333 amino acid residues (45%) identical to, and 213 of 333 amino acid residues (63%) positive with, the 357 amino acid residue protein similar to the CDC2/CDX subfamily of ser/thr protein kinases from Caenorhabditis elegans (SPTREMBL-ACC:O01775).
  • a search of the Prosite database revealed the occurrence of the serine/threonine protein kinase active site signature sequence at residues 124-136 (shown in bold) of the SER4 polypeptide (SEQ ID NO:9).
  • Alignment in the Pfam database showed similarity of amino acids 4-262 to the pkinase domain, with an E value of 8.4e- 71 .
  • This sequence therefore belongs to the Eukaryotic protein kinase family, identified by Accession Number PF00069.
  • the CD multiple align for SER4 to the STK catalytic domain (row 1, Tablel3) is shown in Table 14a.
  • the figure indicates that SER4 has homology to IJNK (accession number 5542282), as discussed above.
  • entry '1352502 accession number P48479
  • NIM-1 from Neurospora crassa. Pu et al., J. Biol. Chem.270:18110-18116 (1995).
  • Entry ' 1709251 ' (accession number P51954) is serine/threonine protein kinase NEKl (NEMA-related protein kinase-1) from mouse, which is highly expressed in meiotic germ cells. Mizzen et al, EMBO J.11:3521-3531 (1992). Finally, entry '1709347' (accession number P51957) is serine/threonine kinase NRK2 from human breast tissue, which is related to cell cycle regulating kinases. Levedakou et al., Oncogene 9:1977-1988 (1994).
  • the CD multiple align for SER4 to the STK ATP domain (row 2, Table 13) is shown in Table 14b.
  • entry '266411 ' accession number P08414
  • a mouse calcium-calmodulin dependent (serine/threonine) protein kinase found in brain and testes. Jones et al., FEBS Lett.289:105-109 (1991).
  • entry '127299' (accession number P24719) is serine/threonine kinase MEK1/MRE4 from yeast, which is required for meiotic recombination.
  • Leem & Ogawa Nucl. Acids Res.20:449-457 (1992).
  • the expression pattern, map location and protein similarity information for the sequence of Ace. No. 24111358_EXT1 suggest that this gene functions as a member of the "STK-like protein family".
  • SER4 has similarity to members of the CDC2/CDX subfamily of the STK proteins and may be involved in regulating mitosis.
  • CDC2 is a catalytic subunit of a protein kinase complex called the M-phase promoting factor, which induces entry into mitosis, and is universal among eukaryotes.
  • the SER4 may be potentially used as a protein therapeutic, small molecule drug target, antibody target (therapeutic, diagnostic, drug targeting/cytotoxic antibody), diagnostic and/or prognostic marker, for gene therapy (gene delivery/gene ablation), as research tools, for tissue regeneration in vitro and in vivo (regeneration for all these tissues and cell types composing these tissues and cell types derived from these tissues).
  • nucleic acids and proteins provided by SER4 are useful in potential therapeutic applications implicated, for example but not limited to, the following diseases and disorders: Systemic lupus erythematosus, Autoimmune disease, Asthma, Emphysema, Scleroderma, Cancer, Fertility disorders, Reproductive disorders, Tissue/Cell growth regulation disorders, Developmental disorders and resulting disorders derived from the above conditions, and/or other pathologies/disorders.
  • a cDNA encoding STK-like protein may be useful in gene therapy, and the STK-like protein may be useful when administered to a subject in need thereof.
  • the compositions of the present invention will have efficacy for treatment of patients suffering from the pathologies described above.
  • the novel nucleic acid encoding the STK-like protein, and the STK-like protein of the invention, or fragments thereof, may further be useful in diagnostic applications, wherein the presence or amount of the nucleic acid or the protein are to be assessed. These materials are further useful in the generation of antibodies that bind immunospecifically to the novel substances of the invention for use in therapeutic or diagnostic methods.
  • SER4 may further be useful in diagnostic applications, wherein the presence or amount of the nucleic acid or the protein are to be assessed.
  • the SER4 polypeptides are further useful in the generation of antibodies that bind immunospecifically to the novel substances of the invention for use in therapeutic or diagnostic methods.
  • a SER5 sequence according to the invention is a nucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide related to a serine protease hepsin-like protein.
  • a SER5 nucleic acid and its encoded polypeptide includes the sequences shown in Table 15 and 16, respectively.
  • the disclosed nucleic acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 10, Ace NO: GM_10221687) is 1264 nucleotides long. An open reading frame was identified beginning with an initiation ATG codon at nucleotides 8-10 and ending with a TAA codon at nucleotides 1256-1258.
  • the encoded polypeptide is 416 amino acid residues long (SEQ ID NO:l 1).
  • Table 15 Nucleotide sequence including the sequence encoding serine protease-like protein SER5 (GM_10221687) of the invention..
  • nucleic acid sequence of SER5 has 749 of 1223 bases (61%) identical to a Homo sapiens serine protease hepsin mRNA (Patent publication AU9527248-A published 08-FEB-1996).
  • the full amino acid sequence of the protein of the invention was found to have 181 of 420 amino acid residues (43%) identical to, and 266 of 420 residues (63%) positive with, the 422 amino acid residue Serine Protease DESC1 protein from Homo sapiens (ptnr: TREMBLNEW- ACC:AAF04328).
  • Hepsin is a putative membrane-bound serine protease, was originally identified as a human liver cDNA clone.
  • the messenger RNA of hepsin is 1.85 kilobases in size and present in most tissues, with the highest level in liver.
  • Hepsin is synthesized as a single polypeptide chain, and its mature form of 51 kDa was found in various mammalian cells including HepG2 cells and baby hamster kidney cells. It is present in the plasma-membrane in a molecular orientation of type II membrane-associated proteins, with its catalytic subunit (carboxyl- terminal half) at the cell surface, and its amino terminus facing the cytosol.
  • Hepsin is found neither in cytosol nor in culture media. It is postulated that hepsin has an important role in cell growth and function.
  • Hepsin is a type II transmembrane serine protease that is highly expressed on the surface of hepatocytes.
  • the physiological function of hepsin is not known, although in vitro studies indicate that hepsin plays a role in the initiation of blood coagulation and in hepatocyte growth, but is not essential for embryonic development and normal hemostasis.
  • Extracellular proteases mediate the digestion of neighboring extracellular matrix components in initial tumor growth, allow shedding or desquamation of tumor cells into the surrounding environment, provide the basis for invasion of basement membranes in target metastatic organs, and are required for release and activation of many growth and angiogenic factors.
  • Overexpression of the serine protease hepsin gene has been identified in ovarian carcinomas. Torres-Rosado, et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. ;90:7181-7185 (1993). Quantitative PCR was used to determine the relative expression of hepsin compared to that of beta-tubulin.
  • hepsin The mRNA expression levels of hepsin were significantly elevated in 7 of 12 low malignant potential tumors and in 27 of 32 carcinomas. On Northern blot analysis, the hepsin transcript was abundant in carcinoma but was almost never expressed in normal adult tissue, including normal ovary. These results suggest that hepsin is frequently overexpressed in ovarian tumors and therefore may be a candidate protease in the invasive process and growth capacity of ovarian tumor cells.
  • PSORT analysis predicts the protein encoded by SER5 to be localized extracellularly with a certainty of 0.8200. Using the SIGNALP analysis, it is predicted that the protein of the invention has a signal peptide with most likely cleavage site between pos. 40 and 41 : AYG- LK. A search of the PROSITE database of protein families and domains confirmed that a
  • SER5 polypeptide is a member of the trypsin family of serine proteases.
  • the catalytic activity of the serine proteases from the trypsin family is provided by a charge relay system involving an aspartic acid residue hydrogen- bonded to a histidine, which itself is hydrogen-bonded to a serine.
  • the sequences in the vicinity of the active site serine and histidine residues are well conserved in this family of proteases.
  • the histidine active site consensus pattern is: [LIVM]-[ST]-A-[STAG]-H-C (SEQ ID NO: 12). This pattern is found in amino acids 215-220 of SEQ ID NO: 11 (shown in bold).
  • the serine active site consensus pattern is: [DNSTAGC]-[GSTAPIMVQH]-x(2)-G- [DE]-S-G-[GS]-[SAPHV]-[LIVMFYWH]- [LIVMFYSTANQH] (SEQ ID NO: 13). This pattern is indicated by the bold, italic residues 357-368 of SEQ ID NO:l 1.
  • the SER5 polypeptide sequence contains both trypsin family sequences as defined by the PROSITE database (illustrated by bold and bold, italics in SEQ ID NO: 11 of Table 16).
  • a partial list of proteases known to belong to the trypsin family includes: Acrosin;
  • Blood coagulation factors VII, IX, X, XI and XII, thrombin, plasminogen, and protein C blood coagulation factors VII, IX, X, XI and XII, thrombin, plasminogen, and protein C; Cathepsin G; Chymotrypsins; Complement components Clr, Cls, C2, and complement factors
  • Enterokinase (EC 3.4.21.9) (enteropeptidase); Hepatocyte growth factor activator; Hepsin;
  • Glandular (tissue) kallikreins including EGF-binding protein types A, B, and C, NGF-gamma chain, gamma-renin, prostate specific antigen (PSA) and tonin); Plasma kallikrein; Mast cell proteases (MCP) 1 (chymase) to 8; Myeloblastin (proteinase 3) (Wegener's autoantigen); Plasminogen activators (urokinase-type, and tissue-type); Trypsins I, II, III, and IV; Tryptases; Snake venom proteases such as ancrod, batroxobin, cerastobin, flavoxobin, and protein C activator; Collagenase from common cattle grub and collagenolytic protease from Atlantic sand fiddler crab; Apolipoprotein(a); Blood fluke cercarial protease; Drosophila trypsin like proteases: alpha, easter, snake-locus; D
  • proteases that belong to family SI in the classification of peptidases and originate from eukaryotic species. Rawlings and Barrett Meth. Enzymol. 244:19-61(1994). It should be noted that bacterial proteases that belong to family S2A are similar enough in the regions of the active site residues that they can be picked up by the same patterns. These proteases include Achromobacter lyticus protease I; Lysobacter alpha-lytic protease; Streptogrisin A and B (Streptomyces proteases A and B); Streptomyces griseus glutamyl endopeptidase II; Streptomyces fradiae proteases 1 and 2.
  • SEQ ID NO: 11 belongs to the trypsin family of proteolytic enzymes, identified by Accession Number PF00089.
  • the E value for the alignment of residues 179-407 of SER5 with the trypsin domain is 7e "86 .
  • the CD multiple Align for SER5 to trypsin-like serine protease domains (row 1, Table 17) is shown in Table 18a.
  • Many trypsin-like serine proteases are synthesized as inactive precursor zymogens that are cleaved during limited proteolysis to generate their active forms. A few, however, are active as single chain molecules, and others are inactive due to substitutions of the catalytic triad residues.
  • entry ' 123057' (accession number P05981) is a human serine protease hepsin (transmembrane protease, serine-1), a type-II membrane protein belonging to the trypsin family and is related to cell growth and maintenance of cell morphology.
  • Serres-Rosado et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA 90:7181-7185 (1993).
  • the CD multiple Align for SER5 to trypsin-like domains (peptidase family SI, row 2, Table 17) is shown in Table 18b.
  • entry 'gi 4929851 ' (accession number 4929851), a Chain A catalytic domain of human tissue plasminogen activator. Bode and Renatus, Curr. Op. Struct. Biol. 7:21713-21719 (1997).
  • Entry 'gi 1310822' (accession number 1310822) is a human chain B urokinase-type plasminogen activator. Spraggon et al., structure 3:681-691 (1995).
  • entry ' gi 2833277' (accession number g2833277) is a human prostatin precursor, a membrane-bound protein with trypsin-like cleavage specificity, and is found in the prostate, liver, salivary gland, kidney, lung, pancreas, colon, bronchus, and renal proximal tubular cells. Yu, et al., J. Biol. Chem. 270:13483-13489.
  • the similarity of SER5 to the proteins of the serine protease family indicates that it is a novel member of this class of proteins. Therefore, the novel nucleic acids and proteins identified here may be useful in potential therapeutic applications implicated in (but not limited to) various pathologies and disorders as indicated below.
  • the potential therapeutic applications for this invention include, but are not limited to: protein therapeutic, small molecule drug target, antibody target (therapeutic, diagnostic, drug targeting/cytotoxic antibody), diagnostic and/or prognostic marker, gene therapy (gene delivery/gene ablation), research tools, tissue regeneration in vivo and in vitro of all tissues and cell types composing (but not limited to) those defined here.
  • the nucleic acids and proteins of the invention are useful in potential therapeutic applications implicated in various diseases involving blood coagulation, human liver cells, hepatoma cells and hepatocellular carcinoma and/or other pathologies and disorders.
  • a cDNA encoding the Serine Protease (SP) -like protein e.g., hepsin-like protein, or trypsin like protein
  • the SP -like protein may be useful when administered to a subject in need thereof.
  • the compositions of the present invention will have efficacy for treatment of patients suffering from various diseases involving blood coagulation, human liver cells, hepatoma cells and hepatocellular carcinoma.
  • novel nucleic acid encoding Serine Protease -like protein, and the SP-like protein of the invention, or fragments thereof, may further be useful in diagnostic applications, wherein the presence or amount of the nucleic acid or the protein are to be assessed. These materials are further useful in the generation of antibodies that bind immunospecifically to the novel substances of the invention for use in therapeutic or diagnostic methods.
  • a SER6 sequence according to the invention is a nucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide related to a serine protease kallikrein-like protein.
  • a SER6 nucleic acid and its encoded polypeptide includes the sequences shown in Table 19 and 20, respectively.
  • the disclosed nucleic acid sequence (SEQ ID NO:14, Ace NO: 12996895 1) is 1314 nucleotides long. An open reading frame was identified beginning with an initiation ATG codon at nucleotides 1-3 and ending with a stop codon at nucleotides 1264-1266.
  • the encoded polypeptide is 421 amino acid residues long (SEQ ID NO: 15).
  • Table 19 Nucleotide sequence including the sequence encoding serine protease-like protein SER6 (12996895_1) of the invention..
  • human glandular kallikrein as a tool to improve discrimination of poorly differentiated and non-organ-confined prostate cancer compared with prostate-specific antigen.
  • Human glandular kallikrein possesses 80% structure identity with prostate-specific antigen and is secreted by identical prostate epithelial cells. Although increasing with pathologic stage, prostate-specific antigen is not clinically sufficient to predict histologic grade and pathologic stage of prostate cancer in individual cases. Glandular kallikrein was helpful in the prediction of organ-confined disease, and may serve a useful tool for more accurate prediction of tumor grade or stage and allow better clinical decision-making.
  • PSORT analysis predicts the protein of CuraGen Ace. No. 12996895_1 to be localized outside the cell with a certainty of 0.82.
  • SIGNALP analysis it is predicted that the protein of the invention has a cleavable N-terminal signal sequence with a most likely cleavage site between pos. 48 and 49: HTG-IR.
  • the predicted molecular weight of the protein of the invention is 474840.5 daltons.
  • the protein is expressed in osteosacroma cells.
  • the serine active site consensus pattern is: [DNSTAGC]-[GSTAPIMVQH]-x(2)-G- [DE]-S-G-[GS]-[SAPHV]-[LIVMFYWH]- [LIVMFYSTANQH] (SEQ ID NO: 13). This pattern is indicated by the bold, italic residues 359-370 of SEQ ID NO: 15 in Table20. Additionally, a search of the Pfam protein families database of alignments shows that
  • SEQ ID NO: 14 belongs to the trypsin family of proteolytic enzymes, identified by Accession Number PF00089.
  • the E value for the alignment of residues 180-408 of SER6 with the trypsin domain is 1.9e "90 .
  • the CD multiple Align for SER6 is shown in Table 22a.
  • entry '1LDT_T' accession number 3212563
  • a leech-derived human tryptase inhibitor is also shown in Table 22a. Sommerhoff, et al., Biol. Chem.
  • Figure 22b indicates that SER6 has homology to '1MKX_K' (accession number 2392458), as discussed above. Entry '123057' a human serine protease hepsin was also discussed above. Also shown in Table 22b is entry '4699695' (accession number 4699695), a chain A human beta tryptase. Periera et al., Nature 392:306-311 (1998). Finally, entry 'gi 3334377' (accession number 015393), a human transmembrane serine protease, a type -II membrane protein that is expressed strongly in small intestine. Paoloni-Giacobino et al., Genomics 44:309-320 (1997).
  • nucleic acids and proteins related to SER6 are useful in potential therapeutic applications implicated in tumorigenesis and cancer, and/or other pathologies and disorders, such as , for example, those involving blood clotting disorders, diseases of the mast cells involving tryptase, and intestinal disorders.
  • SER7 SEQ ID NO:16, Table 23, partial sequence
  • SER8 full sequence, SEQ ID NO: 17, Table 24.
  • SER7 is predicted to encode a 342 aa secreted protein. SER7 has homology to several serine proteases. The highest homology is 201/344 (58%) with AAD37117 Transmembrane Serine Protease 2.
  • this 96 well plate (2 control wells, 94 test samples) panel and its variants are composed of RNA/cDNA isolated from various human cell lines that have been established from human malignant tissues (Tumors). These cell lines have been extensively characterized by investigators in both ME and the commercial sector regarding their tumorgenicity, metastatic potential, drug resistance, invasive potential and other cancer-related properties. They serve as suitable tools for pre-clinical evaluation of anticancer agents and promising therapeutic strategies. RNA from these various human cancer cell lines was isolated by and procured from the Developmental Therapeutic Branch (DTB) of the National Cancer Institute (USA). Basic information regarding their biological behavior, gene expression, and resistance to various cytotoxic agents are known in the art.
  • DTB Developmental Therapeutic Branch
  • RNA/cDNA was obtained from various human tissues derived from human autopsies performed on deceased elderly people or sudden death victims (accidents, etc.). These tissue were ascertained to be free of disease and were purchased from various high quality commercial sources such as Clontech, Inc., Research Genetics , and Invitrogen. RNA integrity from all samples is controlled for quality by visual assessment of agarose gel electrophoresis using 28s and 18s ribosomal RNA staining intensity ratio as a guide (2:1 to 2.5:1 28s: 18s) and the presence of low molecular weight RNAs indicative of degradation products. Samples are quality controlled for genomic DNA contamination by reactions run in the absence of reverse transcriptase using probe and primer sets designed to amplify across the span of a single exon.
  • this 96 well (2 control wells, 94 test samples) panel and its variants are composed of RNA cDNA isolated from human tissue procured by surgeons working in close cooperation with the National Cancer Institute's Cooperative
  • CHTN Human Tissue Network
  • NDRI National Disease Research Initiative
  • the tissues procured are derived from human malignancies and in cases where indicated many malignant tissues have "matched margins" (NAT: normal adjacent tissue).
  • NAT normal adjacent tissue
  • the tumor tissue and the "matched margins" are evaluated by two independent pathologists (the surgical pathologists and again by a pathologists at NDRI or CHTN). This analysis provides a gross histopatho logical assessment of tumor differentiation grade.
  • most samples include the original surgical pathology report that provides information regarding the clinical stage of the patient.
  • These matched margins are taken from the tissue surrounding (i.e. immediately proximal) to the zone of surgery.
  • RNA/cDNA was obtained from various human tissues derived from human autopsies performed on deceased elderly people or sudden death victims (accidents, etc.). These tissue were ascertained to be free of disease and were purchased from various high quality commercial sources such as Clontech, Inc., Research Genetics , and Invitrogen. RNA integrity from all samples is controlled for quality by visual assessment of agarose gel electrophoresis using 28s and 18s ribosomal RNA staining intensity ratio as a guide (2:1 to 2.5 : 1 28s: 18s) and the presence of low molecular weight RNAs indicative of degradation products. Samples are quality controlled for genomic DNA contamination by reactions run in the absence of reverse transcriptase using probe and primer sets designed to amplify across the span of a single exon.
  • RNA samples were normalized to ⁇ -actin and GAPDH.
  • RNA ⁇ 50 ng total or ⁇ 1 ng polyA+
  • TAQMAN ® Reverse Transcription Reagents Kit PE Biosystems, Foster City, CA; Catalog No. N808-0234
  • random hexamers random hexamers according to the manufacturer's protocol. Reactions were performed in 20 ul and incubated for 30 min. at 48°C.
  • cDNA (5 ul) was then transferred to a separate plate for the TAQMAN® reaction using ⁇ -actin and GAPDH TAQMAN® Assay Reagents (PE Biosystems; Catalog Nos.
  • the average CT values obtained for ⁇ -actin and GAPDH were used to normalize RNA samples.
  • the RNA sample generating the highest CT value required no further diluting, while all other samples were diluted relative to this sample according to their ⁇ -actin / GAPDH average CT values.
  • RNA Normalized RNA (5 ul) was converted to cDNA and analyzed via TAQMAN® using One Step RT-PCR Master Mix Reagents (PE Biosystems; Catalog No. 4309169) and gene- specific primers according to the manufacturer's instructions. Probes and primers were designed for each assay according to Perkin Elmer Biosystem's Primer Express Software package (version I for Apple Computer's Macintosh Power PC) or a similar algorithm using the target sequence as input.
  • primer concentration 250 nM
  • primer optimal Tm 59° C
  • maximum primer difference 2° C
  • probe does not have 5' G probe T m must be 10° C greater than primer T m
  • amplicon size 75 bp to 100 bp.
  • the probes and primers selected (see below, Table 25 were synthesized by Synthegen (Houston, TX, USA). Probes were double purified by HPLC to remove uncoupled dye and evaluated by mass spectroscopy to verify coupling of reporter and quencher dyes to the 5' and 3' ends of the probe, respectively. Their final concentrations were: forward and reverse primers, 900 nM each, and probe, 200nM.
  • TaqMan oligo set Ag20 for the SER7 gene (i.e., 12996895.0.1) include the forward (21 nt, probe (23 nt) and reverse (21 nt) oligomers. Sequences for the oligos are shown in Table
  • PCR conditions Normalized RNA from each tissue and each cell line was spotted in each well of a 96 well PCR plate (Perkin Elmer Biosystems). PCR cocktails including two probes (SEQX-specific and another gene-specific probe multiplexed with the SEQX probe) were set up using IX TaqManTM PCR Master Mix for the PE Biosystems 7700, with 5 mM MgC12, dNTPs (dA, G, C, U at 1 :1:1:2 ratios), 0.25 U/ml AmpliTaq GoldTM (PE Biosystems), and 0.4 U/ ⁇ l RNase inhibitor, and 0.25 U/ ⁇ l reverse transcriptase. Reverse transcription was performed at 48° C for 30 minutes followed by amplification/PCR cycles as follows: 95° C IO min, then 40 cycles of 95° C for 15 seconds, 60° C for 1 minute. The results are shown below in Table 26
  • SER7 and SER8 may be involved in autocrine stimulation of tumor growth, angiogenesis and metastatic progression. Also these SERX proteins may have a role in stimulating tumor cell mat ⁇ x degradation and tumor cell migration (e.g., invasion).
  • SERX Nucleic Acids include those that encode a SERX polypeptide or protein.
  • polypeptide and protein are interchangeable.
  • a SERX nucleic acid encodes a mature SERX polypeptide.
  • a "mature" form of a polypeptide or protein described herein relates to the product of a naturally occurring polypeptide or precursor form or proprotein.
  • the naturally occurring polypeptide, precursor or proprotein includes, by way of nonlimiting example, the full length gene product, encoded by the corresponding gene. Alternatively, it may be defined as the polypeptide, precursor or proprotein encoded by an open reading frame described herein.
  • the product "mature" form arises, again by way of nonlimiting example, as a result of one or more naturally occurring processing steps that may take place within the cell in which the gene product arises.
  • processing steps leading to a "mature" form of a polypeptide or protein include the cleavage of the N-terminal methionine residue encoded by the initiation codon of an open reading frame, or the proteolytic cleavage of a signal peptide or leader sequence.
  • residues 1 to N where residue 1 is the N-terminal methionine, would have residues 2 through N remaining after removal of the N-terminal methionine.
  • a mature form arising from a precursor polypeptide or protein having residues 1 to N, in which an N-terminal signal sequence from residue 1 to residue M is cleaved, would have the residues from residue M+l to residue N remaining.
  • a "mature" form of a polypeptide or protein may arise from a step of post- translational modification other than a proteolytic cleavage event. Such additional processes include, by way of non-limiting example, glycosylation, myristoylation or phosphorylation.
  • a mature polypeptide or protein may result from the operation of only one of these processes, or a combination of any of them.
  • the invention includes mutant or variant nucleic acids of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17, or a fragment thereof, any of whose bases may be changed from the corresponding bases shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17, while still encoding a protein that maintains at least one of its SERX-like activities and physiological functions (i.e., modulating angiogenesis, neuronal development).
  • the invention further includes the complement of the nucleic acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17, including fragments, derivatives, analogs and homologs thereof.
  • the invention additionally includes nucleic acids or nucleic acid fragments, or complements thereto, whose structures include chemical modifications.
  • One aspect of the invention pertains to isolated nucleic acid molecules that encode SERX proteins or biologically active portions thereof. Also included are nucleic acid fragments sufficient for use as hybridization probes to identify SERX-encoding nucleic acids (e.g., SERX mRNA) and fragments for use as polymerase chain reaction (PCR) primers for the amplification or mutation of SERX nucleic acid molecules.
  • nucleic acid molecule is intended to include DNA molecules (e.g., cDNA or genomic DNA), RNA molecules (e.g., mRNA), analogs of the DNA or RNA generated using nucleotide analogs, and derivatives, fragments and homologs thereof.
  • the nucleic acid molecule can be single-stranded or double-stranded, but preferably is double-stranded DNA.
  • Probes refer to nucleic acid sequences of variable length, preferably between at least about 10 nucleotides (nt), 100 nt, or as many as about, e.g., 6,000 nt, depending on use. Probes are used in the detection of identical, similar, or complementary nucleic acid sequences.
  • Probes are usually obtained from a natural or recombinant source, are highly specific and much slower to hybridize than oligomers. Probes may be single- or double-stranded and designed to have specificity in PCR, membrane-based hybridization technologies, or ELISA-like technologies.
  • an "isolated" nucleic acid molecule is one that is separated from other nucleic acid molecules that are present in the natural source of the nucleic acid.
  • isolated nucleic acid molecules include, but are not limited to, recombinant DNA molecules contained in a vector, recombinant DNA molecules maintained in a heterologous host cell, partially or substantially purified nucleic acid molecules, and synthetic DNA or RNA molecules.
  • an "isolated" nucleic acid is free of sequences which naturally flank the nucleic acid (i.e., sequences located at the 5' and 3' ends of the nucleic acid) in the genomic DNA of the organism from which the nucleic acid is derived.
  • the isolated SERX nucleic acid molecule can contain less than about 50 kb, 25 kb, 5 kb, 4 kb, 3 kb, 2 kb, 1 kb, 0.5 kb or 0.1 kb of nucleotide sequences which naturally flank the nucleic acid molecule in genomic DNA of the cell from which the nucleic acid is derived.
  • an "isolated" nucleic acid molecule such as a cDNA molecule, can be substantially free of other cellular material or culture medium when produced by recombinant techniques, or of chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized.
  • a nucleic acid molecule of the present invention e.g., a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17, or a complement of any of this nucleotide sequence, can be isolated using standard molecular biology techniques and the sequence information provided herein.
  • SERX nucleic acid sequences can be isolated using standard hybridization and cloning techniques (e.g., as described in Sambrook et al., eds., MOLECULAR CLONING: A LABORATORY MANUAL 2 nd Ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, NY, 1989; and Ausubel, et al., eds., CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, John Wiley & Sons, New York, NY, 1993.)
  • a nucleic acid of the invention can be amplified using cDNA, mRNA or alternatively, genomic DNA, as a template and appropriate oligonucleotide primers according to standard PCR amplification techniques.
  • the nucleic acid so amplified can be cloned into an appropriate vector and characterized by DNA sequence analysis.
  • oligonucleotides corresponding to SERX nucleotide sequences can be prepared by standard synthetic techniques, e.g., using an automated DNA synthesizer.
  • the term "oligonucleotide” refers to a series of linked nucleotide residues, which oligonucleotide has a sufficient number of nucleotide bases to be used in a PCR reaction.
  • a short oligonucleotide sequence may be based on, or designed from, a genomic or cDNA sequence and is used to amplify, confirm, or reveal the presence of an identical, similar or complementary DNA or RNA in a particular cell or tissue.
  • Oligonucleotides comprise portions of a nucleic acid sequence having about 10 nt, 50 nt, or 100 nt in length, preferably about 15 nt to 30 nt in length.
  • an oligonucleotide comprising a nucleic acid molecule less than 100 nt in length would further comprise at lease 6 contiguous nucleotides SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17, or a complement thereof.
  • Oligonucleotides may be chemically synthesized and may be used as probes.
  • an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention comprises a nucleic acid molecule that is a complement of the nucleotide sequence shown SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17, or a portion of this nucleotide sequence.
  • a nucleic acid molecule that is complementary to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17 is one that is sufficiently complementary to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17 that it can hydrogen bond with little or no mismatches to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17, thereby forming a stable duplex.
  • binding means the physical or chemical interaction between two polypeptides or compounds or associated polypeptides or compounds or combinations thereof. Binding includes ionic, non-ionic, Von der Waals, hydrophobic interactions, etc.
  • a physical interaction can be either direct or indirect. Indirect interactions may be through or due to the effects of another polypeptide or compound. Direct binding refers to interactions that do not take place through, or due to, the effect of another polypeptide or compound, but instead are without other substantial chemical intermediates.
  • nucleic acid molecule of the invention can comprise only a portion of the nucleic acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17, e.g., a fragment that can be used as a probe or primer, or a fragment encoding a biologically active portion of SERX.
  • Fragments provided herein are defined as sequences of at least 6 (contiguous) nucleic acids or at least 4 (contiguous) amino acids, a length sufficient to allow for specific hybridization in the case of nucleic acids or for specific recognition of an epitope in the case of amino acids, respectively, and are at most some portion less than a full length sequence. Fragments may be derived from any contiguous portion of a nucleic acid or amino acid sequence of choice.
  • Derivatives are nucleic acid sequences or amino acid sequences formed from the native compounds either directly or by modification or partial substitution.
  • Analogs are nucleic acid sequences or amino acid sequences that have a structure similar to, but not identical to, the native compound but differs from it in respect to certain components or side chains. Analogs may be synthetic or from a different evolutionary origin and may have a similar or opposite metabolic activity compared to wild type.
  • Derivatives and analogs may be full length or other than full length, if the derivative or analog contains a modified nucleic acid or amino acid, as described below.
  • Derivatives or analogs of the nucleic acids or proteins of the invention include, but are not limited to, molecules comprising regions that are substantially homologous to the nucleic acids or proteins of the invention, in various embodiments, by at least about 70%, 80%>, 85%>, 90%, 95%, 98%o, or even 99% identity (with a preferred identity of 80-99%>) over a nucleic acid or amino acid sequence of identical size or when compared to an aligned sequence in which the alignment is done by a computer homology program known in the art, or whose encoding nucleic acid is capable of hybridizing to the complement of a sequence encoding the aforementioned proteins under stringent, moderately stringent, or low stringent conditions.
  • homologous nucleotide sequences encode those sequences coding for isoforms of a SERX polypeptide. Isoforms can be expressed in different tissues of the same organism as a result of, for example, alternative splicing of RNA. Alternatively, isoforms can be encoded by different genes.
  • homologous nucleotide sequences include nucleotide sequences encoding for a SERX polypeptide of species other than humans, including, but not limited to, mammals, and thus can include, e.g., mouse, rat, rabbit, dog, cat cow, horse, and other organisms.
  • Homologous nucleotide sequences also include, but are not limited to, naturally occurring allelic variations and mutations of the nucleotide sequences set forth herein.
  • a homologous nucleotide sequence does not, however, include the nucleotide sequence encoding human SERX protein.
  • Homologous nucleic acid sequences include those nucleic acid sequences that encode conservative amino acid substitutions (see below) in SEQ ID NO:2, 4, 6 or 8, as well as a polypeptide having SERX activity. Biological activities of the SERX proteins are described below.
  • a homologous amino acid sequence does not encode the amino acid sequence of a human SERX polypeptide.
  • the nucleotide sequence determined from the cloning of the human SERX gene allows for the generation of probes and primers designed for use in identifying and/or cloning SERX homologues in other cell types, e.g., from other tissues, as well as SERX homologues from other mammals.
  • the probe/primer typically comprises a substantially purified oligonucleotide.
  • the oligonucleotide typically comprises a region of nucleotide sequence that hybridizes under stringent conditions to at least about 12, 25, 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350 or 400 or more consecutive sense strand nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17; or an anti-sense strand nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17; or of a naturally occurring mutant of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17.
  • Probes based on the human SERX nucleotide sequence can be used to detect transcripts or genomic sequences encoding the same or homologous proteins.
  • the probe further comprises a label group attached thereto, e.g., the label group can be a radioisotope, a fluorescent compound, an enzyme, or an enzyme co-factor.
  • Such probes can be used as a part of a diagnostic test kit for identifying cells or tissue which misexpress a SERX protein, such as by measuring a level of a SERX-encoding nucleic acid in a sample of cells from a subject e.g., detecting SERX mRNA levels or determining whether a genomic SERX gene has been mutated or deleted.
  • a "polypeptide having a biologically active portion of SERX” refers to polypeptides exhibiting activity similar, but not necessarily identical to, an activity of a polypeptide of the present invention, including mature forms, as measured in a particular biological assay, with or without dose dependency.
  • a nucleic acid fragment encoding a "biologically active portion of SERX” can be prepared by isolating a portion of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17 that encodes a polypeptide having a SERX biological activity (biological activities of the SERX proteins are described below), expressing the encoded portion of SERX protein (e.g., by recombinant expression in vitro) and assessing the activity of the encoded portion of SERX.
  • a nucleic acid fragment encoding a biologically active portion of SERX can optionally include an ATP -binding domain.
  • a nucleic acid fragment encoding a biologically active portion of SERX includes one or more regions.
  • the invention further encompasses nucleic acid molecules that differ from the nucleotide sequences shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17 due to the degeneracy of the genetic code. These nucleic acids thus encode the same SERX protein as that encoded by the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17 or 7 e.g., the polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 9, 11, or 15.
  • an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention has a nucleotide sequence encoding a protein having an amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2
  • SEQ ID NO: 1 amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1
  • SEQ ID NO: 2 amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17
  • DNA sequence polymorphisms that lead to changes in the amino acid sequences of SERX may exist within a population (e.g., the human population).
  • Such genetic polymorphism in the SERX gene may exist among individuals within a population due to natural allelic variation.
  • the terms "gene” and “recombinant gene” refer to nucleic acid molecules comprising an open reading frame encoding a SERX protein, preferably a mammalian SERX protein.
  • a SERX protein preferably a mammalian SERX protein.
  • Such natural allelic variations can typically result in l-5%> variance in the nucleotide sequence of the SERX gene. Any and all such nucleotide variations and resulting amino acid polymorphisms in SERX that are the result of natural allelic variation and that do not alter the functional activity of SERX are intended to be within the scope of the invention.
  • nucleic acid molecules encoding SERX proteins from other species and thus that have a nucleotide sequence that differs from the human sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17 are intended to be within the scope of the invention.
  • Nucleic acid molecules corresponding to natural allelic variants and homologues of the SERX cDNAs of the invention can be isolated based on their homology to the human SERX nucleic acids disclosed herein using the human cDNAs, or a portion thereof, as a hybridization probe according to standard hybridization techniques under stringent hybridization conditions.
  • a soluble human SERX cDNA can be isolated based on its homology to human membrane-bound SERX.
  • a membrane-bound human SERX cDNA can be isolated based on its homology to soluble human SERX.
  • an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention is at least 6 nucleotides in length and hybridizes under stringent conditions to the nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17.
  • the nucleic acid is at least 10, 25, 50, 100, 250, 500 or 750 nucleotides in length.
  • an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention hybridizes to the coding region.
  • hybridizes under stringent conditions is intended to describe conditions for hybridization and washing under which nucleotide sequences at least 60% homologous to each other typically remain hybridized to each other.
  • Homologs i.e., nucleic acids encoding SERX proteins derived from species other than human
  • other related sequences e.g., paralogs
  • stringent hybridization conditions refers to conditions under which a probe, primer or oligonucleotide will hybridize to its target sequence, but to no other sequences. Stringent conditions are sequence-dependent and will be different in different circumstances. Longer sequences hybridize specifically at higher temperatures than shorter sequences. Generally, stringent conditions are selected to be about 5 °C lower than the thermal melting point (T m ) for the specific sequence at a defined ionic strength and pH. The Tm is the temperature (under defined ionic strength, pH and nucleic acid concentration) at which 50% of the probes complementary to the target sequence hybridize to the target sequence at equilibrium. Since the target sequences are generally present at excess, at Tm, 50%) of the probes are occupied at equilibrium.
  • stringent conditions will be those in which the salt concentration is less than about 1.0 M sodium ion, typically about 0.01 to 1.0 M sodium ion (or other salts) at pH 7.0 to 8.3 and the temperature is at least about 30 °C for short probes, primers or oligonucleotides (e.g., 10 nt to 50 nt) and at least about 60°C for longer probes, primers and oligonucleotides.
  • Stringent conditions may also be achieved with the addition of destabilizing agents, such as formamide.
  • Stringent conditions are known to those skilled in the art and can be found in CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, John Wiley & Sons, N.Y. (1989), 6.3.1-6.3.6.
  • the conditions are such that sequences at least about 65%>, 70%>, 75%>, 85%>, 90%>, 95%, 98%o, or 99%> homologous to each other typically remain hybridized to each other.
  • a non-limiting example of stringent hybridization conditions is hybridization in a high salt buffer comprising 6X SSC, 50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.5), 1 mM EDTA, 0.02% PVP, 0.02% Ficoll, 0.02%) BSA, and 500 mg/ml denatured salmon sperm DNA at 65 °C. This hybridization is followed by one or more washes in 0.2X SSC, 0.01% BSA at 50 °C.
  • An isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention that hybridizes under stringent conditions to the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17 corresponds to a naturally occurring nucleic acid molecule.
  • a "naturally-occurring" nucleic acid molecule refers to an RNA or DNA molecule having a nucleotide sequence that occurs in nature (e.g., encodes a natural protein).
  • a nucleic acid sequence that is hybridizable to the nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17, or fragments, analogs or derivatives thereof, under conditions of moderate stringency is provided.
  • moderate stringency hybridization conditions are hybridization in 6X SSC, 5X Denhardt's solution, 0.5%> SDS and 100 mg/ml denatured salmon sperm DNA at 55°C, followed by one or more washes in IX SSC, 0.1% SDS at 37 °C.
  • Other conditions of moderate stringency that may be used are well known in the art. See, e.g., Ausubel et al.
  • nucleic acid that is hybridizable to the nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17, or fragments, analogs or derivatives thereof, under conditions of low stringency, is provided.
  • low stringency hybridization conditions are hybridization in 35% formamide, 5X SSC, 50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.5), 5 mM EDTA, 0.02% PVP, 0.02% Ficoll, 0.2% BSA, 100 mg/ml denatured salmon sperm DNA, 10%> (wt/vol) dextran sulfate at 40 °C, followed by one or more washes in 2X SSC, 25 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.4), 5 mM EDTA, and 0.1% SDS at 50 °C.
  • Other conditions of low stringency that may be used are well known in the art (e.g., as employed for cross-species hybridizations).
  • allelic variants of the SERX sequence that may exist in the population, the skilled artisan will further appreciate that changes can be introduced by mutation into the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17, thereby leading to changes in the amino acid sequence of the encoded SERX protein, without altering the functional ability of the SERX protein.
  • nucleotide substitutions leading to amino acid substitutions at "non-essential" amino acid residues can be made in the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17.
  • non-essential amino acid residue is a residue that can be altered from the wild-type sequence of SERX without altering the biological activity, whereas an "essential" amino acid residue is required for biological activity.
  • amino acid residues that are conserved among the SERX proteins of the present invention are predicted to be particularly unamenable to alteration.
  • Another aspect of the invention pertains to nucleic acid molecules encoding SERX proteins that contain changes in amino acid residues that are not essential for activity. Such SERX proteins differ in amino acid sequence from SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 9, 11, or 15, yet retain biological activity.
  • the isolated nucleic acid molecule comprises a nucleotide sequence encoding a protein, wherein the protein comprises an amino acid sequence at least about 75%> homologous to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 9, 11, or 15.
  • the protein encoded by the nucleic acid is at least about 80% homologous to SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 9, 11, or 15, more preferably at least about 90%, 95%, 98%, and most preferably at least about 99% homologous to SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 9, 11, or 15.
  • An isolated nucleic acid molecule encoding a SERX protein homologous to the protein of can be created by introducing one or more nucleotide substitutions, additions or deletions into the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5; 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17, such that one or more amino acid substitutions, additions or deletions are introduced into the encoded protein.
  • Mutations can be introduced into the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17 by standard techniques, such as site-directed mutagenesis and PCR-mediated mutagenesis.
  • conservative amino acid substitutions are made at one or more predicted non-essential amino acid residues.
  • a "conservative amino acid substitution” is one in which the amino acid residue is replaced with an amino acid residue having a similar side chain. Families of amino acid residues having similar side chains have been defined in the art. These families include amino acids with basic side chains (e.g.
  • lysine, arginine, histidine acidic side chains (e.g., aspartic acid, glutamic acid), uncharged polar side chains (e.g., glycine, asparagine, glutamine, serine, threonine, tyrosine, cysteine), nonpolar side chains (e.g., alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, proline, phenylalanine, methionine, tryptophan), beta-branched side chains (e.g. , threonine, valine, isoleucine) and aromatic side chains (e.g. , tyrosine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, histidine).
  • acidic side chains e.g., aspartic acid, glutamic acid
  • uncharged polar side chains e.g., glycine, asparagine, glutamine, serine, threonine, tyrosine, cysteine
  • a predicted nonessential amino acid residue in SERX is replaced with another amino acid residue from the same side chain family.
  • mutations can be introduced randomly along all or part of a SERX coding sequence, such as by saturation mutagenesis, and the resultant mutants can be screened for SERX biological activity to identify mutants that retain activity.
  • the encoded protein can be expressed by any recombinant technology known in the art and the activity of the protein can be determined.
  • a mutant SERX protein can be assayed for (1) the ability to form proteimprotein interactions with other SERX proteins, other cell-surface proteins, or biologically active portions thereof, (2) complex formation between a mutant SERX protein and a SERX receptor; (3) the ability of a mutant SERX protein to bind to an intracellular target protein or biologically active portion thereof; (e.g., avidin proteins); (4) the ability to bind SERX protein; or (5) the ability to specifically bind an anti-SERX protein antibody.
  • Another aspect of the invention pertains to isolated antisense nucleic acid molecules that are hybridizable to or complementary to the nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17, or fragments, analogs or derivatives thereof.
  • An "antisense" nucleic acid comprises a nucleotide sequence that is complementary to a "sense" nucleic acid encoding a protein, e.g., complementary to the coding strand of a double-stranded cDNA molecule or complementary to an mRNA sequence.
  • antisense nucleic acid molecules comprise a sequence complementary to at least about 10, 25, 50, 100, 250 or 500 nucleotides or an entire SERX coding strand, or to only a portion thereof Nucleic acid molecules encoding fragments, homologs, derivatives and analogs of a SERX protein of SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 9, 11, or 15 or antisense nucleic acids complementary to a SERX nucleic acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17are additionally provided.
  • an antisense nucleic acid molecule is antisense to a "coding region" of the coding strand of a nucleotide sequence encoding SERX.
  • the term “coding region” refers to the region of the nucleotide sequence comprising codons which are translated into amino acid residues (e.g., the protein coding region of human SERX corresponds to SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 9, 11, or 15).
  • the antisense nucleic acid molecule is antisense to a "noncoding region" of the coding strand of a nucleotide sequence encoding SERX.
  • noncoding region refers to 5' and 3' sequences which flank the coding region that are not translated into amino acids (i.e., also referred to as 5' and 3' untranslated regions).
  • antisense nucleic acids of the invention can be designed according to the rules of Watson and Crick or Hoogsteen base pairing.
  • the antisense nucleic acid molecule can be complementary to the entire coding region of SERX mRNA, but more preferably is an oligonucleotide that is antisense to only a portion of the coding or noncoding region of SERX mRNA.
  • the antisense oligonucleotide can be complementary to the region surrounding the translation start site of SERX mRNA.
  • An antisense oligonucleotide can be, for example, about 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45 or 50 nucleotides in length.
  • An antisense nucleic acid of the invention can be constructed using chemical synthesis or enzymatic ligation reactions using procedures known in the art.
  • an antisense nucleic acid e.g., an antisense oligonucleotide
  • an antisense nucleic acid e.g., an antisense oligonucleotide
  • modified nucleotides that can be used to generate the antisense nucleic acid include: 5-fluorouracil, 5-bromouracil, 5 -chloro uracil, 5-iodouracil, hypoxanthine, xanthine, 4-acetylcytosine, 5-(carboxyhydroxylmethyl) uracil, 5-carboxymethylaminomethyl- 2-thiouridine, 5-carboxymethylaminomethyluracil, dihydrouracil, beta-D-galactosylqueosine, inosine, N6-isopentenyladenine, 1-methylguanine, 1 -methylinosine, 2,2-dimethylguanine, 2-methyladenine, 2-methylguanine, 3-methylcytosine, 5-methylcytosine, N6-adenine, 7-methylguanine, 5 -methylaminomethyluracil, 5 -methoxyaminomethyl-2-thiouracil, beta-D-mannosylque
  • the antisense nucleic acid can be produced biologically using an expression vector into which a nucleic acid has been subcloned in an antisense orientation (i.e., RNA transcribed from the inserted nucleic acid will be of an antisense orientation to a target nucleic acid of interest, described further in the following subsection).
  • the antisense nucleic acid molecules of the invention are typically administered to a subject or generated in situ such that they hybridize with or bind to cellular mRNA and/or genomic DNA encoding a SERX protein to thereby inhibit expression of the protein, e.g., by inhibiting transcription and/or translation.
  • the hybridization can be by conventional nucleotide complementarity to form a stable duplex, or, for example, in the case of an antisense nucleic acid molecule that binds to DNA duplexes, through specific interactions in the major groove of the double helix.
  • An example of a route of administration of antisense nucleic acid molecules of the invention includes direct injection at a tissue site.
  • antisense nucleic acid molecules can be modified to target selected cells and then administered systemically.
  • antisense molecules can be modified such that they specifically bind to receptors or antigens expressed on a selected cell surface, e.g., by linking the antisense nucleic acid molecules to peptides or antibodies that bind to cell surface receptors or antigens.
  • the antisense nucleic acid molecules can also be delivered to cells using the vectors described herein. To achieve sufficient intracellular concentrations of antisense molecules, vector constructs in which the antisense nucleic acid molecule is placed under the control of a strong pol II or pol III promoter are preferred.
  • the antisense nucleic acid molecule of the invention is an ⁇ -anomeric nucleic acid molecule.
  • An cc-anomeric nucleic acid molecule forms specific double-stranded hybrids with complementary RNA in which, contrary to the usual ⁇ -units, the strands run parallel to each other (Gaultier et al. (1987) Nucleic Acids Res 15: 6625-6641).
  • the antisense nucleic acid molecule can also comprise a 2'-o-methylribonucleotide (Inoue et al. (1987) Nucleic Acids Res 15: 6131-6148) or a chimeric RNA -DNA analogue (Inoue et al. (1987) FEBS Lett 215: 327-330).
  • modifications include, by way of nonlimiting example, modified bases, and nucleic acids whose sugar phosphate backbones are modified or derivatized. These modifications are carried out at least in part to enhance the chemical stability of the modified nucleic acid, such that they may be used, for example, as antisense binding nucleic acids in therapeutic applications in a subject.
  • an antisense nucleic acid of the invention is a ribozyme.
  • Ribozymes are catalytic RNA molecules with ribonuclease activity that are capable of cleaving a single-stranded nucleic acid, such as a mRNA, to which they have a complementary region.
  • ribozymes e.g., hammerhead ribozymes (described in Haselhoff and Gerlach (1988) Nature 334:585-591)
  • a ribozyme having specificity for a SERX-encoding nucleic acid can be designed based upon the nucleotide sequence of a SERX DNA disclosed herein (i.e., SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17).
  • a derivative of a Tetrahymena L-19 IVS RNA can be constructed in which the nucleotide sequence of the active site is complementary to the nucleotide sequence to be cleaved in a SERX-encoding mRNA. See, e.g., Cech et al. U.S. Pat. No. 4,987,071; and Cech et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,116,742.
  • SERX mRNA can be used to select a catalytic RNA having a specific ribonuclease activity from a pool of RNA molecules. See, e.g., Bartel et al., (1993) Science 261 :1411-1418.
  • SERX gene expression can be inhibited by targeting nucleotide sequences complementary to the regulatory region of the SERX (e.g., the SERX promoter and/or enhancers) to form triple helical structures that prevent transcription of the SERX gene in target cells.
  • nucleotide sequences complementary to the regulatory region of the SERX e.g., the SERX promoter and/or enhancers
  • SERX promoter and/or enhancers e.g., the SERX promoter and/or enhancers
  • the nucleic acids of SERX can be modified at the base moiety, sugar moiety or phosphate backbone to improve, e.g., the stability, hybridization, or solubility of the molecule.
  • the deoxyribose phosphate backbone of the nucleic acids can be modified to generate peptide nucleic acids (see Hyrup et al. (1996) Bioorg Med Chem 4: 5-23).
  • the terms "peptide nucleic acids” or "PNAs” refer to nucleic acid mimics, e.g. , DNA mimics, in which the deoxyribose phosphate backbone is replaced by a pseudopeptide backbone and only the four natural nucleobases are retained.
  • PNAs The neutral backbone of PNAs has been shown to allow for specific hybridization to DNA and RNA under conditions of low ionic strength.
  • the synthesis of PNA oligomers can be performed using standard solid phase peptide synthesis protocols as described in Hyrup et al. (1996) above; Perry-O'Keefe et al. (1996) PNAS 93: 14670-675.
  • PNAs of SERX can be used in therapeutic and diagnostic applications.
  • PNAs can be used as antisense or antigene agents for sequence-specific modulation of gene expression by, e.g. , inducing transcription or translation arrest or inhibiting replication.
  • PNAs of SERX can also be used, e.g., in the analysis of single base pair mutations in a gene by, e.g., PNA directed PCR clamping; as artificial restriction enzymes when used in combination with other enzymes, e.g., SI nucleases (Hyrup B. (1996) above); or as probes or primers for DNA sequence and hybridization (Hyrup et al. (1996), above; Perry-O'Keefe (1996), above).
  • PNAs of SERX can be modified, e.g., to enhance their stability or cellular uptake, by attaching lipophilic or other helper groups to PNA, by the formation of PNA-DNA chimeras, or by the use of liposomes or other techniques of drug delivery known in the art.
  • PNA-DNA chimeras of SERX can be generated that may combine the advantageous properties of PNA and DNA.
  • Such chimeras allow DNA recognition enzymes, e.g., RNase H and DNA polymerases, to interact with the DNA portion while the PNA portion would provide high binding affinity and specificity.
  • PNA-DNA chimeras can be linked using linkers of appropriate lengths selected in terms of base stacking, number of bonds between the nucleobases, and orientation (Hyrup (1996) above).
  • the synthesis of PNA-DNA chimeras can be performed as described in Hyrup (1996) above and Finn et al. (1996) Nucl Acids Res 24: 3357-63.
  • a DNA chain can be synthesized on a solid support using standard phosphoramidite coupling chemistry, and modified nucleoside analogs, e.g., 5'-(4-methoxytrityl) amino-5'-deoxy-thymidine phosphoramidite, can be used between the PNA and the 5' end of DNA (Mag et al.
  • PNA monomers are then coupled in a stepwise manner to produce a chimeric molecule with a 5' PNA segment and a 3' DNA segment (Finn et al. (1996) above).
  • chimeric molecules can be synthesized with a 5' DNA segment and a 3' PNA segment. See, Petersen et al. (1975) Bioorg Med Chem Lett 5 : 1119- 11124.
  • the oligonucleotide may include other appended groups such as peptides (e.g., for targeting host cell receptors in vivo), or agents facilitating transport across the cell membrane (see, e.g., Letsinger et al., 1989, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 86:6553-6556; Lemaitre et al., 1987, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 84:648-652; PCT Publication No. W088/09810) or the blood-brain barrier (see, e.g., PCT Publication No. W089/10134).
  • peptides e.g., for targeting host cell receptors in vivo
  • agents facilitating transport across the cell membrane see, e.g., Letsinger et al., 1989, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 86:6553-6556; Lemaitre et al., 1987
  • oligonucleotides can be modified with hybridization triggered cleavage agents (See, e.g., Krol et al., 1988, BioTechniques 6:958-976) or intercalating agents. (See, e.g., Zon, 1988, Pharm. Res. 5: 539-549).
  • the oligonucleotide may be conjugated to another molecule, e.g., a peptide, a hybridization triggered cross-linking agent, a transport agent, a hybridization-triggered cleavage agent, etc.
  • a SERX polypeptide of the invention includes the SERX-like protein whose sequence is provided in SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 9, 11, or 15.
  • the invention also includes a mutant or variant protein any of whose residues may be changed from the corresponding residue shown in SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 9, 11, or 15 while still encoding a protein that maintains its SERX-like activities and physiological functions, or a functional fragment thereof. In some embodiments, up to 20%) or more of the residues may be so changed in the mutant or variant protein.
  • the SERX polypeptide according to the invention is a mature polypeptide.
  • a SERX -like variant that preserves SERX-like function includes any variant in which residues at a particular position in the sequence have been substituted by other amino acids, and further include the possibility of inserting an additional residue or residues between two residues of the parent protein as well as the possibility of deleting one or more residues from the parent sequence. Any amino acid substitution, insertion, or deletion is encompassed by the invention. In favorable circumstances, the substitution is a conservative substitution as defined above.
  • One aspect of the invention pertains to isolated SERX proteins, and biologically active portions thereof, or derivatives, fragments, analogs or homologs thereof. Also provided are polypeptide fragments suitable for use as immunogens to raise anti-SERX antibodies.
  • native SERX proteins can be isolated from cells or tissue sources by an appropriate purification scheme using standard protein purification techniques.
  • SERX proteins are produced by recombinant DNA techniques.
  • a SERX protein or polypeptide can be synthesized chemically using standard peptide synthesis techniques.
  • an “isolated” or “purified” protein or biologically active portion thereof is substantially free of cellular material or other contaminating proteins from the cell or tissue source from which the SERX protein is derived, or substantially free from chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized.
  • the language “substantially free of cellular material” includes preparations of SERX protein in which the protein is separated from cellular components of the cells from which it is isolated or recombinantly produced.
  • the language "substantially free of cellular material” includes preparations of SERX protein having less than about 30%> (by dry weight) of non-SERX protein (also referred to herein as a "contaminating protein"), more preferably less than about 20%> of non-SERX protein, still more preferably less than about 10%> of non-SERX protein, and most preferably less than about 5%> non-SERX protein.
  • non-SERX protein also referred to herein as a "contaminating protein”
  • SERX protein or biologically active portion thereof is recombinantly produced, it is also preferably substantially free of culture medium, i.e., culture medium represents less than about 20%>, more preferably less than about 10%>, and most preferably less than about 5%> of the volume of the protein preparation.
  • the language “substantially free of chemical precursors or other chemicals” includes preparations of SERX protein in which the protein is separated from chemical precursors or other chemicals that are involved in the synthesis of the protein.
  • the language “substantially free of chemical precursors or other chemicals” includes preparations of SERX protein having less than about 30%> (by dry weight) of chemical precursors or non-SERX chemicals, more preferably less than about 20%> chemical precursors or non-SERX chemicals, still more preferably less than about 10%> chemical precursors or non-SERX chemicals, and most preferably less than about 5% chemical precursors or non-SERX chemicals.
  • Biologically active portions of a SERX protein include peptides comprising amino acid sequences sufficiently homologous to or derived from the amino acid sequence of the SERX protein, e.g., the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 9, 11, or 15 that include fewer amino acids than the full length SERX proteins, and exhibit at least one activity of a SERX protein.
  • biologically active portions comprise a domain or motif with at least one activity of the SERX protein.
  • a biologically active portion of a SERX protein can be a polypeptide which is, for example, 10, 25, 50, 100 or more amino acids in length.
  • a biologically active portion of a SERX protein of the present invention may contain at least one of the above-identified domains conserved between the SERX proteins, e.g. TSR modules.
  • other biologically active portions, in which other regions of the protein are deleted can be prepared by recombinant techniques and evaluated for one or more of the functional activities of a native SERX protein.
  • the SERX protein has an amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 9, 11, or 15.
  • the SERX protein is substantially homologous to SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 9, 11, or 15 and retains the functional activity of the protein of SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 9, 11, or 15 yet differs in amino acid sequence due to natural allelic variation or mutagenesis, as described in detail below.
  • the SERX protein is a protein that comprises an amino acid sequence at least about 45%> homologous to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 9, 11, or 15 and retains the functional activity of the SERX proteins of SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 9, 11, or 15.
  • the sequences are aligned for optimal comparison purposes (e.g., gaps can be introduced in either of the sequences being compared for optimal alignment between the sequences).
  • the amino acid residues or nucleotides at corresponding amino acid positions or nucleotide positions are then compared.
  • a position in the first sequence is occupied by the same amino acid residue or nucleotide as the corresponding position in the second sequence, then the molecules are homologous at that position (i.e., as used herein amino acid or nucleic acid "homology” is equivalent to amino acid or nucleic acid "identity").
  • the nucleic acid sequence homology may be determined as the degree of identity between two sequences.
  • the homology may be determined using computer programs known in the art, such as GAP software provided in the GCG program package. See, Needleman and Wunsch 1970 J Mol Biol 48: 443-453. Using GCG GAP software with the following settings for nucleic acid sequence comparison: GAP creation penalty of 5.0 and GAP extension penalty of 0.3, the coding region of the analogous nucleic acid sequences referred to above exhibits a degree of identity preferably of at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, or 99%, with the CDS (encoding) part of the DNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17.
  • sequence identity refers to the degree to which two polynucleotide or polypeptide sequences are identical on a residue-by-residue basis over a particular region of comparison.
  • percentage of sequence identity is calculated by comparing two optimally aligned sequences over that region of comparison, determining the number of positions at which the identical nucleic acid base (e.g., A, T, C, G, U, or I, in the case of nucleic acids) occurs in both sequences to yield the number of matched positions, dividing the number of matched positions by the total number of positions in the region of comparison (i.e., the window size), and multiplying the result by 100 to yield the percentage of sequence identity.
  • substantially identical denotes a characteristic of a polynucleotide sequence, wherein the polynucleotide comprises a sequence that has at least 80 percent sequence identity, preferably at least 85 percent identity and often 90 to 95 percent sequence identity, more usually at least 99 percent sequence identity as compared to a reference sequence over a comparison region.
  • percentage of positive residues is calculated by comparing two optimally aligned sequences over that region of comparison, determining the number of positions at which the identical and conservative amino acid substitutions, as defined above, occur in both sequences to yield the number of matched positions, dividing the number of matched positions by the total number of positions in the region of comparison (i.e., the window size), and multiplying the result by 100 to yield the percentage of positive residues.
  • a SERX "chimeric protein” or “fusion protein” comprises a SERX polypeptide operatively linked to a non-SERX polypeptide.
  • An "SERX polypeptide” refers to a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence corresponding to SERX
  • a non-SERX polypeptide refers to a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence corresponding to a protein that is not substantially homologous to the SERX protein, e.g., a protein that is different from the SERX protein and that is derived from the same or a different organism.
  • a SERX fusion protein the SERX polypeptide can correspond to all or a portion of a SERX protein.
  • a SERX fusion protein comprises at least one biologically active portion of a SERX protein.
  • a SERX fusion protein comprises at least two biologically active portions of a SERX protein.
  • the term "operatively linked" is intended to indicate that the SERX polypeptide and the non-SERX polypeptide are fused in- frame to each other.
  • the non-SERX polypeptide can be fused to the N-terminus or C-terminus of the SERX polypeptide.
  • a SERX fusion protein comprises a SERX polypeptide operably linked to the extracellular domain of a second protein.
  • fusion proteins can be further utilized in screening assays for compounds that modulate SERX activity (such assays are described in detail below).
  • the fusion protein is a GST-SERX fusion protein in which the SERX sequences are fused to the C-terminus of the GST (i.e., glutathione S-transferase) sequences.
  • GST glutathione S-transferase
  • Such fusion proteins can facilitate the purification of recombinant SERX.
  • the fusion protein is a SERX-immunoglobulin fusion protein in which the SERX sequences comprising one or more domains are fused to sequences derived from a member of the immunoglobulin protein family.
  • the SERX-immunoglobulin fusion proteins of the invention can be incorporated into pharmaceutical compositions and administered to a subject to inhibit an interaction between a SERX ligand and a SERX protein on the surface of a cell, to thereby suppress SERX-mediated signal transduction in vivo.
  • a contemplated SERX ligand of the invention is the SERX receptor.
  • the SERX-immunoglobulin fusion proteins can be used to affect the bioavailability of a SERX cognate ligand. Inhibition of the SERX ligand/SERX interaction may be useful therapeutically for both the treatment of proliferative and differentiative disorders, e,g., cancer as well as modulating (e.g., promoting or inhibiting) cell survival.
  • the SERX- immunoglobulin fusion proteins of the invention can be used as immunogens to produce anti-SERX antibodies in a subject, to purify SERX ligands, and in screening assays to identify molecules that inhibit the interaction of SERX with a SERX ligand.
  • a SERX chimeric or fusion protein of the invention can be produced by standard recombinant DNA techniques. For example, DNA fragments coding for the different polypeptide sequences are ligated together in-frame in accordance with conventional techniques, e.g., by employing blunt-ended or stagger-ended termini for ligation, restriction enzyme digestion to provide for appropriate termini, filling-in of cohesive ends as appropriate, alkaline phosphatase treatment to avoid undesirable joining, and enzymatic ligation.
  • the fusion gene can be synthesized by conventional techniques including automated DNA synthesizers.
  • PCR amplification of gene fragments can be carried out using anchor primers that give rise to complementary overhangs between two consecutive gene fragments that can subsequently be annealed and reamplified to generate a chimeric gene sequence (see, for example, Ausubel et al. (eds.) CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, John Wiley & Sons, 1992).
  • anchor primers that give rise to complementary overhangs between two consecutive gene fragments that can subsequently be annealed and reamplified to generate a chimeric gene sequence
  • expression vectors are commercially available that already encode a fusion moiety (e.g., a GST polypeptide).
  • a SERX-encoding nucleic acid can be cloned into such an expression vector such that the fusion moiety is linked in-frame to the SERX protein.
  • the present invention also pertains to variants of the SERX proteins that function as either SERX agonists (mimetics) or as SERX antagonists.
  • Variants of the SERX protein can be generated by mutagenesis, e.g., discrete point mutation or truncation of the SERX protein.
  • An agonist of the SERX protein can retain substantially the same, or a subset of, the biological activities of the naturally occurring form of the SERX protein.
  • An antagonist of the SERX protein can inhibit one or more of the activities of the naturally occurring form of the SERX protein by, for example, competitively binding to a downstream or upstream member of a cellular signaling cascade which includes the SERX protein.
  • treatment of a subject with a variant having a subset of the biological activities of the naturally occurring form of the protein has fewer side effects in a subject relative to treatment with the naturally occurring form of the SERX proteins.
  • Variants of the SERX protein that function as either SERX agonists (mimetics) or as SERX antagonists can be identified by screening combinatorial libraries of mutants, e.g., truncation mutants, of the SERX protein for SERX protein agonist or antagonist activity.
  • a variegated library of SERX variants is generated by combinatorial mutagenesis at the nucleic acid level and is encoded by a variegated gene library.
  • a variegated library of SERX variants can be produced by, for example, enzymatically ligating a mixture of synthetic oligonucleotides into gene sequences such that a degenerate set of potential SERX sequences is expressible as individual polypeptides, or alternatively, as a set of larger fusion proteins (e.g., for phage display) containing the set of SERX sequences therein.
  • a degenerate set of potential SERX sequences is expressible as individual polypeptides, or alternatively, as a set of larger fusion proteins (e.g., for phage display) containing the set of SERX sequences therein.
  • methods which can be used to produce libraries of potential SERX variants from a degenerate oligonucleotide sequence. Chemical synthesis of a degenerate gene sequence can be performed in an automatic DNA synthesizer, and the synthetic gene then ligated into an appropriate expression vector.
  • degenerate set of genes allows for the provision, in one mixture, of all of the sequences encoding the desired set of potential SERX sequences.
  • Methods for synthesizing degenerate oligonucleotides are known in the art (see, e.g., Narang (1983) Tetrahedron 39:3; Itakura et al. (1984) Annu Rev Biochem 53:323; Itakura et al. (1984) Science 198:1056; Ike et al. (1983) Nucl Acid Res 11:477.
  • libraries of fragments of the SERX protein coding sequence can be used to generate a variegated population of SERX fragments for screening and subsequent selection of variants of a SERX protein.
  • a library of coding sequence fragments can be generated by treating a double stranded PCR fragment of a SERX coding sequence with a nuclease under conditions wherein nicking occurs only about once per molecule, denaturing the double stranded DNA, renaturing the DNA to form double stranded DNA that can include sense/antisense pairs from different nicked products, removing single stranded portions from reformed duplexes by treatment with SI nuclease, and ligating the resulting fragment library into an expression vector.
  • an expression library can be derived which encodes N-terminal and internal fragments of various sizes of the SERX protein.
  • Several techniques are known in the art for screening gene products of combinatorial libraries made by point mutations or truncation, and for screening cDNA libraries for gene products having a selected property. Such techniques are adaptable for rapid screening of the gene libraries generated by the combinatorial mutagenesis of SERX proteins.
  • the most widely used techniques, which are amenable to high throughput analysis, for screening large gene libraries typically include cloning the gene library into replicable expression vectors, transforming appropriate cells with the resulting library of vectors, and expressing the combinatorial genes under conditions in which detection of a desired activity facilitates isolation of the vector encoding the gene whose product was detected.
  • Recrusive ensemble mutagenesis (REM), a new technique that enhances the frequency of functional mutants in the libraries, can be used in combination with the screening assays to identify SERX variants (Arkin and Yourvan (1992) PNAS 89:7811-7815; Delgrave et al. (1993) Protein Engineering 6:327-331).
  • antibody refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin (Ig) molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds (immunoreacts with) an antigen.
  • immunoglobulin (Ig) molecules i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds (immunoreacts with) an antigen.
  • Such antibodies include, but are not limited to, polyclonal, monoclonal, chimeric, single chain, F ab , F ab , and F (ab . )2 fragments, and an F ab expression library.
  • an antibody molecule obtained from humans relates to any of the classes IgG, IgM, IgA, IgE and IgD, which differ from one another by the nature of the heavy chain present in the molecule. Certain classes have subclasses as well, such as IgG l5 IgG 2 , and others. Furthermore, in humans, the light chain may be a kappa chain or a lambda chain. Reference herein to antibodies includes a reference to all such classes, subclasses and types of human antibody species.
  • An isolated SERX-related protein of the invention may be intended to serve as an antigen, or a portion or fragment thereof, and additionally can be used as an immunogen to generate antibodies that immunospecifically bind the antigen, using standard techniques for polyclonal and monoclonal antibody preparation.
  • the full-length protein can be used or, alternatively, the invention provides antigenic peptide fragments of the antigen for use as immunogens.
  • An antigenic peptide fragment comprises at least 6 amino acid residues of the amino acid sequence of the full length protein and encompasses an epitope thereof such that an antibody raised against the peptide forms a specific immune complex with the full length protein or with any fragment that contains the epitope.
  • the antigenic peptide comprises at least 10 amino acid residues, or at least 15 amino acid residues, or at least 20 amino acid residues, or at least 30 amino acid residues.
  • Preferred epitopes encompassed by the antigenic peptide are regions of the protein that are located on its surface; commonly these are hydrophilic regions.
  • At least one epitope encompassed by the antigenic peptide is a region of SERX-related protein that is located on the surface of the protein, e.g., a hydrophilic region.
  • a hydrophobicity analysis of the human SERX-related protein sequence will indicate which regions of a SERX-related protein are particularly hydrophilic and, therefore, are likely to encode surface residues useful for targeting antibody production.
  • hydropathy plots showing regions of hydrophilicity and hydrophobicity may be generated by any method well known in the art, including, for example, the Kyte Doolittle or the Hopp Woods methods, either with or without Fourier transformation.
  • a protein of the invention may be utilized as an immunogen in the generation of antibodies that immunospecifically bind these protein components.
  • polyclonal Antibodies For the production of polyclonal antibodies, various suitable host animals (e.g., rabbit, goat, mouse or other mammal) may be immunized by one or more injections with the native protein, a synthetic variant thereof, or a derivative of the foregoing.
  • An appropriate immunogenic preparation can contain, for example, the naturally occurring immunogenic protein, a chemically synthesized polypeptide representing the immunogenic protein, or a recombinantly expressed immunogenic protein.
  • the protein may be conjugated to a second protein known to be immunogenic in the mammal being immunized. Examples of such immunogenic proteins include but are not limited to keyhole limpet hemocyanin, serum albumin, bovine thyroglobulin, and soybean trypsin inhibitor.
  • the preparation can further include an adjuvant.
  • adjuvants used to increase the immunological response include, but are not limited to, Freund's (complete and incomplete), mineral gels (e.g., aluminum hydroxide), surface active substances (e.g., lysolecithin, pluronic polyols, polyanions, peptides, oil emulsions, dinitrophenol, etc.), adjuvants usable in humans such as Bacille Calmette-Guerin and Corynebacterium parvum, or similar immunostimulatory agents.
  • Additional examples of adjuvants which can be employed include MPL-TDM adjuvant (monophosphoryl Lipid A, synthetic trehalose dicorynomycolate).
  • the polyclonal antibody molecules directed against the immunogenic protein can be isolated from the mammal (e.g., from the blood) and further purified by well known techniques, such as affinity chromatography using protein A or protein G, which provide primarily the IgG fraction of immune serum. Subsequently, or alternatively, the specific antigen which is the target of the immunoglobulin sought, or an epitope thereof, may be immobilized on a column to purify the immune specific antibody by immunoaffinity chromatography. Purification of immunoglobulins is discussed, for example, by D. Wilkinson (The Engineer, published by The Engineer, Inc., Philadelphia PA, Vol. 14, No. 8 (April 17, 2000), pp. 25-28).
  • monoclonal antibody or “monoclonal antibody composition”, as used herein, refers to a population of antibody molecules that contain only one molecular species of antibody molecule consisting of a unique light chain gene product and a unique heavy chain gene product.
  • CDRs complementarity determining regions
  • MAbs thus contain an antigen binding site capable of immunoreacting with a particular epitope of the antigen characterized by a unique binding affinity for it.
  • Monoclonal antibodies can be prepared using hybridoma methods, such as those described by Kohler and Milstein, Nature, 256:495 (1975).
  • a mouse, hamster, or other appropriate host animal is typically immunized with an immunizing agent to elicit lymphocytes that produce or are capable of producing antibodies that will specifically bind to the immunizing agent.
  • the lymphocytes can be immunized in vitro.
  • the immunizing agent will typically include the protein antigen, a fragment thereof or a fusion protein thereof.
  • peripheral blood lymphocytes are used if cells of human origin are desired, or spleen cells or lymph node cells are used if non-human mammalian sources are desired.
  • the lymphocytes are then fused with an immortalized cell line using a suitable fusing agent, such as polyethylene glycol, to form a hybridoma cell
  • Immortalized cell lines are usually transformed mammalian cells, particularly myeloma cells of rodent, bovine and human origin. Usually, rat or mouse myeloma cell lines are employed.
  • the hybridoma cells can be cultured in a suitable culture medium that preferably contains one or more substances that inhibit the growth or survival of the unfused, immortalized cells.
  • the culture medium for the hybridomas typically will include hypoxanthine, aminopterin, and thymidine ("HAT medium”), which substances prevent the growth of HGPRT-deficient cells.
  • HAT medium hypoxanthine, aminopterin, and thymidine
  • Preferred immortalized cell lines are those that fuse efficiently, support stable high level expression of antibody by the selected antibody-producing cells, and are sensitive to a medium such as HAT medium. More preferred immortalized cell lines are murine myeloma lines, which can be obtained, for instance, from the Salk Institute Cell Distribution Center, San Diego, California and the American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, Virginia.
  • the culture medium in which the hybridoma cells are cultured can then be assayed for the presence of monoclonal antibodies directed against the antigen.
  • the binding specificity of monoclonal antibodies produced by the hybridoma cells is determined by immunoprecipitation or by an in vitro binding assay, such as radioimmunoassay (RIA) or enzyme-linked immunoabsorbent assay (ELISA). Such techniques and assays are known in the art.
  • the binding affinity of the monoclonal antibody can, for example, be determined by the Scatchard analysis of Munson and Pollard, Anal. Biochem.. 107:220 (1980).
  • antibodies having a high degree of specificity and a high binding affinity for the target antigen are isolated.
  • the clones can be subcloned by limiting dilution procedures and grown by standard methods. Suitable culture media for this purpose include, for example, Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium and RPMI- 1640 medium. Alternatively, the hybridoma cells can be grown in vivo as ascites in a mammal.
  • the monoclonal antibodies secreted by the subclones can be isolated or purified from the culture medium or ascites fluid by conventional immunoglobulin purification procedures such as, for example, protein A-Sepharose, hydroxylapatite chromatography, gel electrophoresis, dialysis, or affinity chromatography.
  • the monoclonal antibodies can also be made by recombinant DNA methods, such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 4,816,567.
  • DNA encoding the monoclonal antibodies of the invention can be readily isolated and sequenced using conventional procedures (e.g., by using oligonucleotide probes that are capable of binding specifically to genes encoding the heavy and light chains of murine antibodies).
  • the hybridoma cells of the invention serve as a preferred source of such DNA.
  • the DNA can be placed into expression vectors, which are then transfected into host cells such as simian COS cells, Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells, or myeloma cells that do not otherwise produce immunoglobulin protein, to obtain the synthesis of monoclonal antibodies in the recombinant host cells.
  • host cells such as simian COS cells, Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells, or myeloma cells that do not otherwise produce immunoglobulin protein, to obtain the synthesis of monoclonal antibodies in the recombinant host cells.
  • the DNA also can be modified, for example, by substituting the coding sequence for human heavy and light chain constant domains in place of the homologous murine sequences (U.S. Patent No. 4,816,567; Morrison, Nature 368.
  • non-immunoglobulin polypeptide can be substituted for the constant domains of an antibody of the invention, or can be substituted for the variable domains of one antigen-combining site of an antibody of the invention to create a chimeric bivalent antibody.
  • the antibodies directed against the protein antigens of the invention can further comprise humanized antibodies or human antibodies. These antibodies are suitable for administration to humans without engendering an immune response by the human against the administered immunoglobulin.
  • Humanized forms of antibodies are chimeric immunoglobulins, immunoglobulin chains or fragments thereof (such as Fv, Fab, Fab', F(ab') 2 or other antigen- binding subsequences of antibodies) that are principally comprised of the sequence of a human immunoglobulin, and contain minimal sequence derived from a non-human immunoglobulin. Humanization can be performed following the method of Winter and co-workers (Jones et al, Nature. 321:522-525 (1986); Riechmann et al., Nature.
  • the humanized antibody will comprise substantially all of at least one, and typically two, variable domains, in which all or substantially all of the CDR regions correspond to those of a non-human immunoglobulin and all or substantially all of the framework regions are those of a human immunoglobulin consensus sequence.
  • the humanized antibody optimally also will comprise at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region (Fc), typically that of a human immunoglobulin (Jones et al., 1986; Riechmann et al., 1988; and Presta, Curr. Op. Struct. Biol.. 2:593-596 (1992)).
  • Fc immunoglobulin constant region
  • Fully human antibodies relate to antibody molecules in which essentially the entire sequences of both the light chain and the heavy chain, including the CDRs, arise from human genes. Such antibodies are termed "human antibodies", or “fully human antibodies” herein.
  • Human monoclonal antibodies can be prepared by the trioma technique; the human B-cell hybridoma technique (see Kozbor, et al., 1983 Immunol Today 4: 72) and the EBV hybridoma technique to produce human monoclonal antibodies (see Cole, et al., 1985 In: MONOCLONAL ANTIBODIES AND CANCER THERAPY, Alan R. Liss, Inc., pp. 77-96).
  • Human monoclonal antibodies may be utilized in the practice of the present invention and may be produced by using human hybridomas (see Cote, et al., 1983. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 80: 2026-2030) or by transforming human B-cells with Epstein Barr Virus in vitro (see Cole, et al., 1985 In: MONOCLONAL ANTIBODIES AND CANCER THERAPY, Alan R. Liss, Inc., pp. 77-96).
  • human antibodies can also be produced using additional techniques, including phage display libraries (Hoogenboom and Winter, J. Mol. Biol., 227:381 (1991); Marks et al., J. Mol. Biol, 222:581 (1991)).
  • human antibodies can be made by introducing human immunoglobulin loci into transgenic animals, e.g., mice in which the endogenous immunoglobulin genes have been partially or completely inactivated. Upon challenge, human antibody production is observed, which closely resembles that seen in humans in all respects, including gene rearrangement, assembly, and antibody repertoire. This approach is described, for example, in U.S. Patent Nos.
  • Human antibodies may additionally be produced using transgenic nonhuman animals which are modified so as to produce fully human antibodies rather than the animal's endogenous antibodies in response to challenge by an antigen.
  • transgenic nonhuman animals which are modified so as to produce fully human antibodies rather than the animal's endogenous antibodies in response to challenge by an antigen.
  • the endogenous genes encoding the heavy and light immunoglobulin chains in the nonhuman host have been incapacitated, and active loci encoding human heavy and light chain immunoglobulins are inserted into the host's genome.
  • the human genes are incorporated, for example, using yeast artificial chromosomes containing the requisite human DNA segments. An animal which provides all the desired modifications is then obtained as progeny by crossbreeding intermediate transgenic animals containing fewer than the full complement of the modifications.
  • nonhuman animal is a mouse, and is termed the XenomouseTM as disclosed in PCT publications WO 96/33735 and WO 96/34096.
  • This animal produces B cells which secrete fully human immunoglobulins.
  • the antibodies can be obtained directly from the animal after immunization with an immunogen of interest, as, for example, a preparation of a polyclonal antibody, or alternatively from immortalized B cells derived from the animal, such as hybridomas producing monoclonal antibodies.
  • the genes encoding the immunoglobulins with human variable regions can be recovered and expressed to obtain the antibodies directly, or can be further modified to obtain analogs of antibodies such as, for example, single chain Fv molecules.
  • U.S. Patent No. 5,939,598 An example of a method of producing a nonhuman host, exemplified as a mouse, lacking expression of an endogenous immunoglobulin heavy chain is disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,939,598. It can be obtained by a method including deleting the J segment genes from at least one endogenous heavy chain locus in an embryonic stem cell to prevent rearrangement of the locus and to prevent formation of a transcript of a rearranged immunoglobulin heavy chain locus, the deletion being effected by a targeting vector containing a gene encoding a selectable marker; and producing from the embryonic stem cell a transgenic mouse whose somatic and germ cells contain the gene encoding the selectable marker.
  • a method for producing an antibody of interest such as a human antibody, is disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,916,771. It includes introducing an expression vector that contains a nucleotide sequence encoding a heavy chain into one mammalian host cell in culture, introducing an expression vector containing a nucleotide sequence encoding a light chain into another mammalian host cell, and fusing the two cells to form a hybrid cell.
  • the hybrid cell expresses an antibody containing the heavy chain and the light chain.
  • techniques can be adapted for the production of single-chain antibodies specific to an antigenic protein of the invention (see e.g., U.S. Patent No. 4,946,778).
  • methods can be adapted for the construction of F ab expression libraries (see e.g., Huse, et al., 1989 Science 246: 1275-1281) to allow rapid and effective identification of monoclonal F ab fragments with the desired specificity for a protein or derivatives, fragments, analogs or homologs thereof.
  • Antibody fragments that contain the idiotypes to a protein antigen may be produced by techniques known in the art including, but not limited to: (i) an F (ab .
  • Bispecific antibodies are monoclonal, preferably human or humanized, antibodies that have binding specificities for at least two different antigens.
  • one of the binding specificities is for an antigenic protein of the invention.
  • the second binding target is any other antigen, and advantageously is a cell-surface protein or receptor or receptor subunit.
  • bispecific antibodies are known in the art. Traditionally, the recombinant production of bispecific antibodies is based on the co-expression of two immunoglobulin heavy-chain/light-chain pairs, where the two heavy chains have different specificities (Milstein and Cuello, Nature, 305:537-539 (1983)). Because of the random assortment of immunoglobulin heavy and light chains, these hybridomas (quadromas) produce a potential mixture often different antibody molecules, of which only one has the correct bispecific structure. The purification of the correct molecule is usually accomplished by affinity chromatography steps. Similar procedures are disclosed in WO 93/08829, published 13 May 1993, and in Traunecker et al, 1991 EMBO J., 10:3655-3659.
  • Antibody variable domains with the desired binding specificities can be fused to immunoglobulin constant domain sequences.
  • the fusion preferably is with an immunoglobulin heavy-chain constant domain, comprising at least part of the hinge, CH2, and CH3 regions. It is preferred to have the first heavy-chain constant region (CHI) containing the site necessary for light-chain binding present in at least one of the fusions.
  • CHI first heavy-chain constant region
  • the interface between a pair of antibody molecules can be engineered to maximize the percentage of heterodimers which are recovered from recombinant cell culture.
  • the preferred interface comprises at least a part of the CH3 region of an antibody constant domain.
  • one or more small amino acid side chains from the interface of the first antibody molecule are replaced with larger side chains (e.g. tyrosine or tryptophan).
  • Compensatory "cavities" of identical or similar size to the large side chain(s) are created on the interface of the second antibody molecule by replacing large amino acid side chains with smaller ones (e.g. alanine or threonine). This provides a mechanism for increasing the yield of the heterodimer over other unwanted end-products such as homodimers.
  • Bispecific antibodies can be prepared as full length antibodies or antibody fragments
  • bispecific antibodies e.g. F(ab') 2 bispecific antibodies.
  • Techniques for generating bispecific antibodies from antibody fragments have been described in the literature. For example, bispecific antibodies can be prepared using chemical linkage. Brennan et al., Science 229:81 (1985) describe a procedure wherein intact antibodies are proteolytically cleaved to generate F(ab') 2 fragments. These fragments are reduced in the presence of the dithiol complexing agent sodium arsenite to stabilize vicinal dithiols and prevent intermolecular disulfide formation. The Fab' fragments generated are then converted to thionitrobenzoate (TNB) derivatives.
  • TAB thionitrobenzoate
  • One of the Fab'-TNB derivatives is then reconverted to the Fab'-thiol by reduction with mercaptoethylamine and is mixed with an equimolar amount of the other Fab'-TNB derivative to form the bispecific antibody.
  • the bispecific antibodies produced can be used as agents for the selective immobilization of enzymes.
  • Fab' fragments can be directly recovered from E. coli and chemically coupled to form bispecific antibodies.
  • Shalaby et al., J. Exp. Med. 175:217-225 (1992) describe the production of a fully humanized bispecific antibody F(ab') 2 molecule.
  • Each Fab' fragment was separately secreted from E. coli and subjected to directed chemical coupling in vitro to form the bispecific antibody.
  • the bispecific antibody thus formed was able to bind to cells overexpressing the ErbB2 receptor and normal human T cells, as well as trigger the lytic activity of human cytotoxic lymphocytes against human breast tumor targets.
  • bispecific antibodies have been produced using leucine zippers.
  • the leucine zipper peptides from the Fos and Jun proteins were linked to the Fab' portions of two different antibodies by gene fusion.
  • the antibody homodimers were reduced at the hinge region to form monomers and then re-oxidized to form the antibody heterodimers. This method can also be utilized for the production of antibody homodimers.
  • the fragments comprise a heavy-chain variable domain (V H ) connected to a light-chain variable domain (V L ) by a linker which is too short to allow pairing between the two domains on the same chain. Accordingly, the V H and V L domains of one fragment are forced to pair with the complementary V L and V H domains of another fragment, thereby forming two antigen-binding sites.
  • V H and V L domains of one fragment are forced to pair with the complementary V L and V H domains of another fragment, thereby forming two antigen-binding sites.
  • sFv single-chain Fv
  • Antibodies with more than two valencies are contemplated.
  • trispecific antibodies can be prepared. Tutt et al., J. Immunol. 147:60 (1991).
  • Exemplary bispecific antibodies can bind to two different epitopes, at least one of which originates in the protein antigen of the invention.
  • an anti-antigenic arm of an immunoglobulin molecule can be combined with an arm which binds to a triggering molecule on a leukocyte such as a T-cell receptor molecule (e.g.
  • bispecific antibodies can also be used to direct cytotoxic agents to cells which express a particular antigen. These antibodies possess an antigen-binding arm and an arm which binds a cytotoxic agent or a radionuclide chelator, such as EOTUBE, DPT A, DOT A, or TETA. Another bispecific antibody of interest binds the protein antigen described herein and further binds tissue factor (TF).
  • Heteroconjugate antibodies are also within the scope of the present invention.
  • Heteroconjugate antibodies are composed of two covalently joined antibodies. Such antibodies have, for example, been proposed to target immune system cells to unwanted cells (U.S. Patent No. 4,676,980), and for treatment of HIV infection (WO 91/00360; WO
  • the antibodies can be prepared in vitro using known methods in synthetic protein chemistry, including those involving crosslinking agents.
  • immunotoxins can be constructed using a disulfide exchange reaction or by forming a thioether bond.
  • suitable reagents for this purpose include iminothiolate and methyl-4-mercaptobutyrimidate and those disclosed, for example, in U.S. Patent No. 4,676,980. Effector Function Engineering
  • cysteine residue(s) can be introduced into the Fc region, thereby allowing interchain disulfide bond formation in this region.
  • the homodimeric antibody thus generated can have improved intemalization capability and/or increased complement-mediated cell killing and antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC). See Caron et al., J. Exp Med., 176: 1191- 1195 (1992) and Shopes, J. Immunol., 148: 2918-2922 (1992).
  • Homodimeric antibodies with enhanced anti-tumor activity can also be prepared using heterobifunctional cross-linkers as described in Wolff et al. Cancer Research, 53: 2560-2565 (1993).
  • an antibody can be engineered that has dual Fc regions and can thereby have enhanced complement lysis and ADCC capabilities. See Stevenson et al, Anti-Cancer Drug Design, 3: 219-230 (1989).
  • the invention also pertains to immunoconjugates comprising an antibody conjugated to a cytotoxic agent such as a chemotherapeutic agent, toxin (e.g., an enzymatically active toxin of bacterial, fungal, plant, or animal origin, or fragments thereof), or a radioactive isotope (i.e., a radioconjugate).
  • a cytotoxic agent such as a chemotherapeutic agent, toxin (e.g., an enzymatically active toxin of bacterial, fungal, plant, or animal origin, or fragments thereof), or a radioactive isotope (i.e., a radioconjugate).
  • Enzymatically active toxins and fragments thereof that can be used include diphtheria A chain, nonbinding active fragments of diphtheria toxin, exotoxin A chain (from Pseudomonas aeruginosa), ricin A chain, abrin A chain, modeccin A chain, alpha-sarcin, Aleurites fordii proteins, dianthin proteins, Phytolaca americana proteins (PAPI, PAPII, and PAP-S), momordica charantia inhibitor, curcin, crotin, sapaonaria officinalis inhibitor, gelonin, mitogellin, restrictocin, phenomycin, enomycin, and the tricothecenes.
  • a variety of radionuclides are available for the production of radioconjugated antibodies. Examples include 212 Bi, 13 T, 131 In, 90 Y, and 186 Re.
  • Conjugates of the antibody and cytotoxic agent are made using a variety of bifunctional protein-coupling agents such as N-succinimidyl-3-(2-pyridyldithiol) propionate (SPDP), iminothiolane (IT), bifunctional derivatives of imidoesters (such as dimethyl adipimidate HCL), active esters (such as disuccinimidyl suberate), aldehydes (such as glutareldehyde), bis- azido compounds (such as bis (p-azidobenzoyl) hexanediamine), bis-diazonium derivatives (such as bis-(p-diazoniumbenzoyl)-ethylenediamine), diisocyanates (such as tolyene 2,6- diisocyanate), and bis-active fluorine compounds (such as l,5-difluoro-2,4-dinitrobenzene).
  • SPDP N-succinimidyl-3-
  • a ricin immunotoxin can be prepared as described in Vitetta et al., Science, 238: 1098 (1987).
  • Carbon- 14-labeled l-isothiocyanatobenzyl-3-methyldiethylene triaminepentaacetic acid (MX-DTPA) is an exemplary chelating agent for conjugation of radionucleotide to the antibody. See WO94/11026.
  • the antibody in another embodiment, can be conjugated to a "receptor" (such streptavidin) for utilization in tumor pretargeting wherein the antibody-receptor conjugate is administered to the patient, followed by removal of unbound conjugate from the circulation using a clearing agent and then administration of a "ligand” (e.g., avidin) that is in turn conjugated to a cytotoxic agent.
  • a "receptor” such streptavidin
  • a "ligand” e.g., avidin
  • vectors preferably expression vectors, containing a nucleic acid encoding a SERX protein, or derivatives, fragments, analogs or homologs thereof.
  • vector refers to a nucleic acid molecule capable of transporting another nucleic acid to which it has been linked.
  • plasmid refers to a circular double stranded DNA loop into which additional DNA segments can be ligated.
  • viral vector is another type of vector, wherein additional DNA segments can be ligated into the viral genome.
  • vectors are capable of autonomous replication in a host cell into which they are introduced (e.g., bacterial vectors having a bacterial origin of replication and episomal mammalian vectors).
  • Other vectors e.g., non-episomal mammalian vectors
  • certain vectors are capable of directing the expression of genes to which they are operatively-linked. Such vectors are referred to herein as "expression vectors”.
  • expression vectors of utility in recombinant DNA techniques are often in the form of plasmids.
  • plasmid and "vector” can be used interchangeably as the plasmid is the most commonly used form of vector.
  • the invention is intended to include such other forms of expression vectors, such as viral vectors (e.g., replication defective retroviruses, adenoviruses and adeno-associated viruses), which serve equivalent functions.
  • viral vectors e.g., replication defective retroviruses, adenoviruses and adeno-associated viruses
  • the recombinant expression vectors of the invention comprise a nucleic acid of the invention in a form suitable for expression of the nucleic acid in a host cell, which means that the recombinant expression vectors include one or more regulatory sequences, selected on the basis of the host cells to be used for expression, that is operatively-linked to the nucleic acid sequence to be expressed.
  • "operably-linked" is intended to mean that the nucleotide sequence of interest is linked to the regulatory sequence(s) in a manner that allows for expression of the nucleotide sequence (e.g., in an in vitro transcription/translation system or in a host cell when the vector is introduced into the host cell).
  • regulatory sequence is intended to includes promoters, enhancers and other expression control elements (e.g., polyadenylation signals). Such regulatory sequences are described, for example, in Goeddel, GENE EXPRESSION TECHNOLOGY: METHODS IN ENZYMOLOGY 185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif. (1990). Regulatory sequences include those that direct constitutive expression of a nucleotide sequence in many types of host cell and those that direct expression of the nucleotide sequence only in certain host cells (e.g., tissue-specific regulatory sequences). It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the design of the expression vector can depend on such factors as the choice of the host cell to be transformed, the level of expression of protein desired, etc.
  • the expression vectors of the invention can be introduced into host cells to thereby produce proteins or peptides, including fusion proteins or peptides, encoded by nucleic acids as described herein (e.g., SERX proteins, mutant forms of SERX proteins, fusion proteins, etc.).
  • the recombinant expression vectors of the invention can be designed for expression of SERX proteins in prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells.
  • SERX proteins can be expressed in bacterial cells such as Escherichia coli, insect cells (using baculovirus expression vectors) yeast cells or mammalian cells. Suitable host cells are discussed further in Goeddel, GENE EXPRESSION TECHNOLOGY: METHODS IN ENZYMOLOGY 185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif. (1990).
  • the recombinant expression vector can be transcribed and translated in vitro, for example using T7 promoter regulatory sequences and T7 polymerase.
  • Fusion vectors add a number of amino acids to a protein encoded therein, usually to the amino terminus of the recombinant protein.
  • Such fusion vectors typically serve three purposes: ( ) to increase expression of recombinant protein; (ii) to increase the solubility of the recombinant protein; and (iii) to aid in the purification of the recombinant protein by acting as a ligand in affinity purification.
  • a proteolytic cleavage site is introduced at the junction of the fusion moiety and the recombinant protein to enable separation of the recombinant protein from the fusion moiety subsequent to purification of the fusion protein.
  • enzymes, and their cognate recognition sequences include Factor Xa, thrombin and enterokinase.
  • Typical fusion expression vectors include pGEX (Pharmacia Biotech Inc; Smith and Johnson, 1988. Gene 67: 31-40), pMAL (New England Biolabs, Beverly, Mass.) and pRIT5 (Pharmacia, Piscataway, N. J.) that fuse glutathione S-transferase (GST), maltose E binding protein, or protein A, respectively, to the target recombinant protein.
  • E. coli expression vectors examples include pTrc (Amrann et al, (1988) Gene 69:301-315) and pET l id (Studier et al, GENE EXPRESSION TECHNOLOGY: METHODS IN ENZYMOLOGY 185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif. (1990) 60-89).
  • One strategy to maximize recombinant protein expression in E. coli is to express the protein in a host bacteria with an impaired capacity to proteolytically cleave the recombinant protein.
  • Another strategy is to alter the nucleic acid sequence of the nucleic acid to be inserted into an expression vector so that the individual codons for each amino acid are those preferentially utilized in E. coli (see, e.g.,
  • nucleic acid sequences of the invention can be carried out by standard DNA synthesis techniques.
  • the SERX expression vector is a yeast expression vector.
  • yeast expression vectors for expression in yeast Saccharomyces cerivisae include pYepSecl (Baldari, et al, 1987. EMBO J. 6: 229-234), pMFa (Kurjan and Herskowitz, 1982. Cell 30: 933-943), pJRY88 (Schultz et al, 1987. Gene 54: 113-123), pYES2 (Invitrogen Corporation, San Diego, Calif), and picZ (InVitrogen Corp, San Diego, Calif).
  • SERX can be expressed in insect cells using baculovirus expression vectors.
  • Baculovirus vectors available for expression of proteins in cultured insect cells include the pAc series (Smith, et al, 1983. Mol. Cell. Biol. 3: 2156-2165) and the pVL series (Lucklow and Summers, 1989. Virology 170: 31-39).
  • a nucleic acid of the invention is expressed in mammalian cells using a mammalian expression vector.
  • mammalian expression vectors include pCDM8 (Seed, 1987. Nature 329: 840) and pMT2PC (Kaufman, et al, 1987. EMBO J. 6: 187-195).
  • the expression vector's control functions are often provided by viral regulatory elements.
  • commonly used promoters are derived from polyoma, adenovirus 2, cytomegalovirus, and simian virus 40.
  • the recombinant mammalian expression vector is capable of directing expression of the nucleic acid preferentially in a particular cell type (e.g., tissue-specific regulatory elements are used to express the nucleic acid).
  • tissue-specific regulatory elements are known in the art.
  • suitable tissue-specific promoters include the albumin promoter (liver-specific; Pinkert, et al, 1987. Genes Dev. 1: 268-277), lymphoid-specific promoters (Calame and Eaton, 1988. Adv. Immunol. 43: 235-275), in particular promoters of T cell receptors (Winoto and Baltimore, 1989. EMBO J.
  • the invention further provides a recombinant expression vector comprising a DNA molecule of the invention cloned into the expression vector in an antisense orientation. That is, the DNA molecule is operatively-linked to a regulatory sequence in a manner that allows for expression (by transcription of the DNA molecule) of an RNA molecule that is antisense to SERX mRNA.
  • Regulatory sequences operatively linked to a nucleic acid cloned in the antisense orientation can be chosen that direct the continuous expression of the antisense RNA molecule in a variety of cell types, for instance viral promoters and/or enhancers, or regulatory sequences can be chosen that direct constitutive, tissue specific or cell type specific expression of antisense RNA.
  • the antisense expression vector can be in the form of a recombinant plasmid, phagemid or attenuated virus in which antisense nucleic acids are produced under the control of a high efficiency regulatory region, the activity of which can be determined by the cell type into which the vector is introduced.
  • Another aspect of the invention pertains to host cells into which a recombinant expression vector of the invention has been introduced.
  • the terms "host cell” and “recombinant host cell” are used interchangeably herein. It is understood that such terms refer not only to the particular subject cell but also to the progeny or potential progeny of such a cell. Because certain modifications may occur in succeeding generations due to either mutation or environmental influences, such progeny may not, in fact, be identical to the parent cell, but are still included within the scope of the term as used herein.
  • a host cell can be any prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell.
  • SERX protein can be expressed in bacterial cells such as E. coli, insect cells, yeast or mammalian cells (such as human, Chinese hamster ovary cells (CHO) or COS cells).
  • bacterial cells such as E. coli, insect cells, yeast or mammalian cells (such as human, Chinese hamster ovary cells (CHO) or COS cells).
  • CHO Chinese hamster ovary cells
  • COS cells Other suitable host cells are known to those skilled in the art.
  • Vector DNA can be introduced into prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells via conventional transformation or transfection techniques.
  • transformation and “transfection” are intended to refer to a variety of art-recognized techniques for introducing foreign nucleic acid (e.g., DNA) into a host cell, including calcium phosphate or calcium chloride co-precipitation, DEAE-dextran-mediated transfection, lipofection, or electroporation.
  • Suitable methods for transforming or transfecting host cells can be found in Sambrook, et al (MOLECULAR CLONING: A LABORATORY MANUAL. 2nd ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1989), and other laboratory manuals.
  • a gene that encodes a selectable marker (e.g., resistance to antibiotics) is generally introduced into the host cells along with the gene of interest.
  • selectable markers include those that confer resistance to drugs, such as G418, hygromycin and methotrexate.
  • Nucleic acid encoding a selectable marker can be introduced into a host cell on the same vector as that encoding SERX or can be introduced on a separate vector. Cells stably transfected with the introduced nucleic acid can be identified by drug selection (e.g., cells that have incorporated the selectable marker gene will survive, while the other cells die).
  • a host cell of the invention such as a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cell in culture, can be used to produce (i.e., express) SERX protein.
  • the invention further provides methods for producing SERX protein using the host cells of the invention.
  • the method comprises culturing the host cell of invention (into which a recombinant expression vector encoding SERX protein has been introduced) in a suitable medium such that SERX protein is produced.
  • the method further comprises isolating SERX protein from the medium or the host cell.
  • the host cells of the invention can also be used to produce non-human transgenic animals.
  • a host cell of the invention is a fertilized oocyte or an embryonic stem cell into which SERX protein-coding sequences have been introduced.
  • Such host cells can then be used to create non-human transgenic animals in which exogenous SERX sequences have been introduced into their genome or homologous recombinant animals in which endogenous SERX sequences have been altered.
  • Such animals are useful for studying the function and/or activity of SERX protein and for identifying and/or evaluating modulators of SERX protein activity.
  • a "transgenic animal” is a non-human animal, preferably a mammal, more preferably a rodent such as a rat or mouse, in which one or more of the cells of the animal includes a transgene.
  • Other examples of transgenic animals include non-human primates, sheep, dogs, cows, goats, chickens, amphibians, etc.
  • a transgene is exogenous DNA that is integrated into the genome of a cell from which a transgenic animal develops and that remains in the genome of the mature animal, thereby directing the expression of an encoded gene product in one or more cell types or tissues of the transgenic animal.
  • a "homologous recombinant animal” is a non-human animal, preferably a mammal, more preferably a mouse, in which an endogenous SERX gene has been altered by homologous recombination between the endogenous gene and an exogenous DNA molecule introduced into a cell of the animal, e.g., an embryonic cell of the animal, prior to development of the animal.
  • a transgenic animal of the invention can be created by introducing SERX-encoding nucleic acid into the male pronuclei of a fertilized oocyte (e.g., by micro injection, retroviral infection) and allowing the oocyte to develop in a pseudopregnant female foster animal.
  • Sequences including SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17 can be introduced as a transgene into the genome of a non-human animal.
  • a non-human homologue of the human SERX gene such as a mouse SERX gene, can be isolated based on hybridization to the human SERX cDNA (described further supra) and used as a transgene.
  • Intronic sequences and polyadenylation signals can also be included in the transgene to increase the efficiency of expression of the transgene.
  • a tissue-specific regulatory sequence(s) can be operably-linked to the SERX transgene to direct expression of SERX protein to particular cells.
  • transgenic founder animal can be identified based upon the presence of the SERX transgene in its genome and/or expression of SERX mRNA in tissues or cells of the animals. A transgenic founder animal can then be used to breed additional animals carrying the transgene.
  • transgenic animals carrying a transgene-encoding SERX protein can further be bred to other transgenic animals carrying other transgenes.
  • a vector is prepared which contains at least a portion of a SERX gene into which a deletion, addition or substitution has been introduced to thereby alter, e.g., functionally disrupt, the SERX gene.
  • the SERX gene can be a human gene (e.g., the DNA of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17), but more preferably, is a non-human homologue of a human SERX gene.
  • a mouse homologue of human SERX gene of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17 can be used to construct a homologous recombination vector suitable for altering an endogenous SERX gene in the mouse genome.
  • the vector is designed such that, upon homologous recombination, the endogenous SERX gene is functionally disrupted (i.e., no longer encodes a functional protein; also referred to as a "knock out" vector).
  • the vector can be designed such that, upon homologous recombination, the endogenous SERX gene is mutated or otherwise altered but still encodes functional protein (e.g., the upstream regulatory region can be altered to thereby alter the expression of the endogenous SERX protein).
  • the altered portion of the SERX gene is flanked at its 5'- and 3'-termini by additional nucleic acid of the SERX gene to allow for homologous recombination to occur between the exogenous SERX gene carried by the vector and an endogenous SERX gene in an embryonic stem cell.
  • flanking SERX nucleic acid is of sufficient length for successful homologous recombination with the endogenous gene.
  • flanking DNA both at the 5'- and 3'-termini
  • the vector is ten introduced into an embryonic stem cell line (e.g., by electroporation) and cells in which the introduced SERX gene has homologously-recombined with the endogenous SERX gene are selected. See, e.g., Li, et al, 1992. Cell 69: 915.
  • the selected cells are then injected into a blastocyst of an animal (e.g., a mouse) to form aggregation chimeras.
  • an animal e.g., a mouse
  • a chimeric embryo can then be implanted into a suitable pseudopregnant female foster animal and the embryo brought to term.
  • Progeny harboring the homologously-recombined DNA in their germ cells can be used to breed animals in which all cells of the animal contain the homologously-recombined DNA by germline transmission of the transgene.
  • transgenic non-humans animals can be produced that contain selected systems that allow for regulated expression of the transgene.
  • a system is the cre/loxP recombinase system of bacteriophage PI.
  • cre/loxP recombinase system See, e.g., Lakso, et al, 1992. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89: 6232-6236.
  • FLP recombinase system of Saccharomyces cerevisiae. See, O'Gorman, et al. , 1991. Science 251:1351-1355.
  • mice containing transgenes encoding both the Cre recombinase and a selected protein are required.
  • Such animals can be provided through the construction of "double" transgenic animals, e.g., by mating two transgenic animals, one containing a transgene encoding a selected protein and the other containing a transgene encoding a recombinase.
  • Clones of the non-human transgenic animals described herein can also be produced according to the methods described in Wilmut, et al, 1997. Nature 385: 810-813.
  • a cell e.g., a somatic cell
  • the quiescent cell can then be fused, e.g., through the use of electrical pulses, to an enucleated oocyte from an animal of the same species from which the quiescent cell is isolated.
  • the reconstructed oocyte is then cultured such that it develops to morula or blastocyte and then transferred to pseudopregnant female foster animal.
  • the offspring borne of this female foster animal will be a clone of the animal from which the cell (e.g., the somatic cell) is isolated.
  • compositions suitable for administration can be incorporated into pharmaceutical compositions suitable for administration.
  • compositions typically comprise the nucleic acid molecule, protein, or antibody and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is intended to include any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifiingal agents, isotonic and abso ⁇ tion delaying agents, and the like, compatible with pharmaceutical administration. Suitable carriers are described in the most recent edition of Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, a standard reference text in the field, which is inco ⁇ orated herein by reference.
  • Such carriers or diluents include, but are not limited to, water, saline, finger's solutions, dextrose solution, and 5%> human serum albumin.
  • Liposomes and non-aqueous vehicles such as fixed oils may also be used.
  • the use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active compound, use thereof in the compositions is contemplated. Supplementary active compounds can also be inco ⁇ orated into the compositions.
  • the antibodies disclosed herein can also be formulated as immunoliposomes.
  • Liposomes containing the antibody are prepared by methods known in the art, such as described in Epstein et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 82: 3688 (1985); Hwang et al., Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA, 77: 4030 (1980); and U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,485,045 and 4,544,545. Liposomes with enhanced circulation time are disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,013,556. Particularly useful liposomes can be generated by the reverse-phase evaporation method with a lipid composition comprising phosphatidylcholine, cholesterol, and PEG- derivatized phosphatidylethanolamine (PEG-PE).
  • PEG-PE PEG- derivatized phosphatidylethanolamine
  • Liposomes are extruded through filters of defined pore size to yield liposomes with the desired diameter.
  • Fab' fragments of the antibody of the present invention can be conjugated to the liposomes as described in Martin et al ., J. Biol. Chem., 257: 286-288 (1982) via a disulfide-interchange reaction.
  • a chemotherapeutic agent (such as Doxorubicin) is optionally contained within the liposome. See Gabizon et al., J. National Cancer Inst, 81(19): 1484 (1989).
  • a pharmaceutical composition of the invention is formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration.
  • routes of administration include parenteral, e.g., intravenous, intradermal, subcutaneous, oral (e.g., inhalation), transdermal (i.e., topical), transmucosal, and rectal administration.
  • Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, or subcutaneous application can include the following components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA); buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates, and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose.
  • the pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide.
  • compositions suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion.
  • suitable carriers include physiological saline, bacteriostatic water, Cremophor EL TM (BASF, Parsippany, NJ.) or phosphate buffered saline (PBS). In all cases, the composition must be sterile and should be fluid to the extent that easy syringeability exists.
  • the carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof.
  • the proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants.
  • Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like.
  • isotonic agents for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as manitol, sorbitol, sodium chloride in the composition.
  • Prolonged abso ⁇ tion of the injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays abso ⁇ tion, for example, aluminum mono stearate and gelatin.
  • Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by inco ⁇ orating the active compound (e.g., a SERX protein or anti-SERX antibody) in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization.
  • the active compound e.g., a SERX protein or anti-SERX antibody
  • dispersions are prepared by inco ⁇ orating the active compound into a sterile vehicle that contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above.
  • methods of preparation are vacuum drying and freeze-drying that yields a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
  • Oral compositions generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier. They can be enclosed in gelatin capsules or compressed into tablets. For the pu ⁇ ose of oral therapeutic administration, the active compound can be inco ⁇ orated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, troches, or capsules. Oral compositions can also be prepared using a fluid carrier for use as a mouthwash, wherein the compound in the fluid carrier is applied orally and swished and expectorated or swallowed. Pharmaceutically compatible binding agents, and/or adjuvant materials can be included as part of the composition.
  • the tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can contain any of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring.
  • a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin
  • an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch
  • a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes
  • a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide
  • the compounds are delivered in the form of an aerosol spray from pressured container or dispenser which contains a suitable propellant, e.g., a gas such as carbon dioxide, or a nebulizer.
  • a suitable propellant e.g., a gas such as carbon dioxide, or a nebulizer.
  • Systemic administration can also be by transmucosal or transdermal means.
  • penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation.
  • penetrants are generally known in the art, and include, for example, for transmucosal administration, detergents, bile salts, and fusidic acid derivatives.
  • Transmucosal administration can be accomplished through the use of nasal sprays or suppositories.
  • the active compounds are formulated into ointments, salves, gels, or creams as generally known in the art.
  • the compounds can also be prepared in the form of suppositories (e.g., with conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter and other glycerides) or retention enemas for rectal delivery.
  • suppositories e.g., with conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter and other glycerides
  • retention enemas for rectal delivery.
  • the active compounds are prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems.
  • a controlled release formulation including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems.
  • Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art.
  • the materials can also be obtained commercially from Alza Co ⁇ oration and Nova Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
  • Liposomal suspensions (including liposomes targeted to infected cells with monoclonal antibodies to viral antigens) can also be used as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These can be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as described in U.S. Patent No. 4,522,811.
  • Dosage unit form refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subject to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier.
  • the specification for the dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by and directly dependent on the unique characteristics of the active compound and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active compound for the treatment of individuals.
  • the nucleic acid molecules of the invention can be inserted into vectors and used as gene therapy vectors.
  • Gene therapy vectors can be delivered to a subject by, for example, intravenous injection, local administration (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,328,470) or by stereotactic injection (see, e.g., Chen, et al, 1994. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91 : 3054-3057).
  • the pharmaceutical preparation of the gene therapy vector can include the gene therapy vector in an acceptable diluent, or can comprise a slow release matrix in which the gene delivery vehicle is imbedded.
  • the pharmaceutical preparation can include one or more cells that produce the gene delivery system.
  • Antibodies specifically binding a protein of the invention, as well as other molecules identified by the screening assays disclosed herein, can be administered for the treatment of various disorders in the form of pharmaceutical compositions.
  • Principles and considerations involved in preparing such compositions, as well as guidance in the choice of components are provided, for example, in Remington : The Science And Practice Of Pharmacy 19th ed. (Alfonso R. Gennaro, et al., editors) Mack Pub. Co., Easton, Pa. : 1995; Drug Abso ⁇ tion Enhancement : Concepts, Possibilities, Limitations, And Trends, Harwood Academic Publishers, Langhorne, Pa., 1994; and Peptide And Protein Drug Delivery (Advances In Parenteral Sciences, Vol. 4), 1991, M.
  • antigenic protein is intracellular and whole antibodies are used as inhibitors, internalizing antibodies are preferred.
  • liposomes can also be used to deliver the antibody, or an antibody fragment, into cells. Where antibody fragments are used, the smallest inhibitory fragment that specifically binds to the binding domain of the target protein is preferred.
  • peptide molecules can be designed that retain the ability to bind the target protein sequence. Such peptides can be synthesized chemically and/or produced by recombinant DNA technology. See, e.g., Marasco et al, 1993 Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 90: 7889-7893.
  • the formulation herein can also contain more than one active compound as necessary for the particular indication being treated, preferably those with complementary activities that do not adversely affect each other.
  • the composition can comprise an agent that enhances its function, such as, for example, a cytotoxic agent, cytokine, chemotherapeutic agent, or growth-inhibitory agent.
  • cytotoxic agent such as, for example, a cytotoxic agent, cytokine, chemotherapeutic agent, or growth-inhibitory agent.
  • Such molecules are suitably present in combination in amounts that are effective for the pu ⁇ ose intended.
  • the active ingredients can also be entrapped in microcapsules prepared, for example, by coacervation techniques or by interfacial polymerization, for example, hydroxymethylcellulose or gelatin-microcapsules and poly-(methylmethacrylate) microcapsules, respectively, in colloidal drug delivery systems (for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nano-particles, and nanocapsules) or in macroemulsions.
  • colloidal drug delivery systems for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nano-particles, and nanocapsules
  • the formulations to be used for in vivo administration must be sterile. This is readily accomplished by filtration through sterile filtration membranes.
  • sustained-release preparations can be prepared. Suitable examples of sustained-release preparations include semipermeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers containing the antibody, which matrices are in the form of shaped articles, e.g., films, or microcapsules. Examples of sustained-release matrices include polyesters, hydrogels (for example, poly(2- hydroxyethyl-methacrylate), or poly(vinylalcohol)), polylactides (U.S. Pat. No.
  • copolymers of L-glutamic acid and ethyl-L-glutamate non-degradable ethylene-vinyl acetate
  • degradable lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymers such as the LUPRON DEPOT TM (injectable microspheres composed of lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymer and leuprolide acetate)
  • poly-D-(-)-3-hydroxybutyric acid While polymers such as ethylene-vinyl acetate and lactic acid-glycolic acid enable release of molecules for over 100 days, certain hydrogels release proteins for shorter time periods.
  • compositions can be included in a container, pack, or dispenser together with instructions for administration.
  • the isolated nucleic acid molecules of the invention can be used to express SERX protein (e.g., via a recombinant expression vector in a host cell in gene therapy applications), to detect SERX mRNA (e.g., in a biological sample) or a genetic lesion in a SERX gene, and to modulate SERX activity, as described further, below.
  • the SERX proteins can be used to screen drugs or compounds that modulate the SERX protein activity or expression as well as to treat disorders characterized by insufficient or excessive production of SERX protein or production of SERX protein forms that have decreased or aberrant activity compared to SERX wild-type protein .
  • the anti-SERX antibodies of the invention can be used to detect and isolate SERX proteins and modulate SERX activity.
  • SERX activity includes growth and differentiation, antibody production, and tumor growth.
  • the invention further pertains to novel agents identified by the screening assays described herein and uses thereof for treatments as described, supra.
  • the invention provides a method (also referred to herein as a "screening assay") for identifying modulators, i.e., candidate or test compounds or agents (e.g., peptides, peptidomimetics, small molecules or other drugs) that bind to SERX proteins or have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on, e.g., SERX protein expression or SERX protein activity.
  • modulators i.e., candidate or test compounds or agents (e.g., peptides, peptidomimetics, small molecules or other drugs) that bind to SERX proteins or have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on, e.g., SERX protein expression or SERX protein activity.
  • modulators i.e., candidate or test compounds or agents (e.g., peptides, peptidomimetics, small molecules or other drugs) that bind to SERX proteins or have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on, e.g., SERX protein expression or SER
  • the invention provides assays for screening candidate or test compounds which bind to or modulate the activity of the membrane-bound form of a SERX protein or polypeptide or biologically-active portion thereof.
  • the test compounds of the invention can be obtained using any of the numerous approaches in combinatorial library methods known in the art, including: biological libraries; spatially addressable parallel solid phase or solution phase libraries; synthetic library methods requiring deconvolution; the "one-bead one-compound” library method; and synthetic library methods using affinity chromatography selection.
  • the biological library approach is limited to peptide libraries, while the other four approaches are applicable to peptide, non-peptide oligomer or small molecule libraries of compounds. See, e.g., Lam, 1997 ' . Anticancer Drug Design 12: 145.
  • a "small molecule” as used herein, is meant to refer to a composition that has a molecular weight of less than about 5 kD and most preferably less than about 4 kD.
  • Small molecules can be, e.g., nucleic acids, peptides, polypeptides, peptidomimetics, carbohydrates, lipids or other organic or inorganic molecules.
  • Libraries of chemical and/or biological mixtures, such as fungal, bacterial, or algal extracts, are known in the art and can be screened with any of the assays of the invention.
  • Biotechniques 13: 412-421 or on beads (Lam, 1991. Nature 354: 82-84), on chips (Fodor, 1993. Nature 364: 555-556), bacteria (Ladner, U.S. Patent No. 5,223,409), spores (Ladner, U.S. Patent 5,233,409), plasmids (Cull, et al, 1992. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89: 1865-1869) or on phage (Scott and Smith, 1990. Science 249: 386-390; Devlin, 1990. Science 249: 404-406; Cwirla, et al, 1990. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 87: 6378-6382; Felici, 1991. J Mol. Biol. 222: 301-310; Ladner, U.S. Patent No. 5,233,409.).
  • an assay is a cell-based assay in which a cell which expresses a membrane-bound form of SERX protein, or a biologically-active portion thereof, on the cell surface is contacted with a test compound and the ability of the test compound to bind to a SERX protein determined.
  • the cell for example, can be of mammalian origin or a yeast cell. Determining the ability of the test compound to bind to the SERX protein can be accomplished, for example, by coupling the test compound with a radioisotope or enzymatic label such that binding of the test compound to the SERX protein or biologically-active portion thereof can be determined by detecting the labeled compound in a complex.
  • test compounds can be labeled with 1 5 1, 35 S, 14 C, or 3 H, either directly or indirectly, and the radioisotope detected by direct counting of radioemission or by scintillation counting.
  • test compounds can be enzymatically-labeled with, for example, horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, or luciferase, and the enzymatic label detected by determination of conversion of an appropriate substrate to product.
  • the assay comprises contacting a cell which expresses a membrane-bound form of SERX protein, or a biologically-active portion thereof, on the cell surface with a known compound which binds SERX to form an assay mixture, contacting the assay mixture with a test compound, and determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a SERX protein, wherein determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a SERX protein comprises determining the ability of the test compound to preferentially bind to SERX protein or a biologically-active portion thereof as compared to the known compound.
  • an assay is a cell-based assay comprising contacting a cell expressing a membrane-bound form of SERX protein, or a biologically-active portion thereof, on the cell surface with a test compound and determining the ability of the test compound to modulate (e.g., stimulate or inhibit) the activity of the SERX protein or biologically-active portion thereof. Determining the ability of the test compound to modulate the activity of SERX or a biologically-active portion thereof can be accomplished, for example, by determining the ability of the SERX protein to bind to or interact with a SERX target molecule.
  • a "target molecule” is a molecule with which a SERX protein binds or interacts in nature, for example, a molecule on the surface of a cell which expresses a SERX interacting protein, a molecule on the surface of a second cell, a molecule in the extracellular milieu, a molecule associated with the internal surface of a cell membrane or a cytoplasmic molecule.
  • a SERX target molecule can be a non-SERX molecule or a SERX protein or polypeptide of the invention
  • a SERX target molecule is a component of a signal transduction pathway that facilitates transduction of an extracellular signal (e.g.
  • the target for example, can be a second intercellular protein that has catalytic activity or a protein that facilitates the association of downstream signaling molecules with SERX.
  • Determining the ability of the SERX protein to bind to or interact with a SERX target molecule can be accomplished by one of the methods described above for determining direct binding. In one embodiment, determining the ability of the SERX protein to bind to or interact with a SERX target molecule can be accomplished by determining the activity of the target molecule. For example, the activity of the target molecule can be determined by detecting induction of a cellular second messenger of the target (i.e. intracellular Ca 2+ , diacylglycerol, D?
  • detecting catalytic/enzymatic activity of the target an appropriate substrate detecting the induction of a reporter gene (comprising a SERX-responsive regulatory element operatively linked to a nucleic acid encoding a detectable marker, e.g., luciferase), or detecting a cellular response, for example, cell survival, cellular differentiation, or cell proliferation.
  • a reporter gene comprising a SERX-responsive regulatory element operatively linked to a nucleic acid encoding a detectable marker, e.g., luciferase
  • detecting a cellular response for example, cell survival, cellular differentiation, or cell proliferation.
  • an assay of the invention is a cell-free assay comprising contacting a SERX protein or biologically-active portion thereof with a test compound and determining the ability of the test compound to bind to the SERX protein or biologically- active portion thereof. Binding of the test compound to the SERX protein can be determined either directly or indirectly as described above.
  • the assay comprises contacting the SERX protein or biologically-active portion thereof with a known compound which binds SERX to form an assay mixture, contacting the assay mixture with a test compound, and determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a SERX protein, wherein determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a SERX protein comprises determining the ability of the test compound to preferentially bind to SERX or biologically-active portion thereof as compared to the known compound.
  • an assay is a cell-free assay comprising contacting SERX protein or biologically-active portion thereof with a test compound and determining the ability of the test compound to modulate (e.g. stimulate or inhibit) the activity of the SERX protein or biologically-active portion thereof. Determining the ability of the test compound to modulate the activity of SERX can be accomplished, for example, by determining the ability of the SERX protein to bind to a SERX target molecule by one of the methods described above for determining direct binding. In an alternative embodiment, determining the ability of the test compound to modulate the activity of SERX protein can be accomplished by determining the ability of the SERX protein further modulate a SERX target molecule. For example, the catalytic/enzymatic activity of the target molecule on an appropriate substrate can be determined as described above.
  • the cell-free assay comprises contacting the SERX protein or biologically- active portion thereof with a known compound which binds SERX protein to form an assay mixture, contacting the assay mixture with a test compound, and determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a SERX protein, wherein determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a SERX protein comprises determining the ability of the SERX protein to preferentially bind to or modulate the activity of a SERX target molecule.
  • the cell-free assays of the invention are amenable to use of both the soluble form or the membrane-bound form of SERX protein.
  • solubilizing agents include non-ionic detergents such as n-octylglucoside, n-dodecylglucoside, n-dodecylmaltoside, octanoyl-N-methylglucamide, decanoyl-N-methylglucamide, Triton ® X-100, Triton ® X-114, Thesit ® , Isotridecy ⁇ oly(ethylene glycol ether) n , N-dodecyl ⁇ N,N-dimethyl-3-ammonio-l -propane sulfonate, 3-(3-cholamidopropyl) dimethylamminiol-1 -propane sulfonate (CHAPS), or 3-(3-cholamidopropyl)dimethylamminiol-2-hydroxy-l-propane sulfonate (CHAPSO).
  • non-ionic detergents such as n-oct
  • SERX protein or its target molecule it may be desirable to immobilize either SERX protein or its target molecule to facilitate separation of complexed from uncomplexed forms of one or both of the proteins, as well as to accommodate automation of the assay.
  • Binding of a test compound to SERX protein, or interaction of SERX protein with a target molecule in the presence and absence of a candidate compound can be accomplished in any vessel suitable for containing the reactants. Examples of such vessels include microtiter plates, test tubes, and micro-centrifuge tubes.
  • a fusion protein can be provided that adds a domain that allows one or both of the proteins to be bound to a matrix.
  • GST-SERX fusion proteins or GST-target fusion proteins can be adsorbed onto glutathione sepharose beads (Sigma Chemical, St. Louis, MO) or glutathione derivatized microtiter plates, that are then combined with the test compound or the test compound and either the non-adsorbed target protein or SERX protein, and the mixture is incubated under conditions conducive to complex formation (e.g., at physiological conditions for salt and pH). Following incubation, the beads or microtiter plate wells are washed to remove any unbound components, the matrix immobilized in the case of beads, complex determined either directly or indirectly, for example, as described, supra. Alternatively, the complexes can be dissociated from the matrix, and the level of SERX protein binding or activity determined using standard techniques.
  • SERX protein or its target molecule can be immobilized utilizing conjugation of biotin and streptavidin.
  • Biotinylated SERX protein or target molecules can be prepared from biotin-NHS (N-hydroxy-succinimide) using techniques well-known within the art (e.g., biotinylation kit, Pierce Chemicals, Rockford, 111.), and immobilized in the wells of streptavidin-coated 96 well plates (Pierce Chemical).
  • antibodies reactive with SERX protein or target molecules can be derivatized to the wells of the plate, and unbound target or SERX protein trapped in the wells by antibody conjugation.
  • Methods for detecting such complexes include immunodetection of complexes using antibodies reactive with the SERX protein or target molecule, as well as enzyme-linked assays that rely on detecting an enzymatic activity associated with the SERX protein or target molecule.
  • modulators of SERX protein expression are identified in a method wherein a cell is contacted with a candidate compound and the expression of SERX mRNA or protein in the cell is determined. The level of expression of SERX mRNA or protein in the presence of the candidate compound is compared to the level of expression of SERX mRNA or protein in the absence of the candidate compound. The candidate compound can then be identified as a modulator of SERX mRNA or protein expression based upon this comparison. For example, when expression of SERX mRNA or protein is greater (i.e., statistically significantly greater) in the presence of the candidate compound than in its absence, the candidate compound is identified as a stimulator of SERX mRNA or protein expression.
  • the candidate compound when expression of SERX mRNA or protein is less (statistically significantly less) in the presence of the candidate compound than in its absence, the candidate compound is identified as an inhibitor of SERX mRNA or protein expression.
  • the level of SERX mRNA or protein expression in the cells can be determined by methods described herein for detecting SERX mRNA or protein.
  • the SERX proteins can be used as "bait proteins" in a two-hybrid assay or three hybrid assay (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,283,317; Zervos, et al, 1993. Cell 72: 223-232; Madura, et al, 1993. J. Biol. Chem. 268: 12046-12054; Barrel, et al, 1993. Biotechniques 14: 920-924; Iwabuchi, et al, 1993.
  • SERX-binding proteins proteins that bind to or interact with SERX
  • SERX-binding proteins proteins that bind to or interact with SERX
  • SERX-binding proteins proteins that bind to or interact with SERX
  • Such SERX-binding proteins are also likely to be involved in the propagation of signals by the SERX proteins as, for example, upstream or downstream elements of the SERX pathway.
  • the two-hybrid system is based on the modular nature of most transcription factors, which consist of separable DNA-binding and activation domains.
  • the assay utilizes two different DNA constructs.
  • the gene that codes for SERX is fused to a gene encoding the DNA binding domain of a known transcription factor (e.g., GAL-4).
  • a DNA sequence, from a library of DNA sequences, that encodes an unidentified protein (“prey" or "sample”) is fused to a gene that codes for the activation domain of the known transcription factor.
  • the DNA-binding and activation domains of the transcription factor are brought into close proximity. This proximity allows transcription of a reporter gene (e.g., LacZ) that is operably linked to a transcriptional regulatory site responsive to the transcription factor. Expression of the reporter gene can be detected and cell colonies containing the functional transcription factor can be isolated and used to obtain the cloned gene that encodes the protein which interacts with SERX.
  • a reporter gene e.g., LacZ
  • Expression of the reporter gene can be detected and cell colonies containing the functional transcription factor can be isolated and used to obtain the cloned gene that encodes the protein which interacts with SERX.
  • the invention further pertains to novel agents identified by the aforementioned screening assays and uses thereof for treatments as described herein.
  • cDNA sequences identified herein can be used in numerous ways as polynucleotide reagents.
  • these sequences can be used to: (0 identify an individual from a minute biological sample (tissue typing); and (ii) aid in forensic identification of a biological sample.
  • the SERX sequences of the invention can be used to identify individuals from minute biological samples.
  • an individual's genomic DNA is digested with one or more restriction enzymes, and probed on a Southern blot to yield unique bands for identification.
  • the sequences of the invention are useful as additional DNA markers for RFLP ("restriction fragment length polymo ⁇ hisms," described in U.S. Patent No. 5,272,057).
  • sequences of the invention can be used to provide an alternative technique that determines the actual base-by-base DNA sequence of selected portions of an individual's genome.
  • the SERX sequences described herein can be used to prepare two PCR primers from the 5'- and 3'-termini of the sequences. These primers can then be used to amplify an individual's DNA and subsequently sequence it.
  • Panels of corresponding DNA sequences from individuals, prepared in this manner, can provide unique individual identifications, as each individual will have a unique set of such DNA sequences due to allelic differences.
  • the sequences of the invention can be used to obtain such identification sequences from individuals and from tissue.
  • the SERX sequences of the invention uniquely represent portions of the human genome. Allelic variation occurs to some degree in the coding regions of these sequences, and to a greater degree in the noncoding regions. It is estimated that allelic variation between individual humans occurs with a frequency of about once per each 500 bases. Much of the allelic variation is due to single nucleotide polymo ⁇ hisms (SNPs), which include restriction fragment length polymo ⁇ hisms (RFLPs).
  • SNPs single nucleotide polymo ⁇ hisms
  • RFLPs restriction fragment length polymo ⁇ hisms
  • each of the sequences described herein can, to some degree, be used as a standard against which DNA from an individual can be compared for identification pu ⁇ oses. Because greater numbers of polymo ⁇ hisms occur in the noncoding regions, fewer sequences are necessary to differentiate individuals.
  • the noncoding sequences can comfortably provide positive individual identification with a panel of perhaps 10 to 1,000 primers that each yield a noncoding amplified sequence of 100 bases. If predicted coding sequences, such as those in SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17are used, a more appropriate number of primers for positive individual identification would be 500-2,000.
  • the invention also pertains to the field of predictive medicine in which diagnostic assays, prognostic assays, pharmacogenomics, and monitoring clinical trials are used for prognostic (predictive) pu ⁇ oses to thereby treat an individual prophylactically.
  • diagnostic assays for determining SERX protein and/or nucleic acid expression as well as SERX activity, in the context of a biological sample (e.g., blood, serum, cells, tissue) to thereby determine whether an individual is afflicted with a disease or disorder, or is at risk of developing a disorder, associated with aberrant SERX expression or activity.
  • Disorders associated with aberrant SERX expression of activity include, for example, neurodegenerative, cell proliferative, angiogenic, hematopoietic, immunological, inflammatory, and tumor-related disorders and/or pathologies.
  • the invention also provides for prognostic (or predictive) assays for determining whether an individual is at risk of developing a disorder associated with SERX protein, nucleic acid expression or activity. For example, mutations in a SERX gene can be assayed in a biological sample. Such assays can be used for prognostic or predictive pu ⁇ ose to thereby prophylactically treat an individual prior to the onset of a disorder characterized by or associated with SERX protein, nucleic acid expression, or biological activity.
  • Another aspect of the invention provides methods for determining SERX protein, nucleic acid expression or activity in an individual to thereby select appropriate therapeutic or prophylactic agents for that individual (referred to herein as "pharmacogenomics").
  • Pharmacogenomics allows for the selection of agents (e.g., drugs) for therapeutic or prophylactic treatment of an individual based on the genotype of the individual (e.g., the genotype of the individual examined to determine the ability of the individual to respond to a particular agent.)
  • agents e.g., drugs
  • Yet another aspect of the invention pertains to monitoring the influence of agents (e.g., drugs, compounds) on the expression or activity of SERX in clinical trials.
  • agents e.g., drugs, compounds
  • An exemplary method for detecting the presence or absence of SERX in a biological sample involves obtaining a biological sample from a test subject and contacting the biological sample with a compound or an agent capable of detecting SERX protein or nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA, genomic DNA) that encodes SERX protein such that the presence of SERX is detected in the biological sample.
  • a compound or an agent capable of detecting SERX protein or nucleic acid e.g., mRNA, genomic DNA
  • An agent for detecting SERX mRNA or genomic DNA is a labeled nucleic acid probe capable of hybridizing to SERX mRNA or genomic DNA.
  • the nucleic acid probe can be, for example, a full-length SERX nucleic acid, such as the nucleic acid of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17, or a portion thereof, such as an oligonucleotide of at least 15, 30, 50, 100, 250 or 500 nucleotides in length and sufficient to specifically hybridize under stringent conditions to SERX mRNA or genomic DNA.
  • a full-length SERX nucleic acid such as the nucleic acid of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17, or a portion thereof, such as an oligonucleotide of at least 15, 30, 50, 100, 250 or 500 nucleotides in length and sufficient to specifically hybridize under stringent conditions to SERX mRNA or genomic DNA.
  • Other suitable probes for use in the diagnostic assays of the invention are described herein.
  • One agent for detecting SERX protein is an antibody capable of binding to SERX protein, preferably an antibody with a detectable label.
  • Antibodies directed against a protein of the invention may be used in methods known within the art relating to the localization and/or quantitation of the protein (e.g., for use in measuring levels of the protein within appropriate physiological samples, for use in diagnostic methods, for use in imaging the protein, and the like).
  • antibodies against the proteins, or derivatives, fragments, analogs or homologs thereof, that contain the antigen binding domain are utilized as pharmacologically-active compounds.
  • An antibody specific for a protein of the invention can be used to isolate the protein by standard techniques, such as immunoaffinity chromatography or immunoprecipitation. Such an antibody can facilitate the purification of the natural protein antigen from cells and of recombinantly produced antigen expressed in host cells. Moreover, such an antibody can be used to detect the antigenic protein (e.g., in a cellular lysate or cell supernatant) in order to evaluate the abundance and pattern of expression of the antigenic protein. Antibodies directed against the protein can be used diagnostically to monitor protein levels in tissue as part of a clinical testing procedure, e.g., to, for example, determine the efficacy of a given treatment regimen.
  • Detection can be facilitated by coupling (i.e., physically linking) the antibody to a detectable substance.
  • detectable substances include various enzymes, prosthetic groups, fluorescent materials, luminescent materials, bioluminescent materials, and radioactive materials.
  • suitable enzymes include horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, -galactosidase, or acetylcholinesterase;
  • suitable prosthetic group complexes include streptavidin/biotin and avidin/biotin;
  • suitable fluorescent materials include umbelliferone, fluorescein, fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, dichlorotriazinylamine fluorescein, dansyl chloride or phycoerythrin;
  • an example of a luminescent material includes luminol;
  • bioluminescent materials include luciferase, luciferin, and aequorin, and examples of suitable radioactive material include 125 I, 13,
  • Antibodies can be polyclonal, or more preferably, monoclonal. An intact antibody, or a fragment thereof (e.g., Fab or F(ab') 2 ) can be used.
  • the term "labeled", with regard to the probe or antibody, is intended to encompass direct labeling of the probe or antibody by coupling (i.e., physically linking) a detectable substance to the probe or antibody, as well as indirect labeling of the probe or antibody by reactivity with another reagent that is directly labeled. Examples of indirect labeling include detection of a primary antibody using a fluorescently-labeled secondary antibody and end-labeling of a DNA probe with biotin such that it can be detected with fluorescently-labeled streptavidin.
  • biological sample is intended to include tissues, cells and biological fluids isolated from a subject, as well as tissues, cells and fluids present within a subject. That is, the detection method of the invention can be used to detect SERX mRNA, protein, or genomic DNA in a biological sample in vitro as well as in vivo.
  • in vitro techniques for detection of SERX mRNA include
  • SERX protein in vitro techniques for detection of SERX protein include enzyme linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs), Western blots, immunoprecipitations, and imniunofluorescence.
  • ELISAs enzyme linked immunosorbent assays
  • In vitro techniques for detection of SERX genomic DNA include Southern hybridizations.
  • in vivo techniques for detection of SERX protein include introducing into a subject a labeled anti-SERX antibody.
  • the antibody can be labeled with a radioactive marker whose presence and location in a subject can be detected by standard imaging techniques.
  • the biological sample contains protein molecules from the test subject.
  • the biological sample can contain mRNA molecules from the test subject or genomic DNA molecules from the test subject.
  • a preferred biological sample is a peripheral blood leukocyte sample isolated by conventional means from a subject.
  • the methods further involve obtaining a control biological sample from a control subject, contacting the control sample with a compound or agent capable of detecting SERX protein, mRNA, or genomic DNA, such that the presence of SERX protein, mRNA or genomic DNA is detected in the biological sample, and comparing the presence of SERX protein, mRNA or genomic DNA in the control sample with the presence of SERX protein, mRNA or genomic DNA in the test sample.
  • kits for detecting the presence of SERX in a biological sample can comprise: a labeled compound or agent capable of detecting SERX protein or mRNA in a biological sample; means for determining the amount of SERX in the sample; and means for comparing the amount of SERX in the sample with a standard.
  • the compound or agent can be packaged in a suitable container.
  • the kit can further comprise instructions for using the kit to detect SERX protein or nucleic acid.
  • the diagnostic methods described herein can furthermore be utilized to identify subjects having or at risk of developing a disease or disorder associated with aberrant SERX expression or activity.
  • the assays described herein such as the preceding diagnostic assays or the following assays, can be utilized to identify a subject having or at risk of developing a disorder associated with SERX protein, nucleic acid expression or activity.
  • disorders include for example, neurodegenerative, cell proliferative, angiogenic, hematopoietic, immunological, inflammatory, and tumor-related disorders and/or pathologies.
  • the prognostic assays can be utilized to identify a subject having or at risk for developing a disease or disorder.
  • the invention provides a method for identifying a disease or disorder associated with aberrant SERX expression or activity in which a test sample is obtained from a subject and SERX protein or nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA, genomic DNA) is detected, wherein the presence of SERX protein or nucleic acid is diagnostic for a subject having or at risk of developing a disease or disorder associated with aberrant SERX expression or activity.
  • a test sample refers to a biological sample obtained from a subject of interest.
  • a test sample can be a biological fluid (e.g., serum), cell sample, or tissue.
  • the prognostic assays described herein can be used to determine whether a subject can be administered an agent (e.g., an agonist, antagonist, peptidomimetic, protein, peptide, nucleic acid, small molecule, or other drug candidate) to treat a disease or disorder associated with aberrant SERX expression or activity.
  • an agent e.g., an agonist, antagonist, peptidomimetic, protein, peptide, nucleic acid, small molecule, or other drug candidate
  • agent e.g., an agonist, antagonist, peptidomimetic, protein, peptide, nucleic acid, small molecule, or other drug candidate
  • the invention provides methods for determining whether a subject can be effectively treated with an agent for a disorder associated with aberrant SERX expression or activity in which a test sample is obtained and SERX protein or nucleic acid is detected (e.g., wherein the presence of SERX protein or nucleic acid is diagnostic for a subject that can be administered the agent to treat a disorder associated with aberrant SERX expression or activity).
  • the methods of the invention can also be used to detect genetic lesions in a SERX gene, thereby determining if a subject with the lesioned gene is at risk for a disorder characterized by aberrant cell proliferation and/or differentiation.
  • the methods include detecting, in a sample of cells from the subject, the presence or absence of a genetic lesion characterized by at least one of an alteration affecting the integrity of a gene encoding a SERX-protein, or the misexpression of the SERX gene.
  • such genetic lesions can be detected by ascertaining the existence of at least one of: (i) a deletion of one or more nucleotides from a SERX gene; (ii) an addition of one or more nucleotides to a SERX gene; (iii) a substitution of one or more nucleotides of a SERX gene, (iv) a chromosomal rearrangement of a SERX gene; (v) an alteration in the level of a messenger RNA transcript of a SERX gene, (vi) aberrant modification of a SERX gene, such as of the methylation pattern of the genomic DNA, (vii) the presence of a non-wild-type splicing pattern of a messenger RNA transcript of a SERX gene, (viii) a non- wild-type level of a SERX protein, (ix) allelic loss of a SERX gene, and (x) inappropriate post-translational modification of a SERX protein.
  • a preferred biological sample is a peripheral blood leukocyte sample isolated by conventional means from a subject.
  • any biological sample containing nucleated cells may be used, including, for example, buccal mucosal cells.
  • detection of the lesion involves the use of a probe/primer in a polymerase chain reaction (PCR) (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 4,683,195 and 4,683,202), such as anchor PCR or RACE PCR, or, alternatively, in a ligation chain reaction (LCR) (see, e.g., Landegran, et al, 1988. Science 241 : 1077-1080; and Nakazawa, et al, 1994. Proc. Natl.
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • LCR ligation chain reaction
  • This method can include the steps of collecting a sample of cells from a patient, isolating nucleic acid (e.g., genomic, mRNA or both) from the cells of the sample, contacting the nucleic acid sample with one or more primers that specifically hybridize to a SERX gene under conditions such that hybridization and amplification of the SERX gene (if present) occurs, and detecting the presence or absence of an amplification product, or detecting the size of the amplification product and comparing the length to a control sample. It is anticipated that PCR and/or LCR may be desirable to use as a preliminary amplification step in conjunction with any of the techniques used for detecting mutations described herein.
  • nucleic acid e.g., genomic, mRNA or both
  • Alternative amplification methods include: self sustained sequence replication (see, Guatelli, et al, 1990. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 87: 1874-1878), transcriptional amplification system (see, Kwoh, et al, 1989. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86: 1173-1177); Q ⁇ Replicase (see, Lizardi, et al, 1988. BioTechnology 6: 1197), or any other nucleic acid amplification method, followed by the detection of the amplified molecules using techniques well known to those of skill in the art. These detection schemes are especially useful for the detection of nucleic acid molecules if such molecules are present in very low numbers.
  • mutations in a SERX gene from a sample cell can be identified by alterations in restriction enzyme cleavage patterns.
  • sample and control DNA is isolated, amplified (optionally), digested with one or more restriction endonucleases, and fragment length sizes are determined by gel electrophoresis and compared. Differences in fragment length sizes between sample and control DNA indicates mutations in the sample DNA.
  • sequence specific ribozymes see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,493,531 can be used to score for the presence of specific mutations by development or loss of a ribozyme cleavage site.
  • genetic mutations in SERX can be identified by hybridizing a sample and control nucleic acids, e.g., DNA or RNA, to high-density arrays containing hundreds or thousands of oligonucleotides probes. See, e.g., Cronin, et al, 1996. Human Mutation 1: 244-255; Kozal, et al, 1996. Nat. Med. 2: 753-759.
  • genetic mutations in SERX can be identified in two dimensional arrays containing light-generated DNA probes as described in Cronin, et al, supra.
  • a first hybridization array of probes can be used to scan through long stretches of DNA in a sample and control to identify base changes between the sequences by making linear arrays of sequential overlapping probes. This step allows the identification of point mutations. This is followed by a second hybridization array that allows the characterization of specific mutations by using smaller, specialized probe arrays complementary to all variants or mutations detected.
  • Each mutation array is composed of parallel probe sets, one complementary to the wild-type gene and the other complementary to the mutant gene.
  • any of a variety of sequencing reactions known in the art can be used to directly sequence the SERX gene and detect mutations by comparing the sequence of the sample SERX with the corresponding wild-type (control) sequence.
  • Examples of sequencing reactions include those based on techniques developed by Maxim and Gilbert, 1977. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 74: 560 or Sanger, 1977. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 74: 5463. It is also contemplated that any of a variety of automated sequencing procedures can be utilized when performing the diagnostic assays (see, e.g., Naeve, et al, 1995.
  • Biotechniques 19: 448 including sequencing by mass spectrometry (see, e.g., PCT International Publication No. WO 94/16101; Cohen, et al, 1996. Adv. Chromatography 36: 127-162; and Griffin, et al, 1993. Appl Biochem. Biotechnol. 38: 147-159).
  • RNA/RNA RNA/RNA
  • Other methods for detecting mutations in the SERX gene include methods in which protection from cleavage agents is used to detect mismatched bases in RNA/RNA or
  • RNA/DNA heteroduplexes See, e.g., Myers, et al, 1985. Science 230: 1242.
  • the art technique of "mismatch cleavage" starts by providing heteroduplexes of formed by hybridizing (labeled) RNA or DNA containing the wild-type SERX sequence with potentially mutant RNA or DNA obtained from a tissue sample.
  • the double-stranded duplexes are treated with an agent that cleaves single-stranded regions of the duplex such as which will exist due to basepair mismatches between the control and sample strands.
  • RNA/DNA duplexes can be treated with RNase and DNA/DNA hybrids treated with S, nuclease to enzymatically digesting the mismatched regions.
  • either DNA DNA or RNA/DNA duplexes can be treated with hydroxylamine or osmium tetroxide and with piperidine in order to digest mismatched regions. After digestion of the mismatched regions, the resulting material is then separated by size on denaturing polyacrylamide gels to determine the site of mutation. See, e.g., Cotton, et al, 1988. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85: 4397; Saleeba, et al, 1992. Methods Enzymol. 217: 286-295.
  • the control DNA or RNA can be labeled for detection.
  • the mismatch cleavage reaction employs one or more proteins that recognize mismatched base pairs in double-stranded DNA (so called "DNA mismatch repair" enzymes) in defined systems for detecting and mapping point mutations in SERX cDNAs obtained from samples of cells.
  • DNA mismatch repair enzymes
  • the mutY enzyme of E. coli cleaves A at G/A mismatches and the thymidine DNA glycosylase from HeLa cells cleaves T at G/T mismatches. See, e.g., Hsu, et al, 1994. Carcinogenesis 15: 1657-1662.
  • a probe based on a SERX sequence e.g., a wild-type SERX sequence
  • a cDNA or other DNA product from a test cell(s).
  • the duplex is treated with a DNA mismatch repair enzyme, and the cleavage products, if any, can be detected from electrophoresis protocols or the like. See, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,459,039.
  • alterations in electrophoretic mobility will be used to identify mutations in SERX genes.
  • SSCP single strand conformation polymo ⁇ hism
  • Single-stranded DNA fragments of sample and control SERX nucleic acids will be denatured and allowed to renature.
  • the secondary structure of single-stranded nucleic acids varies according to sequence, the resulting alteration in electrophoretic mobility enables the detection of even a single base change.
  • the DNA fragments may be labeled or detected with labeled probes.
  • the sensitivity of the assay may be enhanced by using RNA (rather than DNA), in which the secondary structure is more sensitive to a change in sequence.
  • the subject method utilizes heteroduplex analysis to separate double stranded heteroduplex molecules on the basis of changes in electrophoretic mobility. See, e.g., Keen, et al, 1991. Trends Genet. 7: 5.
  • the movement of mutant or wild-type fragments in polyacrylamide gels containing a gradient of denaturant is assayed using denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis (DGGE).
  • DGGE denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis
  • DNA will be modified to insure that it does not completely denature, for example by adding a GC clamp of approximately 40 bp of high-melting GC-rich DNA by PCR.
  • a temperature gradient is used in place of a denaturing gradient to identify differences in the mobility of control and sample DNA. See, e.g., Rosenbaum and Reissner, 1987 ' . Biophys. Chem.
  • oligonucleotide primers may be prepared in which the known mutation is placed centrally and then hybridized to target DNA under conditions that permit hybridization only if a perfect match is found. See, e.g., Saiki, et al, 1986. Nature 324: 163; Saiki, et al, 1989. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86: 6230.
  • Such allele specific oligonucleotides are hybridized to PCR amplified target DNA or a number of different mutations when the oligonucleotides are attached to the hybridizing membrane and hybridized with labeled target DNA.
  • Oligonucleotides used as primers for specific amplification may carry the mutation of interest in the center of the molecule (so that amplification depends on differential hybridization; see, e.g., Gibbs, et al, 1989. Nucl. Acids Res. 17: 2437-2448) or at the extreme 3'-terminus of one primer where, under appropriate conditions, mismatch can prevent, or reduce polymerase extension (see, e.g., Prossner, 1993. Tibtech. 11 : 238).
  • amplification may also be performed using Taq ligase for amplification. See, e.g., Barany, 1991. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88: 189. In such cases, ligation will occur only if there is a perfect match at the 3'-terminus of the 5' sequence, making it possible to detect the presence of a known mutation at a specific site by looking for the presence or absence of amplification.
  • the methods described herein may be performed, for example, by utilizing pre-packaged diagnostic kits comprising at least one probe nucleic acid or antibody reagent described herein, which may be conveniently used, e.g., in clinical settings to diagnose patients exhibiting symptoms or family history of a disease or illness involving a SERX gene.
  • any cell type or tissue preferably peripheral blood leukocytes, in which SERX is expressed may be utilized in the prognostic assays described herein.
  • any biological sample containing nucleated cells may be used, including, for example, buccal mucosal cells.
  • Agents, or modulators that have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on SERX activity can be administered to individuals to treat (prophylactically or therapeutically) disorders (e.g., neurodegenerative, cell proliferative, angiogenic, hematopoietic, immunological, inflammatory, and tumor-related disorders and/or pathologies).
  • disorders e.g., neurodegenerative, cell proliferative, angiogenic, hematopoietic, immunological, inflammatory, and tumor-related disorders and/or pathologies.
  • the pharmacogenomics i.e., the study of the relationship between an individual's genotype and that individual's response to a foreign compound or drug
  • the pharmacogenomics of the individual permits the selection of effective agents (e.g., drugs) for prophylactic or therapeutic treatments based on a consideration of the individual's genotype. Such pharmacogenomics can further be used to determine appropriate dosages and therapeutic regimens. Accordingly, the activity of SERX protein, expression of SERX nucleic acid, or mutation content of SERX genes in an individual can be determined to thereby select appropriate agent(s) for therapeutic or prophylactic treatment of the individual.
  • Pharmacogenomics deals with clinically significant hereditary variations in the response to drugs due to altered drug disposition and abnormal action in affected persons. See e.g., Eichelbaum, 1996. Clin. Exp. Pharmacol. Physiol, 23: 983-985; Linder, 1997. Clin. Chem., 43: 254-266.
  • two types of pharmacogenetic conditions can be differentiated. Genetic conditions transmitted as a single factor altering the way drugs act on the body (altered drug action) or genetic conditions transmitted as single factors altering the way the body acts on drugs (altered drug metabolism). These pharmacogenetic conditions can occur either as rare defects or as polymo ⁇ hisms.
  • G6PD glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase
  • the activity of drug metabolizing enzymes is a major determinant of both the intensity and duration of drug action.
  • drug metabolizing enzymes e.g., N-acetyltransferase 2 (NAT 2) and cytochrome P450 enzymes CYP2D6 and CYP2C19
  • NAT 2 N-acetyltransferase 2
  • CYP2D6 and CYP2C19 cytochrome P450 enzymes
  • the gene coding for CYP2D6 is highly polymo ⁇ hic and several mutations have been identified in PM, which all lead to the absence of functional CYP2D6. Poor metabolizers of CYP2D6 and CYP2C19 quite frequently experience exaggerated drug response and side effects when they receive standard doses. If a metabolite is the active therapeutic moiety, PM show no therapeutic response, as demonstrated for the analgesic effect of codeine mediated by its CYP2D6-formed metabolite mo ⁇ hine. At the other extreme are the so called ultra-rapid metabolizers who do not respond to standard doses. Recently, the molecular basis of ultra-rapid metabolism has been identified to be due to CYP2D6 gene amplification.
  • the activity of SERX protein, expression of SERX nucleic acid, or mutation content of SERX genes in an individual can be determined to thereby select appropriate agent(s) for therapeutic or prophylactic treatment of the individual.
  • pharmacogenetic studies can be used to apply geno typing of polymo ⁇ hic alleles encoding drug-metabolizing enzymes to the identification of an individual's drug responsiveness phenotype. This knowledge, when applied to dosing or drug selection, can avoid adverse reactions or therapeutic failure and thus enhance therapeutic or prophylactic efficiency when treating a subject with a SERX modulator, such as a modulator identified by one of the exemplary screening assays described herein.
  • SERX e.g., the ability to modulate aberrant cell proliferation
  • agents e.g., drugs, compounds
  • the effectiveness of an agent determined by a screening assay as described herein to increase SERX gene expression, protein levels, or upregulate SERX activity can be monitored in clinical trails of subjects exhibiting decreased SERX gene expression, protein levels, or downregulated SERX activity.
  • the effectiveness of an agent determined by a screening assay to decrease SERX gene expression, protein levels, or downregulate SERX activity can be monitored in clinical trails of subjects exhibiting increased SERX gene expression, protein levels, or upregulated SERX activity.
  • the expression or activity of SERX and, preferably, other genes that have been implicated in, for example, a cellular proliferation or immune disorder can be used as a "read out" or markers of the immune responsiveness of a particular cell.
  • genes including SERX, that are modulated in cells by treatment with an agent (e.g., compound, drug or small molecule) that modulates SERX activity (e.g., identified in a screening assay as described herein) can be identified.
  • an agent e.g., compound, drug or small molecule
  • SERX activity e.g., identified in a screening assay as described herein
  • cells can be isolated and RNA prepared and analyzed for the levels of expression of
  • the levels of gene expression can be quantified by Northern blot analysis or RT-PCR, as described herein, or alternatively by measuring the amount of protein produced, by one of the methods as described herein, or by measuring the levels of activity of SERX or other genes.
  • the gene expression pattern can serve as a marker, indicative of the physiological response of the cells to the agent. Accordingly, this response state may be determined before, and at various points during, treatment of the individual with the agent.
  • the invention provides a method for monitoring the effectiveness of treatment of a subject with an agent (e.g., an agonist, antagonist, protein, peptide, peptidomimetic, nucleic acid, small molecule, or other drug candidate identified by the screening assays described herein) comprising the steps of ( ) obtaining a pre-administration sample from a subject prior to administration of the agent; (ii) detecting the level of expression of a SERX protein, mRNA, or genomic DNA in the preadministration sample; (Hi) obtaining one or more post-administration samples from the subject; (iv) detecting the level of expression or activity of the SERX protein, mRNA, or genomic DNA in the post-administration samples; (v) comparing the level of expression or activity of the SERX protein, mRNA, or genomic DNA in the pre-administration sample with the SERX protein, mRNA, or genomic DNA in the post administration sample or samples; and (vi) altering the administration of the agent to the subject accordingly.
  • an agent e.g.,
  • increased administration of the agent may be desirable to increase the expression or activity of SERX to higher levels than detected, i.e., to increase the effectiveness of the agent.
  • decreased administration of the agent may be desirable to decrease expression or activity of SERX to lower levels than detected, i.e., to decrease the effectiveness of the agent.
  • disorders associated with aberrant SERl -4 expression of activity include a cell cycl or hyper- or hypo-proliferative disorder, e.g., breast or testicular cancer, a cardiovascular defect, e.g., DGS or VCFS and fertility or reproductive related disorders, autoimmune diseases, asthma, emphysema, scleroderma and developmental disorders.
  • disorders associated with aberrant SER5-8 expression include, for example,various blood clotting hematopoietic, and tumor-related (e.g., osteosarcoma, hepatoma) disorders and/or pathologies.
  • tumor-related e.g., osteosarcoma, hepatoma
  • Therapeutics that antagonize activity may be administered in a therapeutic or prophylactic manner.
  • Therapeutics that may be utilized include, but are not limited to: ( ) an aforementioned peptide, or analogs, derivatives, fragments or homologs thereof; (ii) antibodies to an aforementioned peptide; (iii) nucleic acids encoding an aforementioned peptide; (iv) administration of antisense nucleic acid and nucleic acids that are "dysfunctional" (i.e., due to a heterologous insertion within the coding sequences of coding sequences to an aforementioned peptide) that are utilized to "knockout" endogenous function of an aforementioned peptide by homologous recombination (see, e.g., Capecchi, 1989.
  • modulators i.e., inhibitors, agonists and antagonists, including additional peptide mimetic of the invention or antibodies specific to a peptide of the invention
  • modulators i.e., inhibitors, agonists and antagonists, including additional peptide mimetic of the invention or antibodies specific to a peptide of the invention
  • Diseases and disorders that are characterized by decreased (relative to a subject not suffering from the disease or disorder) levels or biological activity may be treated with
  • Therapeutics that increase i.e., are agonists to) activity.
  • Therapeutics that upregulate activity may be administered in a therapeutic or prophylactic manner.
  • Therapeutics that may be utilized include, but are not limited to, an aforementioned peptide, or analogs, derivatives, fragments or homologs thereof; or an agonist that increases bioavailability. Increased or decreased levels can be readily detected by quantifying peptide and/or
  • RNA by obtaining a patient tissue sample (e.g., from biopsy tissue) and assaying it in vitro for RNA or peptide levels, structure and/or activity of the expressed peptides (or mRNAs of an aforementioned peptide).
  • Methods that are well-known within the art include, but are not limited to, immunoassays (e.g., by Western blot analysis, immunoprecipitation followed by sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis, immunocytochemistry, etc.) and/or hybridization assays to detect expression of mRNAs (e.g., Northern assays, dot blots, in situ hybridization, and the like).
  • immunoassays e.g., by Western blot analysis, immunoprecipitation followed by sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis, immunocytochemistry, etc.
  • hybridization assays to detect expression of
  • the invention provides a method for preventing, in a subject, a disease or condition associated with an aberrant SERX expression or activity, by administering to the subject an agent that modulates SERX expression or at least one SERX activity.
  • Subjects at risk for a disease that is caused or contributed to by aberrant SERX expression or activity can be identified by, for example, any or a combination of diagnostic or prognostic assays as described herein.
  • Administration of a prophylactic agent can occur prior to the manifestation of symptoms characteristic of the SERX aberrancy, such that a disease or disorder is prevented or, alternatively, delayed in its progression.
  • a SERX agonist or SERX antagonist agent can be used for treating the subject.
  • the appropriate agent can be determined based on screening assays described herein. The prophylactic methods of the invention are further discussed in the following subsections. Therapeutic Methods
  • the modulatory method of the invention involves contacting a cell with an agent that modulates one or more of the activities of SERX protein activity associated with the cell.
  • An agent that modulates SERX protein activity can be an agent as described herein, such as a nucleic acid or a protein, a naturally-occurring cognate ligand of a SERX protein, a peptide, a SERX peptidomimetic, or other small molecule.
  • the agent stimulates one or more SERX protein activity. Examples of such stimulatory agents include active SERX protein and a nucleic acid molecule encoding SERX that has been introduced into the cell.
  • the agent inhibits one or more SERX protein activity.
  • inhibitory agents include antisense SERX nucleic acid molecules and anti-SERX antibodies. These modulatory methods can be performed in vitro (e.g., by culturing the cell with the agent) or, alternatively, in vivo (e.g., by administering the agent to a subject).
  • the invention provides methods of treating an individual afflicted with a disease or disorder characterized by aberrant expression or activity of a SERX protein or nucleic acid molecule.
  • the method involves administering an agent (e.g., an agent identified by a screening assay described herein), or combination of agents that modulates (e.g., up-regulates or down-regulates) SERX expression or activity.
  • an agent e.g., an agent identified by a screening assay described herein
  • the method involves administering a SERX protein or nucleic acid molecule as therapy to compensate for reduced or aberrant SERX expression or activity.
  • Stimulation of SERX activity is desirable in situations in which SERX is abnormally downregulated and/or in which increased SERX activity is likely to have a beneficial effect.
  • a subject has a disorder characterized by aberrant cell proliferation and/or differentiation (e.g., cancer or immune associated ).
  • Antibodies of the invention including polyclonal, monoclonal, humanized and fully human antibodies, may used as therapeutic agents. Such agents will generally be employed to treat or prevent a disease or pathology in a subject.
  • An antibody preparation preferably one having high specificity and high affinity for its target antigen, is administered to the subject and will generally have an effect due to its binding with the target.
  • Such an effect may be one of two kinds, depending on the specific nature of the interaction between the given antibody molecule and the target antigen in question.
  • administration of the antibody may abrogate or inhibit the binding of the target with an endogenous ligand to which it naturally binds.
  • the antibody binds to the target and masks a binding site of the naturally occurring ligand, wherein the ligand serves as an effector molecule.
  • the receptor mediates a signal transduction pathway for which ligand is responsible.
  • the effect may be one in which the antibody elicits a physiological result by virtue of binding to an effector binding site on the target molecule.
  • the target a receptor having an endogenous ligand which may be absent or defective in the disease or pathology, binds the antibody as a surrogate effector ligand, initiating a receptor-based signal transduction event by the receptor.
  • a therapeutically effective amount of an antibody of the invention relates generally to the amount needed to achieve a therapeutic objective. As noted above, this may be a binding interaction between the antibody and its target antigen that, in certain cases, interferes with the functioning of the target, and in other cases, promotes a physiological response.
  • the amount required to be administered will furthermore depend on the binding affinity of the antibody for its specific antigen, and will also depend on the rate at which an administered antibody is depleted from the free volume other subject to which it is administered.
  • Common ranges for therapeutically effective dosing of an antibody or antibody fragment of the invention may be, by way of nonlimiting example, from about 0.1 mg/kg body weight to about 50 mg/kg body weight. Common dosing frequencies may range, for example, from twice daily to once a week.
  • suitable in vitro or in vivo assays are performed to determine the effect of a specific Therapeutic and whether its administration is indicated for treatment of the affected tissue.
  • in vitro assays may be performed with representative cells of the type(s) involved in the patient's disorder, to determine if a given Therapeutic exerts the desired effect upon the cell type(s).
  • Compounds for use in therapy may be tested in suitable animal model systems including, but not limited to rats, mice, chicken, cows, monkeys, rabbits, and the like, prior to testing in human subjects. Similarly, for in vivo testing, any of the animal model system known in the art may be used prior to administration to human subjects.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Reproductive Health (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Transplantation (AREA)
  • Micro-Organisms Or Cultivation Processes Thereof (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Enzymes And Modification Thereof (AREA)
  • Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)
  • Measuring Or Testing Involving Enzymes Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
  • Preparation Of Compounds By Using Micro-Organisms (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides novel isolated SERX polynucleotides and polypeptides encoded by the SERX polynucleotides. Also provided are the antibodies that immunospecifically bind to a SERX polypeptide or any derivative, variant, mutant or fragment of the SERX polypeptide, polynucleotide or antibody. The invention additionally provides methods in which the SERX polypeptide, polynucleotide and antibody are utilized in the detection and treatment of a broad range of pathological states, as well as to other uses.

Description

NOVEL POLYPEPTIDES AND NUCLEIC ACIDS ENCODING SAME
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
The invention generally relates to nucleic acids and polypeptides encoded therefrom. More specifically, the invention relates to nucleic acids encoding membrane bound and secreted polypeptides, as well as vectors, host cells, antibodies, and recombinant methods for producing these nucleic acids and polypeptides.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The invention is based, in part, upon the discovery of a novel polynucleotide sequences encoding novel polypeptides.
Accordingly, in one aspect, the invention provides an isolated nucleic acid molecule that includes the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17 or a fragment, homolog, analog or derivative thereof. The nucleic acid can include, e.g., a nucleic acid sequence encoding a polypeptide at least 85% identical to a polypeptide that includes the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 9, 11, or 15. The nucleic acid can be, e.g., a genomic DNA fragment, or a cDNA molecule.
Also included in the invention is a vector containing one or more of the nucleic acids described herein, and a cell containing the vectors or nucleic acids described herein.
The invention is also directed to host cells transformed with a vector comprising any of the nucleic acid molecules described above. In another aspect, the invention includes a pharmaceutical composition that includes a
SERX nucleic acid and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
In a further aspect, the invention includes a substantially purified SERX polypeptide, e.g., any of the SERX polypeptides encoded by a SERX nucleic acid, and fragments, homologs, analogs, and derivatives thereof. The invention also includes a pharmaceutical composition that includes a SERX polypeptide and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent. In still a further aspect, the invention provides an antibody that binds specifically to a SERX polypeptide. The antibody can be, e.g., a monoclonal or polyclonal antibody, and fragments, homologs, analogs, and derivatives thereof. The invention also includes a pharmaceutical composition including SERX antibody and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent. The invention is also directed to isolated antibodies that bind to an epitope on a polypeptide encoded by any of the nucleic acid molecules described above.
The invention also includes kits comprising any of the pharmaceutical compositions described above.
The invention further provides a method for producing a SERX polypeptide by providing a cell containing a SERX nucleic acid, e.g., a vector that includes a SERX nucleic acid, and culturing the cell under conditions sufficient to express the SERX polypeptide encoded by the nucleic acid. The expressed SERX polypeptide is then recovered from the cell. Preferably, the cell produces little or no endogenous SERX polypeptide. The cell can be, e.g., a prokaryotic cell or eukaryotic cell. The invention is also directed to methods of identifying a SERX polypeptide or nucleic acid in a sample by contacting the sample with a compound that specifically binds to the polypeptide or nucleic acid, and detecting complex formation, if present.
The invention further provides methods of identifying a compound that modulates the activity of a SERX polypeptide by contacting a SERX polypeptide with a compound and determining whether the SERX polypeptide activity is modified.
The invention is also directed to compounds that modulate SERX polypeptide activity identified by contacting a SERX polypeptide with the compound and determining whether the compound modifies activity of the SERX polypeptide, binds to the SERX polypeptide, or binds to a nucleic acid molecule encoding a SERX polypeptide. In another aspect, the invention provides a method of determining the presence of or predisposition of a SERX-associated disorder in a subject. The method includes providing a sample from the subject and measuring the amount of SERX polypeptide in the subject sample. The amount of SERX polypeptide in the subject sample is then compared to the amount of SERX polypeptide in a control sample. For example, an alteration in the amount of SERX polypeptide in the subject protein sample relative to the amount of SERX polypeptide in the control protein sample indicates the subject has a tissue proliferation-associated condition. A control sample is preferably taken from a matched individual, i.e., an individual of similar age, sex, or other general condition but who is not suspected of having a tissue proliferation-associated condition. Alternatively, the control sample may be taken from the subject at a time when the subject is not suspected of having a tissue proliferation-associated disorder. In some embodiments, the SERX is detected using a SERX antibody.
In a further aspect, the invention provides a method of determining the presence of or predisposition of a SERX-associated disorder in a subject. The method includes providing a nucleic acid sample, e.g., RNA or DNA, or both, from the subject and measuring the amount of the SERX nucleic acid in the subject nucleic acid sample. The amount of SERX nucleic acid sample in the subject nucleic acid is then compared to the amount of a SERX nucleic acid in a control sample. An alteration in the amount of SERX nucleic acid in the sample relative to the amount of SERX in the control sample indicates the subject has a tissue proliferation- associated disorder. In a still further aspect, the invention provides a method of treating or preventing or delaying a SERX-associated disorder. The method includes administering to a subject in which such treatment or prevention or delay is desired a SERX nucleic acid, a SERX polypeptide, or a SERX antibody in an amount sufficient to treat, prevent, or delay a tissue proliferation-associated disorder in the subject. Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. Although methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used in the practice or testing of the present invention, suitable methods and materials are described below. All publications, patent applications, patents, and other references mentioned herein are incoφorated by reference in their entirety. In the case of conflict, the present specification, including definitions, will control. In addition, the materials, methods, and examples are illustrative only and not intended to be limiting.
Other features and advantages of the invention will be apparent from the following detailed description and claims. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The present invention provides novel nucleotides and polypeptides encoded thereby. Included in the invention are the novel nucleic acid sequences and their polypeptides. The sequences are collectively referred to as "SERX nucleic acids" or "SERX polynucleotides" and the corresponding encoded polypeptides are referred to as "SERX polypeptides" or "SERX proteins." Unless indicated otherwise, "SERX" is meant to refer to any of the novel sequences disclosed herein. Table 1 provides a summary of the SERX nucleic acids and their encoded polypeptides.
Table 1 Sequences and Corresponding SEQ ID Numbers
SERX nucleic acids and their encoded polypeptides are useful in a variety of applications and contexts. The various SERX nucleic acids and polypeptides according to the invention are useful as novel members of the protein families according to the presence of domains and sequence relatedness to previously described proteins. Additionally, SERX nucleic acids and polypeptides can also be used to identify proteins that are members of the family to which the SERX polypeptides belong.
For example, SER1, SER2, SER3, and SER4 are homologous to members of the serine/threonine kinase family of proteins. Thus, the SER1-4 nucleic acids and polypeptides, antibodies and related compounds according to the invention will be useful in therapeutic and diagnostic applications in disorders associated with, e.g., signal transduction pathways, cell proliferation, growth, and spermiogenesis. Protein phosphorylation is a fundamental process for the regulation of cellular functions. The coordinated action of both protein kinases and phosphatases controls the levels of phosphorylation and, hence, the activity of specific target proteins. One of the predominant roles of protein phosphorylation is in signal transduction, where extracellular signals are amplified and propagated by a cascade of protein phosphorylation and dephosphorylation events. Two of the best characterized signal transduction pathways involve the cAMP- dependent protein kinase and protein kinase C (PKC). Each pathway uses a different second- messenger molecule to activate the protein kinase, which, in turn, phosphorylates specific target molecules. Most of the effects of cAMP in the eukaryotic cell are mediated through the phosphorylation of target proteins on serine or threonine residues by the cAMP-dependent protein kinase. The inactive cAMP-dependent protein kinase is a tetramer composed of 2 regulatory and 2 catalytic subunits. The cooperative binding of 4 molecules of cAMP dissociates the enzyme in a regulatory subunit dimer and 2 free active catalytic subunits. In the human, 4 different regulatory subunits (PRKAR1 A, OMIM Ace.188830; PRKAR1B,
OMIM Ace.176911; PRKAR2A, OMIM Acc.176910; and PRKAR2B, OMIM Acc.176912) and 3 catalytic subunits (PRKACA; PRKACB, OMIM Ace.176892; and PRKACG OMIM Ace.176893) have been identified. The OMIM accession numbers refer to entries in the Online Mendelian Genetics database, a catalog of human genes and genetic disorders authored and edited by Dr. Victor A. McKusick and his colleagues at Johns Hopkins and elsewhere, and developed for the World Wide Web by NCBI, the National Center for Biotechnology Information. See, URL http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?db=OMIM.
Extensive comparisons of kinase sequences defined a common catalytic domain, ranging from 250 to 300 amino acids. This domain contains key amino acids conserved between kinases and are thought to play an essential role in catalysis. Jones et al. (Cell Regul. 2:1001-1009 (1991) isolated a partial cDNA that encodes a protein kinase they termed rac (related to the A and C kinases). DNA sequencing identified an open reading frame of 1,440 bp encoding a protein of 480 amino acids. In an in vitro translation system that used RNA transcribed from cloned cDNAs, they demonstrated the synthesis of a protein of corresponding size. For example, a testis-specific novel Ser/Thr kinase-1 (TSK-1) for the gene reveals highest homology to the human gene encoding rac protein kinase-beta and the group of yeast Ser/Thr kinases encoded by SNF-l,nim-l, KTN-1 and KJN-2. Other serine/threonine protein kinases contain consensus sequences characteristic of a protein kinase catalytic domain and showed 73 and 68% similarity to protein kinase C and cAMP-dependent protein kinase, respectively. Other serine/threonine protein kinases include RAF1 and PIM1. SER5, SER6, SER7, and SER8 are homologous to members of the serine protease family of proteins. Thus, the SER5-8 nucleic acids and polypeptides, antibodies and related compounds according to the invention will be useful in therapeutic and diagnostic applications in e.g., blood clotting disorders, cell growth and proliferative disorders.
The SERX nucleic acids and polypeptides can also be used to screen for molecules, which inhibit or enhance SERX activity or function. Specifically, the nucleic acids and polypeptides according to the invention may be used as targets for the identification of small molecules that modulate or inhibit, e.g., cell growth and differentiation protein processing.
Additional utilities for SERX nucleic acids and polypeptides according to the invention are disclosed herein. SERl
A SERl sequence according to the invention is a nucleic acid sequence encoding a polypeptide related to the serine/threonine kinase family of proteins. A SERl nucleic acid and its encoded polypeptide includes the sequences shown in Table 2 and Table 3, respectively. The disclosed nucleic acid (SEQ ID NO:l) is 823 nucleotides in length and contains an open reading frame (ORF) that begins with an ATG initiation codon at nucleotides 142-144 and ends with a TGA stop codon at nucleotides 772-774. The representative ORF includes a 210 amino acid polypeptide (SEQ ID NO:2).
Table 2. Nucleotide sequence including the sequence encoding the serine/ threonine kinase-like protein ofthe invention. SERl
CACAGCGGCCAATGTCTGGCAGTGGGCACATGGGGGTCGGGGGGTGTAGGTGCCAAGCGCCATGGCTTAGACCCGAGA TTGGAGTCCGGCCGCCCCCCGACAGCAGCCGCCTCCTGCCCCCCGTGCGCCCTAGGCGCCACCATGTCGGGAGACAAA CTTCTGAGCGAACTCGGTTATAAGCTGGGCCGCACAATTGGAGAGGGCAGCTACTCCAAGGTGAAGGTGGCCACATCC AAGAAGTACAAGGGTACCGTGGCCATCAAGGTGGTGGACCGGCGGCGAGCGCCCCCGGACTTCGTCAACAAGTTCCTG CCGCGAGAGCTGTCCATCCTGCGGGGCGTGCGACACCCGCACATCGTGCACGTCTTCGAGTTCATCGAGGTGTGCAAC GGGAAACTGTACATCGTGATGGAAGCGGCCGCCACCGACCTGCTGCAAGCCGTGCAGCGCAACGGGCGCATCCCCGGA GTTCAGGCGCGCGACCTCTTTGCGCAGATCGCCGGCGCCGTGCGCTACCTGCACGATCATCACCTGGTGCACCGCGAC CTCAAGTGCGAAAACGTGCTGCTGAGCCCGGACGAGCGCCGCGTCAAGCTCACCGACTTCGGCTTCGGCCGCCAGGCC CATGGCTACCCAGACCTGAGCACCACCTACTGCGGCTCAGCCGTACGCGTCACCCGAGTCATGCATTTCTTGAGCACC TACTGTCTGCCAGGCCCCAGAGCTCATGGCGAAGAGACTTGGGCCCATCCCTGCCGAAAACGAGACAATTGAAAAGTC AAGTAAAATAAAAGAATGACATGGAAATAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA (SEQ ID NO:L).
Table 3. Protein sequence for SERl.
MSGDKLLSELGYKLGRTIGEGSYSKVKVATSKKYKGWAIKVVDRRRAPPDFVNKFLPRELSILRGVRHPHIVHVFEF IEVCNGKLYIVMEAAATDL QAVQRNGRIPGVQARDLFAQIAGAVRYLHDHHiVHRDU CEIWLLSPDERRVKLTDFG FGRQAHGYPDLSTTYCGSAVRVTRVMHFLSTYCLPGPRAHGEETWAHPCRKRDN ( SEQ ID NO : 2 )
In a search of the public sequence databases, leading to the identification of the serine/threonine kinase-like protein SERl, it was found that public ESTs cover all but a 69 bp region in the center of the gene (at bases 422-491 of SeqCallingTM assembly 57660562). Therefore, the full clone for SERl is only able to be completed using fragments obtained using CuraGen's SeqCallingTM sequencing procedure. SeqCalling is a differential expression and sequencing procedure that normalizes mRNA species in a sample, and is disclosed in U. S. Ser. No. 09/417,386, filed Oct. 13, 1999, incoφorated herein by reference in its entirety.
A hydrophobicity plot for SERl suggests that the gene encodes a protein not having a signal peptide at the N-terminus. The results suggest that the serine/threonine kinase-like protein of the invention may be localized in one or another intracellular organelle, or the nucleus. The presence of two regions of positive hydrophobicity together with other analyses suggests that the serine-threonine kinase-like protein described herein is an integral membrane protein. Among tissues from which an mRNA encoding the serine/threonine kinase-like protein of the invention may be obtained are testis, fetal lung, B-cells, kidney, lung (such as lung tumor), prostate, lymphocyte, brain, spleen, and pancreas.
BLASTX comparisons with known proteins showed that the highest percent positives, 64%), were found for the genotypes embodying cardiovascular abnormalities such as aortic arch abnormalities involved in DiGeorge syndrome (DGS; Lindsay et al. Nature 401 :379-83 (1999) and velo-cardiofacial syndrome (VCFS; Kimber et al. Hum Mol Genet 8:2229-2237 (1999)).
The full amino acid sequence of the protein of the invention was found to have 83 of 179 amino acid residues (46 %) identical to, and 115 of 179 residues (64 %) positive with, the 365 amino acid residue serine- threonine kinase from the mouse (ptnr: SPTREMBL- ACC:P97416):
•Sptrembl-Acc:P97416 Seπne/threonine kinase - Mus musculus, 365 aa.
Score = 398 (140.1 Bits), Expect = 3.0e-36, P = 3.0e-36; Identities = 83/179 (46%); Positives = 115/179 (64%), Frame = +1
•Sptrembl-Acc:Q61241 Testis-specific seπne/threonine kinase - Mus musculus, 364 aa.
Score = 382 (134.5 Bits), Expect = 2.0e-34, P = 2.0e-34; Identities = 81/179 (45%), Positives = 113/179 (63%), Frame = +1
•Sptrembl-Acc:054863 Testis specific serine/threonine kinase 2- Mus musculus, 357 aa. Score = 380 (133.8 Bits), Expect = 3.3e-34, P = 3.3e-34; Identities = 80/179 (44%); Positives = 112/179 (62%), Frame = +1.
A search of the PROSITE database of protein families and domains confirmed that a SERl polypeptide is a member of the Eukaryotic protein kinase family. Eukaryotic protein kinases are enzymes that belong to a very extensive family of proteins which share a conserved catalytic core common to both serine/threonine and tyrosine protein kinases. Hanks & Hunter FASEB J. 9:576-596(1995); Hanks et al., Science 241:42-52(1988). There are a number of conserved regions in the catalytic domain of protein kinases. One region, which is located in the N-terminal extremity of the catalytic domain, is a glycine-rich stretch of residues in the vicinity of a lysine residue, which has been shown to be involved in ATP binding. The second region, which is located in the central part of the catalytic domain, contains a conserved aspartic acid residue which is important for the catalytic activity of the enzyme; there are two signature patterns for this region: one specific for serine/ threonine kinases and the other for tyrosine kinases. Knighton et al., Science 253:407-414(1991).
The ATP binding pattern is: [LIV]-G-{P}-G-{P}-[FYWMGSTNH]-[SGA]-{PW}- [LIVCAT]-{PD}-x- [GSTACLIVMFY]-x(5,18)-[LIVMFYWCSTAR]-[AIVP]- [LIVMFAGCKRJ-K (SEQ ID NO:3).
The majority of known protein kinases belong to the class detected by this pattern. However, viral kinases are quite divergent in this region and may be completely missed by this pattern. This pattern is found in amino acids 18-41 of SEQ ID NO:2 (shown in bold). The second consensus pattern, located in the central part of the catalytic domain, is:
[LIVMFYC]-x-[HY]-x-D-[LIVMFY]-K-x(2)-N-[LIVMFYCT](3) (SEQ ID NO:4), where D is an active site residue. This pattern is indicated by the bold, italic residues 131-143 of SEQ ID NO:2.
The SERl polypeptide sequence contains both Eukaryotic protein kinase signature sequences as defined by the PROSITE database (illustrated by bold and bold, italics in SEQ ID NO:2 of Table 3). The protein kinase ATP binding signature sequence is located at amino acid residues 18-41 of SEQ ID NO:2 (bold). The serine/threonine protein kinase active site signature sequence is located at amino acid residues 131-143 of SEQ ID NO: 2 (bold, italic). The PROSITE database consists of biologically significant sites, patterns and profiles that help to reliably identify to which known protein family a new sequence belongs.
Additionally, a search of the Pfam protein families database of alignments shows that SEQ ID NO: 2 belongs to the Eukaryotic protein kinase family, identified by Accession Number PF00069.
Furthermore, a search of the NCBI CD-Search database demonstrated that SERl shows significant similarity to three kinase domains, as shown in Table 4. The NCBI CD-Search is a search of a conserved domain database. Because proteins often contain several modules or domains, each with a distinct evolutionary origin and function, the CD-Search service may be used to identify the conserved domains present in a protein sequence. Computational biologists define conserved domains based on recurring sequence patterns or motifs. CDD currently contains domains derived from two popular collections, Smart and Pfam, plus contributions from NCBI. To identify conserved domains in a protein sequence, the CD- Search service employs the reverse position-specific BLAST algorithm. The query sequence is compared to a position-specific score matrix prepared from the underlying conserved domain alignment. Altschul et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 25:3389-3402 (1997).
Table 4 CDD Domain Homology
This degree of homology between a SERl polypeptide and the kinase polypeptide domains (both in terms of length and complexity) is very unlikely to have occurred by chance alone (e.g., the Expect (E) value in Table 4 less than 2e"37 by chance for the serine/threonine protein kinase catalytic domain).
The CD multiple Align for SERl to the catalytic domain (row 1, Table4) is shown in Table 5a. The figure indicates that SERl has homology to 'gi 5542282' (accession number P48479), a c-Jun N-terminal kinase implicated in neuronal apoptosis. Xie et al., Structure 6:983-991 (1998). Also shown in Table 5a is entry 'gi 1730584' (accession number P54739), a serine/threonine kinase from Streptomyces coelicolor A3 (2). Urabe & Ogawara Gene 153:99-104 (1995). Entry 'gi 125529' (accession number P27448) is a human putative serine/threonine protein kinase, P78. Finally, entry 'gi 6678167' (accession number NP_033462) is serine/threonine kinase 22B, which is associated with spermatogenesis. Kueng et al., J. Cell. Biol. 139:1851-1859 (1997). In the alignment figures, black outlined amino acids indicate identity (e.g., regions of conserved sequence that may be required to preserve structural or functional properties), whereas gray outline amino acids indicate conservative substitutions, (e.g., the residues can be mutated to a residue with comparable steric and/or chemical properties without altering protein structure or function, e.g. L to V, I, or M); non- highlighted amino acid residues vary can likely be mutated to a much broader extent without altering structure or function. The CD multiple Align for SERl to the pkinase ATP binding domain (Row 2, Table 4) is shown in Table 5b. The figure indicates that SERl has homology to 'gi 3318993,' the catalytic subunit of protein kinase Ck2 (casein kinase 2) from Zea mays involved in cell proliferation. Niefmd et al., EMBO J 17:2451-2462 (1998). Also shown in Table 5b is entry 'gi 125690' (accession number P18653), a mouse ribosomal protein S6 kinase alpha 1, which is implicated in the activation of the mitogen-activated kinase cascade and belongs to the serine/threonine family of protein kinases. Alcorta et al., Mol. Cell. Biol. 9:3850-3859 (1989). Entry 'gi 1170662' (accession number P22987) is a yeast serine/threonine protein kinase, KINl, which is important for growth polarity in S. pombe. Levin & Bishop, Proc. Natl. Acad, Sci., USA 87:8272-8276 (1990). Finally, entry 'gi 120621 ' (accession number P23647) is serine/threonine protein kinase from Drosophila melanogaster, which is a segment polarity protein important for correct patterning in the posterior part of each embryonic metamere. Preat et al., Nature 347:87-89 (1990).
Table 5a: CD Multiple Align- catalytic domain:
190 200 210 220 230 240
250 260 270 280 290 300 .. I .. ..I .. gi I 5542282 Ipdbl lJNKI YIDQ NKVIEQLGTPCPEF KKLQPTVlSNyVENBPKIEAGLTFPKLFPDSLFPADSEHN-
310 320 330 340 350 360
I gi I 5542282 I db 11JNKI -K|KASQ RD sj5yigviSgAKBl&VnDALO--HPΪgg
SERl gi 11730584 SERINE/THREONINE PR - PDPLWT-^EBCBRKSIJBDDHPSAINBASGLRVVA gi 1125529 PUTATIVE SERINE/THRE -MSTDCEN- — DRB gi I 6678167 serine/threonine ki SτGED-BlγBιE-QpivNi BLHiDEβs— HSSΪli
gn. I 5542282 |pdb| 1JNKI - (SEQ ID NO:21)
SERl (SEQ ID NO:2) gi|1730584 SERINE/THREONINE PR - (SEQ ID NO:22) gi| 125529 PUTATIVE SERINE/THRE - (SEQ ID NO:23) gil 6678167 serine/threonine ki - (SEQ ID NO:24)
Table 5b: CD Multiple Align- pkinase domain:
70 80 90 100 110 120
190 200 210 220 230 240 g_.|3318993|pdb|lA60| lcl I query SERl gi 1125690 RIBOSOMAL PROTEIN S6 gi 11170662 PROTEIN KINASE KINl gi 1120621 SERINE/THREONINE-PRO
250 260 270 280 290 300 I I I I I I I I I I I ■ • •J gi I 3318993 I pdb 11A601 IAKVLGTDGLNVYLNKYRl|LDPQ[jEgL|GRHSRKP LKF NADNQHLV@PlAIDFijDg lcl I query SERl gi I 125690 RIBOSOMAL PROTEIN S6 -PSDTPE |I|TR!GIGKFT -LSGGNWg™ gi I 1170662 PROTEIN KINASE KINl -KVPFDD QNMSAgHgKlKK -GTVEYP3YΪ _ |SBCKGL!Γ gi I 120621 SERINE/THREONINE-PRO -QPPFCA SS|LH3VKM M§g|KKH- -EDVK plT fClc1
310 320 I I . . . . I I gi I 3318993 I pdb 11A601 BRYE.HQl2SBALiAlTl-!-llF ( SEQ ID NO : 25 ) lcl I query SERl ( SEQ ID NO : 2 ) gi I 125690 RIBOSOMAL PROTEIN S6 ( SEQ I D NO : 26 ) gi I 1170662 PROTEIN KINASE KINl ( SEQ ID NO : 27 ) gi I 120621 SERINE/THREONINE-PRO ( SEQ I D NO : 28 )
The serine/threonine kinases comprise a family of structurally related proteins implicated in the regulation of a variety of diseases including those related to cell signal transduction disorders. This family of proteins is involved in developmental processes, and other significant physiological roles such as neuronal apoptosis, cell proliferation and spermiogenesis. Serine/threonine kinases are expressed in a number of different organisms and cell types, including for example, intestine, thymus, lung, fetal lung, lung tumor, B-cells, prostate, lymphocyte, brain, pancreas, spleen, bursa, and testis.
Based on its relatedness to the conserved serine/threonine kinase proteins, the SERl protein is a novel member of the serine/threonine protein family. The discovery of molecules related to serine/threonine kinases satisfies a need in the art by providing new diagnostic or therapeutic compositions useful in the treatment of disorders associated with alterations in the expression of members of serine/threonine kinase- like proteins. Nucleic acids, polypeptides, antibodies, and other compositions of the present invention are useful in a variety of diseases and pathologies, including by way of nonlimiting example, those involving cardiovascular defects such as DGS syndrome and VCFS, hyperproliferative diseases, hypoproliferative diseases, as well as those involving issues relating to fertility.
The nucleic acids and proteins of the invention are useful in potential therapeutic applications implicated in vascular, skeletal and cardiac muscle disorders. For example, a nucleic acid encoding the serine/threonine kinase-like protein may be useful in gene therapy, an inhibitory oligonucleotide directed to a mutant gene such as that involved in DGS or VCFS may block expression of the defective gene, and the serine/threonine kinase-like protein may be useful as complementation therapy when administered to a subject in need thereof. The novel nucleic acid encoding serine/threonine kinase-like protein, and the serine/threonine kinase-like protein of the invention, or fragments thereof, may further be useful in diagnostic applications, wherein the presence or amount of the nucleic acid or the protein are to be assessed. These materials are further useful in the generation of antibodies that bind immunospecifically to the novel substances of the invention for use in therapeutic or diagnostic methods. A SERl nucleic acid is useful for detecting specific cell-types. For example a SERl nucleic acid according to the invention can be present in different levels in a lung tumor. Also, according to the invention the expression of a SERl nucleic acid has utility in identifying developing and embryonic tissues from other tissue types.
SER2 & SER3
A SER2 sequence according to the invention is also a nucleic acid sequence encoding a polypeptide related to the serine/threonine family of proteins. A SER2 nucleic acid and its encoded polypeptide includes the sequences shown in Table 6. The disclosed nucleic acid (SEQ ID NO:5) is 1140 nucleotides in length and contains an open reading frame (ORF) that begins with an ATG initiation codon at nucleotides 21-23 and ends with a TGA stop codon at nucleotides 1122-1124. The representative ORF includes a 367 amino acid polypeptide (SEQ ID NO:6) as shown in Table 7.
Table 6. Nucleotide sequence of SER2, the serine-threonine kinase -like protein of the invention.
CACTGGGCATTCCTGGCACCATGGATGACGCTGCTGTCCTCAAGCGACGAGGCTACCTCCTGGGGATAAA TTTAGGAGAGGGCTCCTATGCAAAAGTAAAATCTGCTTACTCTGAGCGCCTGAAGTTCAATGTGGCGATC AAGATCATCGACCGCAAGAAGGCCCCCGCAGACTTCTTGGAGAAATTCCTTCCCCGGGAAATTGAGATTC TGGCCATGTTAAACCACTGCTCCATCATTAAGACCTACGAGATCTTTGAGACATCACATGGCAAGGTCTA CATCGTCATGGAGCTCGCGGTCCAGGGCGACCTCCTCGAGTTAATCAAAACCCGGGGAGCCCTGCATGAG GACGAAGCTCGCAAGAAGTTCCACCAGCTTTCCTTGGCCATCAAGTACTGCCACGACCTGGACGTCGTCC ACCGGGACCTCAAGTGTGACAACCTTCTCCTTGACAAGGACTTCAACATCAAGCTGTCCGACTTCAGCTT CTCCAAGCGCTGCCTGCGGGATGACAGTGGTCGAATGGCATTAAGCAAGACCTTCTGTGGGTCACCAGCG TATGCGGCCCCAGAGGTGCTGCAGGGCATTCCCTACCAGCCCAAGGTGTACGACATCTGGAGCCTAGGCG TGATCCTCTACATCATGGTCTGCGGCTCCATGCCCTACGACGACTCCAACATCAAGAAGATGCTGCGTAT CCAGAAGGAGCACCGCGTCAACTTCCCACGCTCCAAGCACCTGACAGGCGAGTGCAAGGACCTCATCTAC CACATGCTGCAGCCCGACGTCAACCGGCGGCTCCACATCGACGAGATCCTCAGCCACTGCTGGATGCAGC CCAAGGCACGGGGATCTCCCTCTGTGGCCATCAACAAGGAGGGGGAGAGTTCCCGGGGAACTGAACCCTT GTGGACCCCCGAACCTGGCTCTGACAAGAAGTCTGCCACCAAGCTGGAGCCTGAGGGAGAGGCACAGCCC CAGGCACAGCCTGAGACAAAACCCGAGGGGACAGCAATGCAAATGTCCAGGCAGTCGGAGATCCTGGGTT TCCCCAGCAAGCCGTCGACTATGGAGACAGAGGAAGGGCCCCCCCAACAGCCTCCAGAGACGCGGGCCCA GTGAGCTTCTTGCGGCCCAG (SEQ ID NO: 5).
Table 7. Protein sequence encoded by SER2.
MDDAAVLKRRGYLLGINLGEGSYAKVKSAYSERLKF VAIKIIDRKKAPADFLEKFLPREIEILAMLNHC SIIKTYEIFETSHGKVYIV ELAVQGDLLELIKTRGALHEDEARKKFHQLSLAIKYCHDLDWHRDiKCD NXZZDKDFNIKLSDFSFSKRCLRDDSGRMALSKTFCGSPAYAAPEVLQGIPYQPKVYDIWSLGVILYIMV CGSMPYDDSNIKKMLRIQKEHRVNFPRSKHLTGECKDLIYHMLQPDVNRRLHIDEI SHCWMQPKARGSP SVAINKEGESSRGTEPL TPEPGSDKKSATK EPEGEAQPQAQPETKPEGTAMQMSRQSEILGFPSKPST METEEGPPQQPPETRAQ (SEQ ID NO: 6).
In a search of sequence databases, it was found, for example, that the nucleic acid sequence of Ace. No. AC010431_A) has 986 of 1140 bases (86 %) identical to a M. musculus species Serine-Threonine Kinase mRNA (GENBANK-ID: UOl 840). The nucleic acid also has homology (approximately 88% identity) to mouse serine/threonine kinase 22A (spermiogenesis associated, reference NM_009435.1) and to mouse serine/threonine kinase (tsk-1) mRNA (88% identity, GenBank Accession. No. UOl 840). The encoded polypeptide has 82%o identity to serine/threonine kinase 22A (spermiogenesis associated, GenBank Accession AAA99535.1) and 67% identity to mouse serine/threonine kinase 22B (spermiogenesis associated, GenBank Accession AAC03367.1).
The target sequence identified as Accession Number AC010431_A (SEQ ID NO:5) was subjected to the exon linking process to confirm the sequence, as follows. PCR primers were designed by starting at the most upstream sequence available, for the forward primer, and at the most downstream sequence available for the reverse primer. In each case, the sequence was examined, walking inward from the respective termini toward the coding sequence, until a suitable sequence that is either unique or highly selective was encountered, or, in the case of the reverse primer, until the stop codon was reached. Such suitable sequences were then employed as the forward and reverse primers in a PCR amplification based on a library containing a wide range of cDNA species. The resulting amplicon was gel purified, cloned and sequenced to high redundancy to provide a consensus sequence which is designated Accession Number AC010431_dal (SEQ ID NO:7, SER3 as shown in Table 8). The coding sequence of clone AC010431_dal was 100% identical to that provided in the sequence described as Ace. No. AC010431_A.
Table 8: Nucleic Acid Sequence for SER3
TTGGCACCATGGATGACGCTGCTGTCCTCAAGCGACGAGGCTACCTCCTGGGGATAAATTTAGGAGAGGG CTCCTATGCAAAAGTAAAATCTGCTTACTCTGAGCGCCTGAAGTTCAATGTGGCGATCAAGATCATCGAC CGCAAGAAGGCCCCCGCAGACTTCTTGGAGAAATTCCTTCCCCGGGAAATTGAGATTCTGGCCATGTTAA ACCACTGCTCCATCATTAAGACCTACGAGATCTTTGAGACATCACATGGCAAGGTCTACATCGTCATGGA GCTCGCGGTCCAGGGCGACCTCCTCGAGTTAATCAAAACCCGGGGAGCCCTGCATGAGGACGAAGCTCGC AAGAAGTTCCACCAGCTTTCCTTGGCCATCAAGTACTGCCACGACCTGGACGTCGTCCACCGGGACCTCA AGTGTGACAACCTTCTCCTTGACAAGGACTTCAACATCAAGCTGTCCGACTTCAGCTTCTCCAAGCGCTG CCTGCGGGATGACAGTGGTCGAATGGCATTAAGCAAGACCTTCTGTGGGTCACCAGCGTATGCGGCCCCA GAGGTGCTGCAGGGCATTCCCTACCAGCCCAAGGTGTACGACATCTGGAGCCTAGGCGTGATCCTCTACA TCATGGTCTGCGGCTCCATGCCCTACGACGACTCCAACATCAAGAAGATGCTGCGTATCCAGAAGGAGCA CCGCGTCAACTTCCCACGCTCCAAGCACCTGACAGGCGAGTGCAAGGACCTCATCTACCACATGCTGCAG CCCGACGTCAACCGGCGGCTCCACATCGACGAGATCCTCAGCCACTGCTGGATGCAGCCCAAGGCACGGG GATCTCCCTCTGTGGCCATCAACAAGGAGGGGGAGAGTTCCCGGGGAACTGAACCCTTGTGGACCCCCGA ACCTGGCTCTGACAAGAAGTCTGCCACCAAGCTGGAGCCTGAGGGAGAGGCACAGCCCCAGGCACAGCCT GAGACAAAACCCGAGGGGACAGCAATGCAAATGTCCAGGCAGTCGGAGATCCTGGGTTTCCCCAGCAAGC CGTCGACTATGGAGACAGAGGAAGGGCCCCCCCAACAGCCTCCAGAGACGCGGGCCCAGTGAGCTTCTTG CGGCC (SEQ ID NO : 7 ) .
In a BLASTX search, the full amino acid sequence of the protein of the invention was found to have 307 of 364 amino acid residues (84%) identical to, and 329 of 364 residues (90 %) positive with, the 364 amino acid residue testis-specific serine/threonine kinase from M. musculus (ptnr:SWISSPROT-ACC:Q61241). The first 70 amino acids of Ace. No. AC010431_A (SER2) were used for signal peptide prediction. The results indicate that the protein likely has no signal peptide, and that it is predicted to localize to the cytoplasm.
A search of the PROSITE database of protein families and domains confirmed that a SER2 polypeptide is a member of the serine/threonine kinase family, which is defined by two signature sequences, as defined above. The SER2 polypeptide sequence contains both Eukaryotic protein kinase signature sequences as defined by the PROSITE database (illustrated by bold and bold, italics in SEQ ID NO: 6 of Table 7). The protein kinase ATP binding signature sequence is located at amino acid residues 18-41 of SEQ ID NO:6 (bold). The serine/threonine protein kinase active site signature sequence is located at amino acid residues 132-144 of SEQ ID NO:6 (bold, italic).
Additionally, a search of the Pfam protein families database of alignments shows that SEQ ID NO: 6 belongs to the Eukaryotic protein kinase family, identified by Accession Number PF00069. Furthermore, a search of the NCBI CD-Search database demonstrated that SER2 shows significant similarity to three kinase domains, as shown in Table 9.
Table 9: SER2 CDD Domain Homology
Score E Sequences producing significant alignments: (bits) value Row gnllSmartlS TKc Seπne/Threonine protein kinases, catalytic domain . 188 5e-49 1 gnl|Pfam|ρfam00069 Pkinase, Eukaryotic protein kinase domain 162 4e-41 2 gnllSmartlTyrKc Tyrosine kinase, catalytic domain; Phosphotransferases... 89.7 2e-19 3
This degree of homology between a SER2 polypeptide and the kinase polypeptide domains (both in terms of length and complexity) is very unlikely to have occurred by chance alone (e.g., the Expect (E) value in Table 8 less than 5e 49 by chance for the Serine/Threonine protein kinase catalytic domain). Table 10a: Multiple CD Align- catalytic domain
gi I 5542282 I pdb I IJNKI lcl I query SER2 gi I 7494971 hypothetical protei gi I 125529 PUTATIVE SERINE/THRE gi I 6678167 serine/threonine ki
gi I 5542282 I pdb I IJNKI lcl I query SER2 gi I 7494971 hypothetical protei gι| 125529 PUTATIVE SERINE/THRE gi I 6678167 serine/threonine ki
gi I 5542282 | pdb 11JNKI (SEQ ID NO:21) lcl I query SER2 (SEQ ID NO: 6) gi I 7494971 hypothetical protei (SEQ ID NO:29) gi 1125529 PUTATIVE SERINE/THRE (SEQ ID NO:30) gi I 6678167 serine/threonine ki (SEQ ID NO:24)
As illustrated in Table 10A, the SER2 polypeptide has homology to serine/threonine protein kinase catalytic domain (Row 1, Table 9). Entries 'IJNK,' '125529,' and '6678167' were discussed above for SERl multiple alignment (Table 5a). The entry '7494971' corresponds to hypothetical protein B0496.3 (Accession number T29253) from Caenorhabditis elegans. Table 10b: Multiple CD Align- pkinase ATP
190 200 210 220 230 240
310 320 gi I 3318993 I pdb 11A601 ( SEQ I D NO : 31 ) lcl I query SER2 ( SEQ ID NO : 6 ) gi I 416768 CELL CYCLE PROTEIN K ( SEQ ID NO : 32 ) gi I 1170662 PROTEIN KINASE KINl ( SEQ ID NO : 27 ) gi I 400097 PROBABLE SERINE/THRE ( SEQ I D NO : 33 )
The CD multiple Align for SER2 to the pkinase ATP binding domain (Row 2, Table 9) is shown in Table 10b. The figure indicates that SER2 has homology to 'gi 3318993,' and 'gi 1170662,' as discussed above for SERl. Also shown in Table 5b is entry 'gi 416768' (accession number P32562), a yeast serine/threonine protein kinase required for the cell cycle and belongs to the CDC5/MSD2 subfamily. Kitada et al., Mol. Cell. Biol. 13:4445-4457 (1993). Finally, entry 'gi 400097' (accession number P31374) is a probable serine/threonine protein kinase from S. cerevisiae. Clark et al., Yeast 9:543-549 (1993).
Based on its relatedness to the serine-threonine kinases, the SER2 protein is a novel member of this protein family. The discovery of molecules related to spermiogenesis and cell cycle regulation satisfies a need in the art by providing new diagnostic or therapeutic compositions useful in the treatment of disorders associated with alterations in the expression of members of serine/threonine kinase- like proteins. Nucleic acids, polypeptides, antibodies, and other compositions of the present invention are useful in a variety of diseases and pathologies, including by way of nonlimiting example, those involving hyperproliferative diseases, hypoproliferative diseases, as well as those involving issues relating to fertility.
A SER2 or SER3 nucleic acid is useful for detecting specific cell-types. For example a SER2 or SER3 nucleic acid according to the invention can be present in different levels in various cells. Also, according to the invention the expression of a SER2 or SER3 nucleic acid has utility in identifying tumors. In certain cancers, the appearance or elevation of plasma levels of serine/threonine kinases or increased or decreased phosphorylation of certain proteins are reliable markers of cancer progression. Accordingly, expression levels of serine-threonine kinase- like nucleic acids such as SER2 or SER3 are also useful in diagnosis and prognosis of such cancers.
SER4 A SER4 sequence according to the invention is a nucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide related to a serine/threonine kinase (STK). A SER4 nucleic acid and its encoded polypeptide includes the sequences shown in Table 11 and 12, respectively. The disclosed nucleic acid sequence (SEQ ID NO:8, Ace NO: AC010761 from GenbankNEW) is 993 nucleotides long. An open reading frame was identified beginning with an initiation codon at nucleotides 1-3 and ending with a TGA codon at nucleotides 991-993. The encoded polypeptide is 330 amino acid residues long (SEQ ID NO:9).
Table 11: Nucleotide sequence including the sequence encoding STK-like protein SER4
(24111358_EXT1) of the invention..
ATGGAAACTGAGGAGCAAGTCCGCGTGAAGGGGAGAGGTGCCTTCGGGATTGTGCAACTGTGCCTGCGAAAGGCTGACCA GAAGCTGGTGATCATCAAGCAGATTCCAGTGGAACAGATGACCAAGGAAGAGCGGCAGGCAGCCCAGAATGAGTGCCAGG TCCTCAAGCTGCTCAACCACCCCAATGTCATTGAGTACTACGAGAACTTCCTGGAAGACAAAGCCCTTATGATCGCCATG GAATATGCACCAGGTGGGACTCTGGCTGAGTTCATCCAAAAGCGCTGTAATTCCCTGCTGGAGGAGGAGACCATCCTGCA CTTCTTCGTGCAGATCCTGCTTGCACTGCATCATGTGCACACCCACCTCATCCTGCACCGAGACCTCAAGACCCAGAACA TCCTGCTTGACAAACACCGCATGGTCGTCAAGATCGGTGATTTCGGCATCTCCAAGATCCTTAGCAGCAAGAGCAAGGCC TACACGGTGGTGGGTACCCCATGCTATATCTCCCCTGAGCTGTGTGAGGGCAAGCCCTACAACCAGAAGAGTGACATCTG GGCCCTGGGCTGTGTCCTCTACGAGCTGGCCAGCCTCAAGAGGGCTTTCGAGGCTGCGGTGAGTGTATGCACCCTCCAGG GGACAACTGAGAAATCTACTGCCTCGCCCAGCAGCCCTCTATCTGACCGGTACAGCCCTGAGCTTCGCCAGCTGGTCCTG AGTCTACTCAGCCTGGAGCCTGCCCAGCGGCCACCACTCAGCCACATCATGGCACAGCCCCTCTGCATCCGTGCCCTCCT CAACCTCCACACCGACGTGGGCAGTGTCCGCATGCGGAGGCCTGTGCAGGGACAGCGAGCGGTCCTGGGCGGCAGGGTGT GGGCACCCAGTGGGAGCACACTTTCGCCTCTGACTGTGTCCGCCACAGCCTGCACCTACACTCTGTCATCTTTTACCATT GACACCTTGCACCATGATCTGAAAACACAATGA (SEQ ID NO: 8).
Table 12: Protein sequence encoded by SER4.
METEEQVRVKGRGAFGIVQLCLRKADQKLVIIKQIPVEQMTKEERQAAQNECQVLKLLNHPNVIEY
YENFLEDΪ ALMIAMEYAPGGTLAEFIQKRCNSLLEEETILHFFVQILLALHHVHTHLILHRDLKTQN
ILLDKHRMVVKIGDFGISKILSSKSKAYTVVGTPCYISPELCEGKPYNQKSDIWALGCVLYELASLK
RAFEAAVSVCTLQGTTEKSTASPSSPLSDRYSPELRQLVLSLLSLEPAQRPPLSHIMAQPLCIRALLNL
HTDVGSVRMRRPVQGQRAVLGGRVWAPSGSTLSPLTVSATACTYTLSSFTIDTLHHDLKTQ
(SEQ ID NO:9).
Based on information available from expression data, as well as the expression of STK family members, it is likely that 24111358_EXT1 (SER4) is expressed in fetal lung, other developmental tissues and sex tissues.
The hydropathy profile for SER4 indicates that this sequence has a strong signal peptide toward the 5' terminal supporting extracellular localization. The PSORT and SignalP profile also offer significant supportive evidence. It is very likely a membrane-bound peptide as the protein predicted here is similar to the STK gene family, some members of which are localized at the plasma membrane. Therefore it is likely that this novel gene is available at the appropriate sub-cellular localization and hence accessible for the therapeutic uses described in this application.
In a search of sequence databases, it was found, for example, that the nucleic acid sequence of SER4 has 429 of 699 nucleotides (61%) identical to Homo sapiens protein kinase SID6-1512 (Genbank ID: AB026289). In a BLASTX identity search the full amino acid sequence of the protein of the invention was found to have 150 of 333 amino acid residues (45%) identical to, and 213 of 333 amino acid residues (63%) positive with, the 357 amino acid residue protein similar to the CDC2/CDX subfamily of ser/thr protein kinases from Caenorhabditis elegans (SPTREMBL-ACC:O01775).
A search of the Prosite database revealed the occurrence of the serine/threonine protein kinase active site signature sequence at residues 124-136 (shown in bold) of the SER4 polypeptide (SEQ ID NO:9).
Alignment in the Pfam database showed similarity of amino acids 4-262 to the pkinase domain, with an E value of 8.4e-71. This sequence therefore belongs to the Eukaryotic protein kinase family, identified by Accession Number PF00069.
Furthermore, a search of the NCBI CD-Search database demonstrated that SER4 shows significant similarity to three kinase domains, as shown in Table 13.
Table 13: SER4 CDD Domain Homology
Score E Sequences producing significant alignments: (bits) value gnllSmartlS TKc Serine/Threonine protein kinases, catalytic domain... 197 9e-52 gnl|Pfam|pfam00069 Pkinase, Eukaryotic protein kinase domain 185 2e-48
Gnl|Smart|TyrKc Tyrosine kinase, catalytic domain; Phosphotransferases... 116 le-27
This degree of homology between a SER4 polypeptide and the kinase polypeptide domains (both in terms of length and complexity) is very unlikely to have occurred by chance alone (e.g., the Expect (E) value in Table 13 less than 9e"52 by chance for the serine/threonine protein kinase catalytic domain).
Table 14a: Multiple CD Align- catalytic domain
250 260 270 280 290 300 .. I .. .. I .. I .. I .. I .. I .. .. I .. I .. I
Lcl I query SER4
Gi 155422821 pdb | IJNK | P -GRD I DQWNKgl EQLGT PC EFMKKLQPTVRNYVENRPKYAGLTFPKLFPDSLFPADS
Gil 1352502 G2-SPECIFIC PROTEIN N-AKTHYQlvpjKf KEGKIAPL sv
Gι| 1709251 SERINE/THREONINE-PR EAGN KNLJJLϊα SGSFPPVS H
Gl| 1709347 SERINE/THREONINE-PR NAKDMNSLgY§l| EGKLPAMPRD-
Consensus
310 320 330
I .. I .. .. I ..
Lcl I query SER4 (SEQ ID NO:9)
Gi I 5542282 I db 11JNKI (SEQ ID NO:21)
Gi 11352502 G2-SPECIFIC PROTEIN (SEQ ID NO:34)
Gi 11709251 SERINE/THREONINE-PR (SEQ ID NO:35)
Gi 11709347 SERINE/THREONINE-PR (SEQ ID NO:36)
Consensus (SEQ ID NO:37)
The CD multiple align for SER4 to the STK catalytic domain (row 1, Tablel3) is shown in Table 14a. The figure indicates that SER4 has homology to IJNK (accession number 5542282), as discussed above. Also shown in Table 14a is entry '1352502 (accession number P48479), a G2-specifιc serine/threonine kinase, NIM-1 from Neurospora crassa. Pu et al., J. Biol. Chem.270:18110-18116 (1995). Entry ' 1709251 ' (accession number P51954) is serine/threonine protein kinase NEKl (NEMA-related protein kinase-1) from mouse, which is highly expressed in meiotic germ cells. Mizzen et al, EMBO J.11:3521-3531 (1992). Finally, entry '1709347' (accession number P51957) is serine/threonine kinase NRK2 from human breast tissue, which is related to cell cycle regulating kinases. Levedakou et al., Oncogene 9:1977-1988 (1994).
Table 14b: Multiple CD Align- pkinase ATP domain
Consensus
310 320 330 .. I .. .. I ..
Lcl I query SER4 (SEQ ID NO:9)
Gi I 3318993 I pdb 11A601 (SEQ ID NO:31)
Gl| 266411 CALCIUM/CALMODULIN-D (SEQ ID NO:38)
Gι| 127299 PROTEIN KINASE MEK1/ (SEQ ID NO:39)
Gl I 120621 SERINE/THREONINE-PRO (SEQ ID NO:28)
Consensus (SEQ ID NO:40)
The CD multiple align for SER4 to the STK ATP domain (row 2, Table 13) is shown in Table 14b. The figure indicates that SER4 has homology to 'gi 3318993' and 'gil20621,' as discussed above. Also shown in Table 14b is entry '266411 ' (accession number P08414), a mouse calcium-calmodulin dependent (serine/threonine) protein kinase, found in brain and testes. Jones et al., FEBS Lett.289:105-109 (1991). Also, entry '127299' (accession number P24719) is serine/threonine kinase MEK1/MRE4 from yeast, which is required for meiotic recombination. Leem & Ogawa, Nucl. Acids Res.20:449-457 (1992). The expression pattern, map location and protein similarity information for the sequence of Ace. No. 24111358_EXT1 suggest that this gene functions as a member of the "STK-like protein family". Specifically, SER4 has similarity to members of the CDC2/CDX subfamily of the STK proteins and may be involved in regulating mitosis. For example, CDC2 is a catalytic subunit of a protein kinase complex called the M-phase promoting factor, which induces entry into mitosis, and is universal among eukaryotes.
The SER4 may be potentially used as a protein therapeutic, small molecule drug target, antibody target (therapeutic, diagnostic, drug targeting/cytotoxic antibody), diagnostic and/or prognostic marker, for gene therapy (gene delivery/gene ablation), as research tools, for tissue regeneration in vitro and in vivo (regeneration for all these tissues and cell types composing these tissues and cell types derived from these tissues).
The nucleic acids and proteins provided by SER4 are useful in potential therapeutic applications implicated, for example but not limited to, the following diseases and disorders: Systemic lupus erythematosus, Autoimmune disease, Asthma, Emphysema, Scleroderma, Cancer, Fertility disorders, Reproductive disorders, Tissue/Cell growth regulation disorders, Developmental disorders and resulting disorders derived from the above conditions, and/or other pathologies/disorders.
For example, a cDNA encoding STK-like protein may be useful in gene therapy, and the STK-like protein may be useful when administered to a subject in need thereof. By way of non-limiting example, the compositions of the present invention will have efficacy for treatment of patients suffering from the pathologies described above. The novel nucleic acid encoding the STK-like protein, and the STK-like protein of the invention, or fragments thereof, may further be useful in diagnostic applications, wherein the presence or amount of the nucleic acid or the protein are to be assessed. These materials are further useful in the generation of antibodies that bind immunospecifically to the novel substances of the invention for use in therapeutic or diagnostic methods.
SER4, or fragments thereof, may further be useful in diagnostic applications, wherein the presence or amount of the nucleic acid or the protein are to be assessed. The SER4 polypeptides are further useful in the generation of antibodies that bind immunospecifically to the novel substances of the invention for use in therapeutic or diagnostic methods. SER5
A SER5 sequence according to the invention is a nucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide related to a serine protease hepsin-like protein.
A SER5 nucleic acid and its encoded polypeptide includes the sequences shown in Table 15 and 16, respectively. The disclosed nucleic acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 10, Ace NO: GM_10221687) is 1264 nucleotides long. An open reading frame was identified beginning with an initiation ATG codon at nucleotides 8-10 and ending with a TAA codon at nucleotides 1256-1258. The encoded polypeptide is 416 amino acid residues long (SEQ ID NO:l 1).
Table 15: Nucleotide sequence including the sequence encoding serine protease-like protein SER5 (GM_10221687) of the invention..
AAGGCCAATGACACTGGGTAGAAGAGTGAGTTCACTG7A7AACCATGGATGTTTGCCCTTATTGTCAGAGCT GTTGTGTTGATTCTGGTGATACTGATTGGTCTCCTTGTTTATTTTTTGGCATATGGCCTGAAGTTTTACT ATTACCAGACCTCCTTCCAGATCCCCAGTATTGAATATAATCCTGATTTTTCAGTAGAACACTCAAAACT TAGCACCGACCTGAAACAAAAAGTCAGTAACGAGATATTTCAGAGATCCAATTTAAACCATCATTACATA AAGTGTCAAGTTGTCAACTTTAGAGTCCCAGAGGAAGATGGTGTGAAAGTAGATGTCATTATGGTGTTCC AGTTCCCCTCTACTGAACAAAGGGCAGTAAGAGAGAAGAAAATCCAAAGCATCTTAAATCAGAAGATAAG GAATTTAAGAGCCTTGCCAATAAATGCCTCATCAGTTCAAGTTAATGGTAAGTTAACTGTCCAAGCAATC TCATCTTTTTCAGGTTGTGGTAAACGAGTTGTTCCATTAAACGTCAACAGAATAGCATCTGGAGTCATTG CACCCAAGGCGGCCTGGCCTTGGCAAGCTTCCCTTCAGTATGATAACATCCATCAGTGTGGGGCCACCTT GATTAGTAACACATGGCTTGTCACTGCAGCACACTGCTTCCAGAATTTTTCCAGGTATAAAAATCCACAT CAATGGACTGTTAGTTTTGGAACAAAAATCAACCCTCCCTTAATGAAAAGAAATGTCAGAAGATTTATTA TCCATGAGAAGTACCGCTCTGCAGCAAGAGAGTACGACATTGCTGTTGTGCAGGTCTCTTCCAGAGTCAC CTTTTCGGATGACATACGCCGGATTTGTTTGCCAGAAGCCTCTGCATCCTTCCAACCAAATTTGACTGTC CACATCACAGGATTTGGAGCACTTTACTATGGTGGGGAATCCCAAAATGATCTCCGAGAAGCCAGAGTGA AAATCATAAGTGATGATGTCTGCAAGCAACCACAGGTGTATGGCAATGATATAAAACCTGGAATGTTCTG TGCCGGATATATGGAAGGAATTTATGATGCCTGCAGGGGTGATTCTGGGGGACCTTTAGTCACAAGGGAT CTGAAAGATACGTGGTATCTCATTGGAATTGTAAGCTGGGGAGATAACTGTGGTCAAAAGGACAAGCCTG GAGTCTACACACAAGTGACTTATTACCGAAACTGGATTGCTTCAAAAACAGGCATCTAAAATAAA (SEQ ID NO: 10)
Table 16. Protein sequence encoded by SER5.
MTLGRRVSSLKPWMFALIVRAWLI VI IGLLVYF AYGLKFYYYQTSFQIPSIEYNPDFSVEHSKLST
DLKQKVSNEIFQRSNLNHHYIKCQV 7NFRVPEEDGVKVDVIMVFQFPSTEQRAVREKKIQSI NQKIRNL
RALPINASSVQVNGKLTVQAISSFSGCGKRWP NVNRIASGVIAPKAAWP QASLQYDNIHQCGATLIS
NT VTAAHCFQNFSRYKNPHQWTVSFGTKINPP MKRNVRRFI IHEKYRSAAREYDIAWQVSSRVTFS
DDIRRICLPEASASFQPN TVHITGFGA YYGGESQND REARVKI ISDDVCKQPQVYGNDIKPGMFCAG
YMEGIYDACKGDSGGPLVTRD KDTWY IGIVSWGDNCGQKDKPGVYTQVTYYRNWIASKTGI ( SEQ ID
NO : 11 ) .
In a search of sequence databases, it was found, for example, that the nucleic acid sequence of SER5 has 749 of 1223 bases (61%) identical to a Homo sapiens serine protease hepsin mRNA (Patent publication AU9527248-A published 08-FEB-1996). The full amino acid sequence of the protein of the invention was found to have 181 of 420 amino acid residues (43%) identical to, and 266 of 420 residues (63%) positive with, the 422 amino acid residue Serine Protease DESC1 protein from Homo sapiens (ptnr: TREMBLNEW- ACC:AAF04328). Hepsin is a putative membrane-bound serine protease, was originally identified as a human liver cDNA clone. The messenger RNA of hepsin is 1.85 kilobases in size and present in most tissues, with the highest level in liver. Hepsin is synthesized as a single polypeptide chain, and its mature form of 51 kDa was found in various mammalian cells including HepG2 cells and baby hamster kidney cells. It is present in the plasma-membrane in a molecular orientation of type II membrane-associated proteins, with its catalytic subunit (carboxyl- terminal half) at the cell surface, and its amino terminus facing the cytosol. Hepsin is found neither in cytosol nor in culture media. It is postulated that hepsin has an important role in cell growth and function.
Hepsin is a type II transmembrane serine protease that is highly expressed on the surface of hepatocytes. The physiological function of hepsin is not known, although in vitro studies indicate that hepsin plays a role in the initiation of blood coagulation and in hepatocyte growth, but is not essential for embryonic development and normal hemostasis.
Extracellular proteases mediate the digestion of neighboring extracellular matrix components in initial tumor growth, allow shedding or desquamation of tumor cells into the surrounding environment, provide the basis for invasion of basement membranes in target metastatic organs, and are required for release and activation of many growth and angiogenic factors. Overexpression of the serine protease hepsin gene has been identified in ovarian carcinomas. Torres-Rosado, et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. ;90:7181-7185 (1993). Quantitative PCR was used to determine the relative expression of hepsin compared to that of beta-tubulin. The mRNA expression levels of hepsin were significantly elevated in 7 of 12 low malignant potential tumors and in 27 of 32 carcinomas. On Northern blot analysis, the hepsin transcript was abundant in carcinoma but was almost never expressed in normal adult tissue, including normal ovary. These results suggest that hepsin is frequently overexpressed in ovarian tumors and therefore may be a candidate protease in the invasive process and growth capacity of ovarian tumor cells. PSORT analysis predicts the protein encoded by SER5 to be localized extracellularly with a certainty of 0.8200. Using the SIGNALP analysis, it is predicted that the protein of the invention has a signal peptide with most likely cleavage site between pos. 40 and 41 : AYG- LK. A search of the PROSITE database of protein families and domains confirmed that a
SER5 polypeptide is a member of the trypsin family of serine proteases. The catalytic activity of the serine proteases from the trypsin family is provided by a charge relay system involving an aspartic acid residue hydrogen- bonded to a histidine, which itself is hydrogen-bonded to a serine. The sequences in the vicinity of the active site serine and histidine residues are well conserved in this family of proteases. Brenner, Nature 334:528-530 (1988); Sprang et al.,
Science 237:905-909 (1987). One conserved region is the histidine active site and the other is the serine active site. Proteins that have both signature sequences have an extremely high probability of being a trypsin family serine protease.
The histidine active site consensus pattern is: [LIVM]-[ST]-A-[STAG]-H-C (SEQ ID NO: 12). This pattern is found in amino acids 215-220 of SEQ ID NO: 11 (shown in bold).
The serine active site consensus pattern is: [DNSTAGC]-[GSTAPIMVQH]-x(2)-G- [DE]-S-G-[GS]-[SAPHV]-[LIVMFYWH]- [LIVMFYSTANQH] (SEQ ID NO: 13). This pattern is indicated by the bold, italic residues 357-368 of SEQ ID NO:l 1.
The majority of known trypsin family serine proteases belong to the class detected by these patterns. The SER5 polypeptide sequence contains both trypsin family sequences as defined by the PROSITE database (illustrated by bold and bold, italics in SEQ ID NO: 11 of Table 16).
A partial list of proteases known to belong to the trypsin family includes: Acrosin;
Blood coagulation factors VII, IX, X, XI and XII, thrombin, plasminogen, and protein C; Cathepsin G; Chymotrypsins; Complement components Clr, Cls, C2, and complement factors
B, D and I; Complement-activating component of RA-reactive factor; Cytotoxic cell proteases
(granzymes A to H); Duodenase I; Elastases 1, 2, 3 A, 3B (protease E), leukocyte (medullasin);
Enterokinase (EC 3.4.21.9) (enteropeptidase); Hepatocyte growth factor activator; Hepsin;
Glandular (tissue) kallikreins (including EGF-binding protein types A, B, and C, NGF-gamma chain, gamma-renin, prostate specific antigen (PSA) and tonin); Plasma kallikrein; Mast cell proteases (MCP) 1 (chymase) to 8; Myeloblastin (proteinase 3) (Wegener's autoantigen); Plasminogen activators (urokinase-type, and tissue-type); Trypsins I, II, III, and IV; Tryptases; Snake venom proteases such as ancrod, batroxobin, cerastobin, flavoxobin, and protein C activator; Collagenase from common cattle grub and collagenolytic protease from Atlantic sand fiddler crab; Apolipoprotein(a); Blood fluke cercarial protease; Drosophila trypsin like proteases: alpha, easter, snake-locus; Drosophila protease stubble (gene sb); Major mite fecal allergen Der p III.
All the above proteins belong to family SI in the classification of peptidases and originate from eukaryotic species. Rawlings and Barrett Meth. Enzymol. 244:19-61(1994). It should be noted that bacterial proteases that belong to family S2A are similar enough in the regions of the active site residues that they can be picked up by the same patterns. These proteases include Achromobacter lyticus protease I; Lysobacter alpha-lytic protease; Streptogrisin A and B (Streptomyces proteases A and B); Streptomyces griseus glutamyl endopeptidase II; Streptomyces fradiae proteases 1 and 2.
Additionally, a search of the Pfam protein families database of alignments shows that SEQ ID NO: 11 belongs to the trypsin family of proteolytic enzymes, identified by Accession Number PF00089. The E value for the alignment of residues 179-407 of SER5 with the trypsin domain is 7e"86.
Furthermore, a search of the NCBI CD-Search database demonstrated that SER5 shows significant similarity to two trypsin-like domains, as shown in Table 17. Table 17: SER5 CDD Domain Homology
Score E
Sequences producing significant alignments: (bits) value Row
GnllSmartlTryp SPc Trypsin-like serine protease 187 le-48 1 gnl|Pfam|pfam00089 Trypsin, Trypsin 154 9e-39 2
This degree of homology between a SER5 polypeptide and the kinase polypeptide domains (both in terms of length and complexity) is very unlikely to have occurred by chance alone (e.g., the Expect (E) value in Table 17 less than le"48 by chance for the trypsin-like serine proteases). Table 18a: Multiple CD Align-Trypsin-like serine protease
lcl I query SER5 gi I 23924581 pdb 11MKX|K Chain K, gi I 547699 HYPODERMIN B PRECURS gi I 2833277 PROSTASIN PRECURSOR gi 1123057 SERINE PROTEASE HEPS
lcl I query SER5 gi I 2392458 |pdb|lMKX|K Chain K, gi I 547699 HYPODERMIN B PRECURS gi I 2833277 PROSTASIN PRECURSOR gi 1123057 SERINE PROTEASE HEPS
lcl I query SER5 gi I 2392458 |pdb|lMKX|K Chain K, g I 547699 HYPODERMIN B PRECURS gi I 2833277 PROSTASIN PRECURSOR gi 1123057 SERINE PROTEASE HEPS
lcl I query SER5 gi I 2392458 |pdb|lMKX|K Chain K, gi I 547699 HYPODERMIN B PRECURS gi I 2833277 PROSTASIN PRECURSOR gi I 123057 SERINE PROTEASE HEPS
lcl I query SER5 ( SEQ ID NO : 11 ) gi|2392458|pdb|lMKX|K Chain K, ( SEQ ID NO : 41 ) gi I 547699 HYPODERMIN B PRECURS ( SEQ ID NO : 42 ) gi I 2833277 PROSTASIN PRECURSOR ( SEQ ID NO : 43 ) gi I 123057 SERINE PROTEASE HEPS ( SEQ ID NO : 44 )
The CD multiple Align for SER5 to trypsin-like serine protease domains (row 1, Table 17) is shown in Table 18a. Many trypsin-like serine proteases are synthesized as inactive precursor zymogens that are cleaved during limited proteolysis to generate their active forms. A few, however, are active as single chain molecules, and others are inactive due to substitutions of the catalytic triad residues. The figure indicates that SER5 has homology to '1MKX_K' (accession number 2392458), a bovine alpha thrombin. Vijayalakshmi et al., Protein Sci. 3:2254-2271 (1994); Martin et al, Biochemistry 35:13030-13039 (1996). Also shown in Table 18a is entry '547699' (accession number P35588), a Hypodermin B Precursor (HB). Lecroisey et al., Eur. J. Biochem. 134:261-267 (1983). Hypodermin B is a trypsin related enzyme found in the insect Hypoderma lineatum. Entry '2833277' (accession number Q 16651), a human prostatin precursor, which is a human serine proteinase purified from seminal fluid, and is a member of the trypsin family. Yu et al., J Biol. Chem. 270:13483- 13489 (1995). Finally, entry ' 123057' (accession number P05981) is a human serine protease hepsin (transmembrane protease, serine-1), a type-II membrane protein belonging to the trypsin family and is related to cell growth and maintenance of cell morphology. Leytus et al., Biochemistry 27:1067-1074 (1988); Tsuji et al., J. Biol. Chem. 266:16948-16953 (1991); Torres-Rosado et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA 90:7181-7185 (1993).
Table 18b: Multiple CD Align-Trypsin-family domain
lcl I query SER5 gι|1942343|pdb|lUCY|K Chain K, gι|4929851|pdb|lA5H|A Chain A, gι|1310822|pdb|lLMW|B Chain B, gi I 2833277 PROSTASIN PRECURSOR Consensus
lcl I query SER5 gι|1942343|pdb|lUCY|K Cham K, gι|4929851|pdb|lA5H|A Chain A, gι|1310822|pdb|lLM |B Chain B, gi I 2833277 PROSTASIN PRECURSOR Consensus
lcl I query SER5 gι|1942343|pdb|lUCY|K Chain K, gι|4929851|pdb|lA5H|A Chain A, gi 113108221 pdb |1LMW|B Chain B, gi I 2833277 PROSTASIN PRECURSOR Consensus
lcl I query SER5 195 gι|1942343|pdb|lUCY|K Chain K, 215 gι|4929851|pdb|lA5H|A Cham A, 213 gi 113108221 pdb 11LM |B Chain B, 208 gi I 2833277 PROSTASIN PRECURSOR 201 Consensus 84
lcl I query SER5 (SEQ ID NO 11) gι|1942343|pdb|lUCY|K Chain K, (SEQ ID NO 45) gι|4929851|pdb|lA5H|A Cham A, (SEQ ID NO 46) gι|1310822|pdb|lLMW|B Chain B, (SEQ ID NO 47) gi I 2833277 PROSTASIN PRECURSOR (SEQ ID NO 48) Consensus (SEQ ID NO 49)
The CD multiple Align for SER5 to trypsin-like domains (peptidase family SI, row 2, Table 17) is shown in Table 18b. The figure indicates that SER5 has homology to '1UCY_K' (accession number 1942343), bovine chain K from thrombin. Martin et al., Biochem.
35:13030-13039 (1996). Also shown in Table 18b is entry 'gi 4929851 ' (accession number 4929851), a Chain A catalytic domain of human tissue plasminogen activator. Bode and Renatus, Curr. Op. Struct. Biol. 7:21713-21719 (1997). Entry 'gi 1310822' (accession number 1310822) is a human chain B urokinase-type plasminogen activator. Spraggon et al., structure 3:681-691 (1995). Finally, entry ' gi 2833277' (accession number g2833277) is a human prostatin precursor, a membrane-bound protein with trypsin-like cleavage specificity, and is found in the prostate, liver, salivary gland, kidney, lung, pancreas, colon, bronchus, and renal proximal tubular cells. Yu, et al., J. Biol. Chem. 270:13483-13489.
The similarity of SER5 to the proteins of the serine protease family indicates that it is a novel member of this class of proteins. Therefore, the novel nucleic acids and proteins identified here may be useful in potential therapeutic applications implicated in (but not limited to) various pathologies and disorders as indicated below. The potential therapeutic applications for this invention include, but are not limited to: protein therapeutic, small molecule drug target, antibody target (therapeutic, diagnostic, drug targeting/cytotoxic antibody), diagnostic and/or prognostic marker, gene therapy (gene delivery/gene ablation), research tools, tissue regeneration in vivo and in vitro of all tissues and cell types composing (but not limited to) those defined here. The nucleic acids and proteins of the invention are useful in potential therapeutic applications implicated in various diseases involving blood coagulation, human liver cells, hepatoma cells and hepatocellular carcinoma and/or other pathologies and disorders. For example, a cDNA encoding the Serine Protease (SP) -like protein (e.g., hepsin-like protein, or trypsin like protein) may be useful in gene therapy, and the SP -like protein may be useful when administered to a subject in need thereof. By way of nonlimiting example, the compositions of the present invention will have efficacy for treatment of patients suffering from various diseases involving blood coagulation, human liver cells, hepatoma cells and hepatocellular carcinoma. The novel nucleic acid encoding Serine Protease -like protein, and the SP-like protein of the invention, or fragments thereof, may further be useful in diagnostic applications, wherein the presence or amount of the nucleic acid or the protein are to be assessed. These materials are further useful in the generation of antibodies that bind immunospecifically to the novel substances of the invention for use in therapeutic or diagnostic methods.
SER6 A SER6 sequence according to the invention is a nucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide related to a serine protease kallikrein-like protein. A SER6 nucleic acid and its encoded polypeptide includes the sequences shown in Table 19 and 20, respectively. The disclosed nucleic acid sequence (SEQ ID NO:14, Ace NO: 12996895 1) is 1314 nucleotides long. An open reading frame was identified beginning with an initiation ATG codon at nucleotides 1-3 and ending with a stop codon at nucleotides 1264-1266. The encoded polypeptide is 421 amino acid residues long (SEQ ID NO: 15).
Table 19: Nucleotide sequence including the sequence encoding serine protease-like protein SER6 (12996895_1) of the invention..
ATGGAGAGCCCAGGTACGAGCCTGCCCAAGTTCACCTGGCGGGAGGGCCAGAAGCAGCTACCGCTCATCGGGTGCGTGCT CCTCCTCATTGCCCTGGTGGTTTCGCTCATCATCCTCTTCCAGTTCTGGCAGGGCCACACAGGGATCAGGTACAAGGAGC AGAGGGAGAGCTGTCCCAAGCACGCTGTTCGCTGTGACGGGGTGGTGGACTGCAAGCTGAAGAGTGACGAGCTGGGCTGC GTGAGGTTTGACTGGGACAAGTCTCTGCTTAAAATCTACTCTGGGTCCTCCCATCAGTGGCTTCCCATCTGTAGCAGCAA CTGGAATGACTCCTACTCAGAGAAGACCTGCCAGCAGCTGGGTTTCGAGAGTGCTCACCGGACAACCGAGGTTGCCCACA GGGATTTTGCCAACAGCTTCTCAATCTTGAGATACAACTCCACCATCCAGGAAAGCCTCCACAGGTCTGAATGCCCTTCC CAGCGGTATATCTCCCTCCAGTGTTCCCACTGCGGACTGAGGGCCATGACCGGGCGGATCGTGGGAGGGGCGCTGGCCTC GGATAGCAAGTGGCCTTGGCAAGTGAGTCTGCACTTCGGCACCACCCACATCTGTGGAGGCACGCTCATTGACGCCCAGT GGGTGCTCACTGCCGCCCACTGCTTCTTCGTGACCCGGGAGAAGGTCCTGGAGGGCTGGAAGGTGTACGCGGGCACCAGC AACCTGCACCAGTTGCCTGAGGCAGCCTCCATTGCCGAGATCATCATCAACAGCAATTACACCGATGAGGAGGACGACTA TGACATCGCCCTCATGCGGCTGTCCAAGCCCCTGACCCTGTCCGCTCACATCCACCCTGCTTGCCTCCCCATGCATGGAC AGACCTTTAGCCTCAATGAGACCTGCTGGATCACAGGCTTTGGCAAGACCAGGGAGACAGATGACAAGACATCCCCCTTC CTCCGGGAGGTGCAGGTCAATCTCATCGACTTCAAGAAATGCAATGACTACTTGGTCTATGACAGTTACCTTACCCCAAG GATGATGTGTGCTGGGGACCTTCGTGGGGGCAGAGACTCCTGCCAGGGAGACAGCGGGGGGCCTCTTGTCTGTGAGCAGA ACAACCGCTGGTACCTGGCAGGTGTCACCAGCTGGGGCACAGGCTGTGGCCAGAGAAACAAACCTGGTGTGTACACCAAA GTGACAGAAGTTCTTCCCTGGATTTACAGCAAGATGGAGAGCGAGGTGCGATTCACAAAATCCTAACCAGCTGGCCTGCT GCTCTGCACAGCACCGGCTGCTGTGAAGACTCTG (SEQ ID NO: 14).
Table 20 Protein sequence encoded by SER6.
MESPGTSLPKFTWREGQKQLPLIGCVLLLIALVVSLIILFQFWQGHTGIRYKEQRESCPKHAVRCDGVVDCKLKSDELGCV RFD DKSLLKIYSGSSHQ LPICSSNWNDSYSEKTCQQLGFESAHRTTEVAHRDFANSFSILRYNSTIQESLHRSECPSQR YISLQCSHCGLRAMTGRIVGGALASDSK P QVSLHFGTTHICGGTLIDAQ VLTAAHCFFVTREKVLEGWKVYAGTSNLH QLPEAASIAEIIINSNYTDEEDDYDIAL RLSKPLTLSAHIHPACLPMHGQTFSLNETC ITGFGKTRETDDKTSPFLREV QVNLIDFKKCNDYLVYDSYLTPRMMCAGDLRGGRDSCβGDSGGPLVCEQNNR YLAGVTS GTGCGQRNKPGVYTKVTEVL PWIYSKMESEVRFTKS (SEQ ID NO: 15)
In a search of sequence databases, it was found, for example, that the protein encoded by CuraGen Ace. No. 12996895_1 (SER6) has 150 of 396 amino acid (37 %) identity to Mus musculus mosaic serine protease epithelisasin protein (ACC: AAF21308). The full amino acid sequence of the protein of the invention was also found to have 153 of 400 amino acid residues (38%) identical to, and 225 of 400 residues (56%) positive with, the 492 amino acid residue transmembrane protease, serine 2 (EC 3.4.21.) protein from Homo sapiens (ptnr:SPTREMBL- ACC:O15393). Thus, the protein of Ace. No. 12996895_1 is a homolog of proteins in the Kallikrein family.
Recker et al., Urology 55:481-485 (2000), describes human glandular kallikrein as a tool to improve discrimination of poorly differentiated and non-organ-confined prostate cancer compared with prostate-specific antigen. Human glandular kallikrein possesses 80% structure identity with prostate-specific antigen and is secreted by identical prostate epithelial cells. Although increasing with pathologic stage, prostate-specific antigen is not clinically sufficient to predict histologic grade and pathologic stage of prostate cancer in individual cases. Glandular kallikrein was helpful in the prediction of organ-confined disease, and may serve a useful tool for more accurate prediction of tumor grade or stage and allow better clinical decision-making.
PSORT analysis predicts the protein of CuraGen Ace. No. 12996895_1 to be localized outside the cell with a certainty of 0.82. Using the SIGNALP analysis, it is predicted that the protein of the invention has a cleavable N-terminal signal sequence with a most likely cleavage site between pos. 48 and 49: HTG-IR. The predicted molecular weight of the protein of the invention is 474840.5 daltons. The protein is expressed in osteosacroma cells.
A search of the PROSITE database of protein families and domains confirmed that a SER6 polypeptide is a member of the trypsin family of serine proteases. The histidine active site consensus pattern is: [LIVM]-[ST]-A-[STAG]-H-C (SEQ ID NO: 12). This pattern is found in amino acids 216-221 of SEQ ID NO: 15 (shown in bold, Table 20).
The serine active site consensus pattern is: [DNSTAGC]-[GSTAPIMVQH]-x(2)-G- [DE]-S-G-[GS]-[SAPHV]-[LIVMFYWH]- [LIVMFYSTANQH] (SEQ ID NO: 13). This pattern is indicated by the bold, italic residues 359-370 of SEQ ID NO: 15 in Table20. Additionally, a search of the Pfam protein families database of alignments shows that
SEQ ID NO: 14 belongs to the trypsin family of proteolytic enzymes, identified by Accession Number PF00089. The E value for the alignment of residues 180-408 of SER6 with the trypsin domain is 1.9e"90.
Table 21: SER6 CDD Domain Homology
Score E
Sequences producing significant alignments: (bits) value Row gnl|Pfam|pfam00089 Trypsin, Trypsin 168 4e-43 1 gnllSmartlTryp SPc Trypsin-like serine protease 164 6e-42 2
Table 22a: Multiple CD Align trypsin-like domain
lcl I query SER6 gι|1942343|pdb|lUCY|K Chain K, gι|3212563lpdb|lLDT|T Chain T, gi 1113211 ACROSIN PRECURSOR gi I 2833277 PROSTASIN PRECURSOR
lcl I query SER6 gι|1942343|pdb|lUCY|K Chain K, gι|3212563|pdb|lLDT|T Chain T, gi 1113211 ACROSIN PRECURSOR gi I 2833277 PROSTASIN PRECURSOR
lcl I query SER6 gι|1942343|pdb|lUCY|K Chain K, gι|3212563|pdb|lLDT|T Chain T, gi 1113211 ACROSIN PRECURSOR gi I 2833277 PROSTASIN PRECURSOR
lcl I query SER6 gι|1942343|pdb|lUCY|K Chain K, gι|3212563|pdb|lLDT|T Chain T, gi 1113211 ACROSIN PRECURSOR gi I 2833277 PROSTASIN PRECURSOR
lcl I query SER6 ( SEQ ID NO : 15 ) gι|1942343|pdb|lUCY|K Chain K, (SEQ ID NO: 45) gι|3212563|pdb|lLDT|T Chain T, ( ΞEQ ID NO : 50 ) gi 1113211 ACROSIN PRECURSOR ( SEQ ID NO : 51 ) gi I 2833277 PROSTASIN PRECURSOR ( SEQ ID NO : 48 )
The CD multiple Align for SER6 is shown in Table 22a. The figure indicates that SER6 has homology to '1UCY_K' bovine chain k thrombin (see above) and prostatin precursor, entry '2833277,' a human prostatin precursor, and a member of the trypsin family, which is a human serine proteinase purified from seminal fluid. Yu et al., J Biol. Chem. 270:13483-13489 (1995). Also shown in Table 22a is entry '1LDT_T' (accession number 3212563), a leech-derived human tryptase inhibitor. Sommerhoff, et al., Biol. Chem. Hoppe Seyler 375:685-694 (1994); Auerswald, et al. Biol. Chem. Hoppe Seyler 375:695-703(1994); Muhlhahn, et al, FEBS Lett. 355:290-296 (1994); and Stubbs, et al., J. Biol. Chem. 272:19931-19937 (1997). Entry ' 113211 ' (accession number P29293) is a precursor of Acrosin, the major protease of mammalian spermatozoa, and is a serine protease with trypsin- like cleavage specificity. Klemm et al., Biochim. Biophys Acta. 1090:270-272 (1991).
Table 22b: Multiple CD Align serine-protease (trypsin-like) domain
lcl I query No SER6 gi|2392458|pdb|lMKX|K Chain K, gi|4699695|pdb|lA0L|A Chain A, gi 1123057 SERINE PROTEASE HEPS gi I 3334377 TRANSMEMBRANE PROTE
lcl I query SER6 gι|2392458|pdb|lMKX|K Chain K, gi|4699695|pdb|lA0L|A Chain A, gi 1123057 SERINE PROTEASE HEPS gi I 3334377 TRANSMEMBRANE PROTE
lcl I query SER6 gi|2392458|pdb|lMKX|K Cham K, gι|4699695|pdb|lA0L|A Chain A, gi 1123057 SERINE PROTEASE HEPS gi I 3334377 TRANSMEMBRANE PROTE
lcl I query SER6 gι|2392458|pdb|lMKX|K Chain K, gι|4699695|pdb|lA0L|A Chain A, gi 1123057 SERINE PROTEASE HEPS gi I 3334377 TRANSMEMBRANE PROTE
lcl I query SER6 ( SEQ ID NO : 15 ) gι|2392458|pdb|lMKX|K Cha K, ( SEQ ID NO : 41 ) gι|4699695|pdb|lA0L|A Chain A, ( SEQ ID NO : 52 ) gi 1123057 SERINE PROTEASE HEPS (SEQ ID NO : 44 ) gi I 3334377 TRANSMEMBRANE PROTE ( SEQ ID NO : 53 )
Figure 22b indicates that SER6 has homology to '1MKX_K' (accession number 2392458), as discussed above. Entry '123057' a human serine protease hepsin was also discussed above. Also shown in Table 22b is entry '4699695' (accession number 4699695), a chain A human beta tryptase. Periera et al., Nature 392:306-311 (1998). Finally, entry 'gi 3334377' (accession number 015393), a human transmembrane serine protease, a type -II membrane protein that is expressed strongly in small intestine. Paoloni-Giacobino et al., Genomics 44:309-320 (1997).
The nucleic acids and proteins related to SER6 are useful in potential therapeutic applications implicated in tumorigenesis and cancer, and/or other pathologies and disorders, such as , for example, those involving blood clotting disorders, diseases of the mast cells involving tryptase, and intestinal disorders.
SER7 and SER8
Nucleic acids that are the reverse compliment of SER6 are shown below as SER7 (SEQ ID NO:16, Table 23, partial sequence) and SER8 (full sequence, SEQ ID NO: 17, Table 24).
Table 23: SER7 (12996895.0.1) IS A PARTIAL REVERSE COMPIMENT OF SER6
CAGAGTCTTCACAGCAGCCGGTGCTGTGCAGAGCAGCAGGCCAGCTGGTTAGGATTTTGTGAATCGCACCTCGCTCTCCA TCTTGCTGTAAATCCAGGGAAGAACTTCTGTCACTTTGGTGTACACACCAGGTTTGTTTCTCTGGCCACAGCCTGTGCCC CAGCTGGTGACACCTGCCAGGTACCAGCGGTTGTTCTGCTCACAGACAAGAGGCCCCCCGCTGTCTCCCTGGCAGGAGTC TCTGCCCCCACGAAGGTCCCCAGCACACATCATCCTTGGGGTAAGGTAACTGTCATAGACCAAGTAGTCATTGCATTTCT TGAAGTCGATGAGATTGACCTGCACCTCCCGGAGGAAGGGGGATGTCTTGTCATCTGTCTCCCTGGTCTTGCCAAAGCCT GTGATCCAGCAGGTCTCATTGAGGCTAAAGGTCTGTCCATGCATGGGGAGGCAAGCAGGGTGGATGTGAGCGGACAGGGT CAGGGGCTTGGACAGCCGCATGAGGGCGATGTCATAGTCGTCCTCCTCATCGGTGTAATTGCTGTTGATGATGATCTCGG CAATGGAGGCTGCCTCAGGCAACTGGTGCAGGTTGCTGGTGCCCGCGTACACCTTCCAGCCCTCCAGGACCTTCTCCCGG GTCACGAAGAAGCAGTGGGCGGCAGTGAGCACCCACTGGGCGTCAATGAGCGTGCCTCCACAGATGTGGGTGGTGCCGAA GTGCAGACTCACTTGCCAAGGCCACTTGCTATCCGAGGCCAGCGCCCCTCCCACGATCCGCCCGGTCATGGCCCTCAGTC CGCAGTGGGAACACTGGAGGGAGATATACCGCTGGGAAGGGCATTCAGACCTGTGGAGGCTTTCCTGGATGGTGGAGTTG TATCTCAAGATTGAGAAGCTGTTGGCAAAATCCCTGTGGGCAACCTCGGTTGTCCGGTGAGCACTCTCGAAACCCAGCTG CTGGCAGGTCTTCTCTGAGTAGGAGTCATTCCAGTTGCTGCTACAGATGGGAAGCCACTGATGGGAGGACCCAGAGTAGA TTTTAAGCAGAGACTTGTCCCAGTCAAACCTCACGCAG (SEQ ID NO: 16).
Table 24: SER8 IS A REVCOMP OF SER6
CAGAGTCTTCACAGCAGCCGGTGCTGTGCAGAGCAGCAGGCCAGCTGGTTAGGATTTTGTGAATCGCACCTCGCTCTCCA TCTTGCTGTAAATCCAGGGAAGAACTTCTGTCACTTTGGTGTACACACCAGGTTTGTTTCTCTGGCCACAGCCTGTGCCC CAGCTGGTGACACCTGCCAGGTACCAGCGGTTGTTCTGCTCACAGACAAGAGGCCCCCCGCTGTCTCCCTGGCAGGAGTC TCTGCCCCCACGAAGGTCCCCAGCACACATCATCCTTGGGGTAAGGTAACTGTCATAGACCAAGTAGTCATTGCATTTCT TGAAGTCGATGAGATTGACCTGCACCTCCCGGAGGAAGGGGGATGTCTTGTCATCTGTCTCCCTGGTCTTGCCAAAGCCT GTGATCCAGCAGGTCTCATTGAGGCTAAAGGTCTGTCCATGCATGGGGAGGCAAGCAGGGTGGATGTGAGCGGACAGGGT CAGGGGCTTGGACAGCCGCATGAGGGCGATGTCATAGTCGTCCTCCTCATCGGTGTAATTGCTGTTGATGATGATCTCGG CAATGGAGGCTGCCTCAGGCAACTGGTGCAGGTTGCTGGTGCCCGCGTACACCTTCCAGCCCTCCAGGACCTTCTCCCGG GTCACGAAGAAGCAGTGGGCGGCAGTGAGCACCCACTGGGCGTCAATGAGCGTGCCTCCACAGATGTGGGTGGTGCCGAA GTGCAGACTCACTTGCCAAGGCCACTTGCTATCCGAGGCCAGCGCCCCTCCCACGATCCGCCCGGTCATGGCCCTCAGTC CGCAGTGGGAACACTGGAGGGAGATATACCGCTGGGAAGGGCATTCAGACCTGTGGAGGCTTTCCTGGATGGTGGAGTTG TATCTCAAGATTGAGAAGCTGTTGGCAAAATCCCTGTGGGCAACCTCGGTTGTCCGGTGAGCACTCTCGAAACCCAGCTG CTGGCAGGTCTTCTCTGAGTAGGAGTCATTCCAGTTGCTGCTACAGATGGGAAGCCACTGATGGGAGGACCCAGAGTAGA TTTTAAGCAGAGACTTGTCCCAGTCAAACCTCACGCAGCCCAGCTCGTCACTCTTCAGCTTGCAGTCCACCACCCCGTCA CAGCGAACAGCGTGCTTGGGACAGCTCTCCCTCTGCTCCTTGTACCTGATCCCTGTGTGGCCCTGCCAGAACTGGAAGAG GATGATGAGCGAAACCACCAGGGCAATGAGGAGGAGCACGCACCCGATGAGCGGTAGCTGCTTCTGGCCCTCCCGCCAGG TGAACTTGGGCAGGCTCGTACCTGGGCTCTCCAT (SEQ ID NO: 17)
Clone 12996895.0.1 (SER7) is predicted to encode a 342 aa secreted protein. SER7 has homology to several serine proteases. The highest homology is 201/344 (58%) with AAD37117 Transmembrane Serine Protease 2.
Quantitative expression analysis of clone 12996895.0.1, in various cells and tissues.
RTQ-PCR Panel 1 Description:
As shown in Table 26 below, this 96 well plate (2 control wells, 94 test samples) panel and its variants (Panel 1) are composed of RNA/cDNA isolated from various human cell lines that have been established from human malignant tissues (Tumors). These cell lines have been extensively characterized by investigators in both academia and the commercial sector regarding their tumorgenicity, metastatic potential, drug resistance, invasive potential and other cancer-related properties. They serve as suitable tools for pre-clinical evaluation of anticancer agents and promising therapeutic strategies. RNA from these various human cancer cell lines was isolated by and procured from the Developmental Therapeutic Branch (DTB) of the National Cancer Institute (USA). Basic information regarding their biological behavior, gene expression, and resistance to various cytotoxic agents are known in the art. In addition, RNA/cDNA was obtained from various human tissues derived from human autopsies performed on deceased elderly people or sudden death victims (accidents, etc.). These tissue were ascertained to be free of disease and were purchased from various high quality commercial sources such as Clontech, Inc., Research Genetics , and Invitrogen. RNA integrity from all samples is controlled for quality by visual assessment of agarose gel electrophoresis using 28s and 18s ribosomal RNA staining intensity ratio as a guide (2:1 to 2.5:1 28s: 18s) and the presence of low molecular weight RNAs indicative of degradation products. Samples are quality controlled for genomic DNA contamination by reactions run in the absence of reverse transcriptase using probe and primer sets designed to amplify across the span of a single exon.
RTQ-PCR Panel 2 Description-
As shown in Table 26 below, this 96 well (2 control wells, 94 test samples) panel and its variants (Panel 2) are composed of RNA cDNA isolated from human tissue procured by surgeons working in close cooperation with the National Cancer Institute's Cooperative
Human Tissue Network (CHTN) or the National Disease Research Initiative (NDRI). The tissues procured are derived from human malignancies and in cases where indicated many malignant tissues have "matched margins" (NAT: normal adjacent tissue). The tumor tissue and the "matched margins" are evaluated by two independent pathologists (the surgical pathologists and again by a pathologists at NDRI or CHTN). This analysis provides a gross histopatho logical assessment of tumor differentiation grade. Moreover, most samples include the original surgical pathology report that provides information regarding the clinical stage of the patient. These matched margins are taken from the tissue surrounding (i.e. immediately proximal) to the zone of surgery. In addition, RNA/cDNA was obtained from various human tissues derived from human autopsies performed on deceased elderly people or sudden death victims (accidents, etc.). These tissue were ascertained to be free of disease and were purchased from various high quality commercial sources such as Clontech, Inc., Research Genetics , and Invitrogen. RNA integrity from all samples is controlled for quality by visual assessment of agarose gel electrophoresis using 28s and 18s ribosomal RNA staining intensity ratio as a guide (2:1 to 2.5 : 1 28s: 18s) and the presence of low molecular weight RNAs indicative of degradation products. Samples are quality controlled for genomic DNA contamination by reactions run in the absence of reverse transcriptase using probe and primer sets designed to amplify across the span of a single exon.
Methods: The quantitative expression of various clones was assessed in about 41 normal and about 55 tumor samples by real time quantitative PCR (TaqMan®) performed on a Perkin- Elmer Biosystems ABI PRISM® 7700 Sequence Detection System. See Table 26.
First, 96 RNA samples were normalized to β-actin and GAPDH. RNA (~50 ng total or ~1 ng polyA+) was converted to cDNA using the TAQMAN® Reverse Transcription Reagents Kit (PE Biosystems, Foster City, CA; Catalog No. N808-0234) and random hexamers according to the manufacturer's protocol. Reactions were performed in 20 ul and incubated for 30 min. at 48°C. cDNA (5 ul) was then transferred to a separate plate for the TAQMAN® reaction using β-actin and GAPDH TAQMAN® Assay Reagents (PE Biosystems; Catalog Nos. 4310881E and 4310884E, respectively) and TAQMAN® universal PCR Master Mix (PE Biosystems; Catalog No. 4304447) according to the manufacturer's protocol. Reactions were performed in 25 ul using the following parameters: 2 min. at 50°C; 10 min. at 95°C; 15 sec. at 95°C/1 min. at 60°C (40 cycles). Results were recorded as CT values (cycle at which a given sample crosses a threshold level of fluorescence) using a log scale, with the difference in RNA concentration between a given sample and the sample with the lowest CT value being represented as 2 to the power of delta CT. The percent relative expression is then obtained by taking the reciprocal of this RNA difference and multiplying by 100. The average CT values obtained for β-actin and GAPDH were used to normalize RNA samples. The RNA sample generating the highest CT value required no further diluting, while all other samples were diluted relative to this sample according to their β-actin / GAPDH average CT values.
Normalized RNA (5 ul) was converted to cDNA and analyzed via TAQMAN® using One Step RT-PCR Master Mix Reagents (PE Biosystems; Catalog No. 4309169) and gene- specific primers according to the manufacturer's instructions. Probes and primers were designed for each assay according to Perkin Elmer Biosystem's Primer Express Software package (version I for Apple Computer's Macintosh Power PC) or a similar algorithm using the target sequence as input. Default settings were used for reaction conditions and the following parameters were set before selecting primers: primer concentration = 250 nM, primer melting temperature (TJ range = 58°-60° C, primer optimal Tm = 59° C, maximum primer difference = 2° C, probe does not have 5' G, probe Tm must be 10° C greater than primer Tm, amplicon size 75 bp to 100 bp. The probes and primers selected (see below, Table 25 were synthesized by Synthegen (Houston, TX, USA). Probes were double purified by HPLC to remove uncoupled dye and evaluated by mass spectroscopy to verify coupling of reporter and quencher dyes to the 5' and 3' ends of the probe, respectively. Their final concentrations were: forward and reverse primers, 900 nM each, and probe, 200nM.
TaqMan oligo set Ag20 for the SER7 gene (i.e., 12996895.0.1) include the forward (21 nt, probe (23 nt) and reverse (21 nt) oligomers. Sequences for the oligos are shown in Table
25.
Table 25: Taqman primers
PCR conditions: Normalized RNA from each tissue and each cell line was spotted in each well of a 96 well PCR plate (Perkin Elmer Biosystems). PCR cocktails including two probes (SEQX-specific and another gene-specific probe multiplexed with the SEQX probe) were set up using IX TaqMan™ PCR Master Mix for the PE Biosystems 7700, with 5 mM MgC12, dNTPs (dA, G, C, U at 1 :1:1:2 ratios), 0.25 U/ml AmpliTaq Gold™ (PE Biosystems), and 0.4 U/μl RNase inhibitor, and 0.25 U/μl reverse transcriptase. Reverse transcription was performed at 48° C for 30 minutes followed by amplification/PCR cycles as follows: 95° C IO min, then 40 cycles of 95° C for 15 seconds, 60° C for 1 minute. The results are shown below in Table 26
Table 26: TaqMan Results
In Table 26 the following abbreviations are used ca = carcinoma, * = established from metastasis, met = metastasis, s cell var= small cell variant, non-s = non-sm =non-small, squam = squamous, pi eff = pi effusion = pleural effusion, gho = ghoma, astro = astrocytoma, and neuro = neuroblastoma
The results presented in Table 26 show that there is high expression of clone 12996895.0.1 in breast cancer, lung cancer, thyroid cancer, prostate cancer, colon cancer, placenta, and moderate to low expression in salivary gland, normal prostate, normal colon and normal breast tissue. This result suggests that the gene or its gene product may potentially be useful use in therapeutic approaches for cancers and related hypo- and hyperproliferative cell disorders. For example, SER7 and SER8 may be involved in autocrine stimulation of tumor growth, angiogenesis and metastatic progression. Also these SERX proteins may have a role in stimulating tumor cell matπx degradation and tumor cell migration (e.g., invasion). Based on the above data, targeting of SER7 and SER8 with a monoclonal antibody may have an inhibitory effect on tumor growth and progression. See, e.g., Kazama, et al, J. Biol. Chem. 270:66-72 (1995) and Noel et al., Invasion Metastasis 17:221-239 (1997).
SERX Nucleic Acids The nucleic acids of the invention include those that encode a SERX polypeptide or protein. As used herein, the terms polypeptide and protein are interchangeable. In some embodiments, a SERX nucleic acid encodes a mature SERX polypeptide. As used herein, a "mature" form of a polypeptide or protein described herein relates to the product of a naturally occurring polypeptide or precursor form or proprotein. The naturally occurring polypeptide, precursor or proprotein includes, by way of nonlimiting example, the full length gene product, encoded by the corresponding gene. Alternatively, it may be defined as the polypeptide, precursor or proprotein encoded by an open reading frame described herein. The product "mature" form arises, again by way of nonlimiting example, as a result of one or more naturally occurring processing steps that may take place within the cell in which the gene product arises. Examples of such processing steps leading to a "mature" form of a polypeptide or protein include the cleavage of the N-terminal methionine residue encoded by the initiation codon of an open reading frame, or the proteolytic cleavage of a signal peptide or leader sequence. Thus a mature form arising from a precursor polypeptide or protein that has residues 1 to N, where residue 1 is the N-terminal methionine, would have residues 2 through N remaining after removal of the N-terminal methionine. Alternatively, a mature form arising from a precursor polypeptide or protein having residues 1 to N, in which an N-terminal signal sequence from residue 1 to residue M is cleaved, would have the residues from residue M+l to residue N remaining. Further as used herein, a "mature" form of a polypeptide or protein may arise from a step of post- translational modification other than a proteolytic cleavage event. Such additional processes include, by way of non-limiting example, glycosylation, myristoylation or phosphorylation. In general, a mature polypeptide or protein may result from the operation of only one of these processes, or a combination of any of them.
Among the SERX nucleic acids is the nucleic acid whose sequence is provided SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17, or a fragment thereof. Additionally, the invention includes mutant or variant nucleic acids of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17, or a fragment thereof, any of whose bases may be changed from the corresponding bases shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17, while still encoding a protein that maintains at least one of its SERX-like activities and physiological functions (i.e., modulating angiogenesis, neuronal development). The invention further includes the complement of the nucleic acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17, including fragments, derivatives, analogs and homologs thereof. The invention additionally includes nucleic acids or nucleic acid fragments, or complements thereto, whose structures include chemical modifications. One aspect of the invention pertains to isolated nucleic acid molecules that encode SERX proteins or biologically active portions thereof. Also included are nucleic acid fragments sufficient for use as hybridization probes to identify SERX-encoding nucleic acids (e.g., SERX mRNA) and fragments for use as polymerase chain reaction (PCR) primers for the amplification or mutation of SERX nucleic acid molecules. As used herein, the term "nucleic acid molecule" is intended to include DNA molecules (e.g., cDNA or genomic DNA), RNA molecules (e.g., mRNA), analogs of the DNA or RNA generated using nucleotide analogs, and derivatives, fragments and homologs thereof. The nucleic acid molecule can be single-stranded or double-stranded, but preferably is double-stranded DNA. "Probes" refer to nucleic acid sequences of variable length, preferably between at least about 10 nucleotides (nt), 100 nt, or as many as about, e.g., 6,000 nt, depending on use. Probes are used in the detection of identical, similar, or complementary nucleic acid sequences. Longer length probes are usually obtained from a natural or recombinant source, are highly specific and much slower to hybridize than oligomers. Probes may be single- or double-stranded and designed to have specificity in PCR, membrane-based hybridization technologies, or ELISA-like technologies.
An "isolated" nucleic acid molecule is one that is separated from other nucleic acid molecules that are present in the natural source of the nucleic acid. Examples of isolated nucleic acid molecules include, but are not limited to, recombinant DNA molecules contained in a vector, recombinant DNA molecules maintained in a heterologous host cell, partially or substantially purified nucleic acid molecules, and synthetic DNA or RNA molecules. Preferably, an "isolated" nucleic acid is free of sequences which naturally flank the nucleic acid (i.e., sequences located at the 5' and 3' ends of the nucleic acid) in the genomic DNA of the organism from which the nucleic acid is derived. For example, in various embodiments, the isolated SERX nucleic acid molecule can contain less than about 50 kb, 25 kb, 5 kb, 4 kb, 3 kb, 2 kb, 1 kb, 0.5 kb or 0.1 kb of nucleotide sequences which naturally flank the nucleic acid molecule in genomic DNA of the cell from which the nucleic acid is derived. Moreover, an "isolated" nucleic acid molecule, such as a cDNA molecule, can be substantially free of other cellular material or culture medium when produced by recombinant techniques, or of chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized.
A nucleic acid molecule of the present invention, e.g., a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17, or a complement of any of this nucleotide sequence, can be isolated using standard molecular biology techniques and the sequence information provided herein. Using all or a portion of the nucleic acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17, as a hybridization probe, SERX nucleic acid sequences can be isolated using standard hybridization and cloning techniques (e.g., as described in Sambrook et al., eds., MOLECULAR CLONING: A LABORATORY MANUAL 2nd Ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, NY, 1989; and Ausubel, et al., eds., CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, John Wiley & Sons, New York, NY, 1993.)
A nucleic acid of the invention can be amplified using cDNA, mRNA or alternatively, genomic DNA, as a template and appropriate oligonucleotide primers according to standard PCR amplification techniques. The nucleic acid so amplified can be cloned into an appropriate vector and characterized by DNA sequence analysis. Furthermore, oligonucleotides corresponding to SERX nucleotide sequences can be prepared by standard synthetic techniques, e.g., using an automated DNA synthesizer. As used herein, the term "oligonucleotide" refers to a series of linked nucleotide residues, which oligonucleotide has a sufficient number of nucleotide bases to be used in a PCR reaction. A short oligonucleotide sequence may be based on, or designed from, a genomic or cDNA sequence and is used to amplify, confirm, or reveal the presence of an identical, similar or complementary DNA or RNA in a particular cell or tissue. Oligonucleotides comprise portions of a nucleic acid sequence having about 10 nt, 50 nt, or 100 nt in length, preferably about 15 nt to 30 nt in length. In one embodiment, an oligonucleotide comprising a nucleic acid molecule less than 100 nt in length would further comprise at lease 6 contiguous nucleotides SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17, or a complement thereof. Oligonucleotides may be chemically synthesized and may be used as probes.
In another embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention comprises a nucleic acid molecule that is a complement of the nucleotide sequence shown SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17, or a portion of this nucleotide sequence. A nucleic acid molecule that is complementary to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17 is one that is sufficiently complementary to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17 that it can hydrogen bond with little or no mismatches to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17, thereby forming a stable duplex.
As used herein, the term "complementary" refers to Watson-Crick or Hoogsteen base pairing between nucleotide units of a nucleic acid molecule, and the term "binding" means the physical or chemical interaction between two polypeptides or compounds or associated polypeptides or compounds or combinations thereof. Binding includes ionic, non-ionic, Von der Waals, hydrophobic interactions, etc. A physical interaction can be either direct or indirect. Indirect interactions may be through or due to the effects of another polypeptide or compound. Direct binding refers to interactions that do not take place through, or due to, the effect of another polypeptide or compound, but instead are without other substantial chemical intermediates.
Moreover, the nucleic acid molecule of the invention can comprise only a portion of the nucleic acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17, e.g., a fragment that can be used as a probe or primer, or a fragment encoding a biologically active portion of SERX. Fragments provided herein are defined as sequences of at least 6 (contiguous) nucleic acids or at least 4 (contiguous) amino acids, a length sufficient to allow for specific hybridization in the case of nucleic acids or for specific recognition of an epitope in the case of amino acids, respectively, and are at most some portion less than a full length sequence. Fragments may be derived from any contiguous portion of a nucleic acid or amino acid sequence of choice. Derivatives are nucleic acid sequences or amino acid sequences formed from the native compounds either directly or by modification or partial substitution. Analogs are nucleic acid sequences or amino acid sequences that have a structure similar to, but not identical to, the native compound but differs from it in respect to certain components or side chains. Analogs may be synthetic or from a different evolutionary origin and may have a similar or opposite metabolic activity compared to wild type.
Derivatives and analogs may be full length or other than full length, if the derivative or analog contains a modified nucleic acid or amino acid, as described below. Derivatives or analogs of the nucleic acids or proteins of the invention include, but are not limited to, molecules comprising regions that are substantially homologous to the nucleic acids or proteins of the invention, in various embodiments, by at least about 70%, 80%>, 85%>, 90%, 95%, 98%o, or even 99% identity (with a preferred identity of 80-99%>) over a nucleic acid or amino acid sequence of identical size or when compared to an aligned sequence in which the alignment is done by a computer homology program known in the art, or whose encoding nucleic acid is capable of hybridizing to the complement of a sequence encoding the aforementioned proteins under stringent, moderately stringent, or low stringent conditions. See e.g. Ausubel, et al., CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, John Wiley & Sons, New York, NY, 1993, and below. An exemplary program is the Gap program (Wisconsin Sequence Analysis Package, Version 8 for UNIX, Genetics Computer Group, University Research Park, Madison, WI) using the default settings, which uses the algorithm of Smith and Waterman (Adv. Appl. Math., 1981, 2: 482-489, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). A "homologous nucleic acid sequence" or "homologous amino acid sequence," or variations thereof, refer to sequences characterized by a homology at the nucleotide level or amino acid level as discussed above. Homologous nucleotide sequences encode those sequences coding for isoforms of a SERX polypeptide. Isoforms can be expressed in different tissues of the same organism as a result of, for example, alternative splicing of RNA. Alternatively, isoforms can be encoded by different genes. In the present invention, homologous nucleotide sequences include nucleotide sequences encoding for a SERX polypeptide of species other than humans, including, but not limited to, mammals, and thus can include, e.g., mouse, rat, rabbit, dog, cat cow, horse, and other organisms. Homologous nucleotide sequences also include, but are not limited to, naturally occurring allelic variations and mutations of the nucleotide sequences set forth herein. A homologous nucleotide sequence does not, however, include the nucleotide sequence encoding human SERX protein. Homologous nucleic acid sequences include those nucleic acid sequences that encode conservative amino acid substitutions (see below) in SEQ ID NO:2, 4, 6 or 8, as well as a polypeptide having SERX activity. Biological activities of the SERX proteins are described below. A homologous amino acid sequence does not encode the amino acid sequence of a human SERX polypeptide.
The nucleotide sequence determined from the cloning of the human SERX gene allows for the generation of probes and primers designed for use in identifying and/or cloning SERX homologues in other cell types, e.g., from other tissues, as well as SERX homologues from other mammals. The probe/primer typically comprises a substantially purified oligonucleotide. The oligonucleotide typically comprises a region of nucleotide sequence that hybridizes under stringent conditions to at least about 12, 25, 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350 or 400 or more consecutive sense strand nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17; or an anti-sense strand nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17; or of a naturally occurring mutant of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17.
Probes based on the human SERX nucleotide sequence can be used to detect transcripts or genomic sequences encoding the same or homologous proteins. In various embodiments, the probe further comprises a label group attached thereto, e.g., the label group can be a radioisotope, a fluorescent compound, an enzyme, or an enzyme co-factor. Such probes can be used as a part of a diagnostic test kit for identifying cells or tissue which misexpress a SERX protein, such as by measuring a level of a SERX-encoding nucleic acid in a sample of cells from a subject e.g., detecting SERX mRNA levels or determining whether a genomic SERX gene has been mutated or deleted.
A "polypeptide having a biologically active portion of SERX" refers to polypeptides exhibiting activity similar, but not necessarily identical to, an activity of a polypeptide of the present invention, including mature forms, as measured in a particular biological assay, with or without dose dependency. A nucleic acid fragment encoding a "biologically active portion of SERX" can be prepared by isolating a portion of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17 that encodes a polypeptide having a SERX biological activity (biological activities of the SERX proteins are described below), expressing the encoded portion of SERX protein (e.g., by recombinant expression in vitro) and assessing the activity of the encoded portion of SERX. For example, a nucleic acid fragment encoding a biologically active portion of SERX can optionally include an ATP -binding domain. In another embodiment, a nucleic acid fragment encoding a biologically active portion of SERX includes one or more regions.
SERX Variants The invention further encompasses nucleic acid molecules that differ from the nucleotide sequences shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17 due to the degeneracy of the genetic code. These nucleic acids thus encode the same SERX protein as that encoded by the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17 or 7 e.g., the polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 9, 11, or 15. In another embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention has a nucleotide sequence encoding a protein having an amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2 In addition to the human SERX nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17, it will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that DNA sequence polymorphisms that lead to changes in the amino acid sequences of SERX may exist within a population (e.g., the human population). Such genetic polymorphism in the SERX gene may exist among individuals within a population due to natural allelic variation. As used herein, the terms "gene" and "recombinant gene" refer to nucleic acid molecules comprising an open reading frame encoding a SERX protein, preferably a mammalian SERX protein. Such natural allelic variations can typically result in l-5%> variance in the nucleotide sequence of the SERX gene. Any and all such nucleotide variations and resulting amino acid polymorphisms in SERX that are the result of natural allelic variation and that do not alter the functional activity of SERX are intended to be within the scope of the invention.
Moreover, nucleic acid molecules encoding SERX proteins from other species, and thus that have a nucleotide sequence that differs from the human sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17 are intended to be within the scope of the invention. Nucleic acid molecules corresponding to natural allelic variants and homologues of the SERX cDNAs of the invention can be isolated based on their homology to the human SERX nucleic acids disclosed herein using the human cDNAs, or a portion thereof, as a hybridization probe according to standard hybridization techniques under stringent hybridization conditions. For example, a soluble human SERX cDNA can be isolated based on its homology to human membrane-bound SERX. Likewise, a membrane-bound human SERX cDNA can be isolated based on its homology to soluble human SERX.
Accordingly, in another embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention is at least 6 nucleotides in length and hybridizes under stringent conditions to the nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17. In another embodiment, the nucleic acid is at least 10, 25, 50, 100, 250, 500 or 750 nucleotides in length. In another embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention hybridizes to the coding region. As used herein, the term "hybridizes under stringent conditions" is intended to describe conditions for hybridization and washing under which nucleotide sequences at least 60% homologous to each other typically remain hybridized to each other.
Homologs (i.e., nucleic acids encoding SERX proteins derived from species other than human) or other related sequences (e.g., paralogs) can be obtained by low, moderate or high stringency hybridization with all or a portion of the particular human sequence as a probe using methods well known in the art for nucleic acid hybridization and cloning.
As used herein, the phrase "stringent hybridization conditions" refers to conditions under which a probe, primer or oligonucleotide will hybridize to its target sequence, but to no other sequences. Stringent conditions are sequence-dependent and will be different in different circumstances. Longer sequences hybridize specifically at higher temperatures than shorter sequences. Generally, stringent conditions are selected to be about 5 °C lower than the thermal melting point (Tm) for the specific sequence at a defined ionic strength and pH. The Tm is the temperature (under defined ionic strength, pH and nucleic acid concentration) at which 50% of the probes complementary to the target sequence hybridize to the target sequence at equilibrium. Since the target sequences are generally present at excess, at Tm, 50%) of the probes are occupied at equilibrium. Typically, stringent conditions will be those in which the salt concentration is less than about 1.0 M sodium ion, typically about 0.01 to 1.0 M sodium ion (or other salts) at pH 7.0 to 8.3 and the temperature is at least about 30 °C for short probes, primers or oligonucleotides (e.g., 10 nt to 50 nt) and at least about 60°C for longer probes, primers and oligonucleotides. Stringent conditions may also be achieved with the addition of destabilizing agents, such as formamide.
Stringent conditions are known to those skilled in the art and can be found in CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, John Wiley & Sons, N.Y. (1989), 6.3.1-6.3.6. Preferably, the conditions are such that sequences at least about 65%>, 70%>, 75%>, 85%>, 90%>, 95%, 98%o, or 99%> homologous to each other typically remain hybridized to each other. A non-limiting example of stringent hybridization conditions is hybridization in a high salt buffer comprising 6X SSC, 50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.5), 1 mM EDTA, 0.02% PVP, 0.02% Ficoll, 0.02%) BSA, and 500 mg/ml denatured salmon sperm DNA at 65 °C. This hybridization is followed by one or more washes in 0.2X SSC, 0.01% BSA at 50 °C. An isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention that hybridizes under stringent conditions to the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17 corresponds to a naturally occurring nucleic acid molecule. As used herein, a "naturally-occurring" nucleic acid molecule refers to an RNA or DNA molecule having a nucleotide sequence that occurs in nature (e.g., encodes a natural protein).
In a second embodiment, a nucleic acid sequence that is hybridizable to the nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17, or fragments, analogs or derivatives thereof, under conditions of moderate stringency is provided. A non- limiting example of moderate stringency hybridization conditions are hybridization in 6X SSC, 5X Denhardt's solution, 0.5%> SDS and 100 mg/ml denatured salmon sperm DNA at 55°C, followed by one or more washes in IX SSC, 0.1% SDS at 37 °C. Other conditions of moderate stringency that may be used are well known in the art. See, e.g., Ausubel et al. (eds.), 1993, CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, John Wiley & Sons, NY, and Kriegler, 1990, GENE TRANSFER AND EXPRESSION, A LABORATORY MANUAL, Stockton Press, NY.
In a third embodiment, a nucleic acid that is hybridizable to the nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17, or fragments, analogs or derivatives thereof, under conditions of low stringency, is provided. A non-limiting example of low stringency hybridization conditions are hybridization in 35% formamide, 5X SSC, 50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.5), 5 mM EDTA, 0.02% PVP, 0.02% Ficoll, 0.2% BSA, 100 mg/ml denatured salmon sperm DNA, 10%> (wt/vol) dextran sulfate at 40 °C, followed by one or more washes in 2X SSC, 25 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.4), 5 mM EDTA, and 0.1% SDS at 50 °C. Other conditions of low stringency that may be used are well known in the art (e.g., as employed for cross-species hybridizations). See, e.g., Ausubel et al. (eds.), 1993, CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, John Wiley & Sons, NY, and Kriegler, 1990, GENE TRANSFER AND EXPRESSION, A LABORATORY MANUAL, Stockton Press, NY; Shilo and Weinberg, 1981, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 78: 6789-6792. Conservative mutations
In addition to naturally-occurring allelic variants of the SERX sequence that may exist in the population, the skilled artisan will further appreciate that changes can be introduced by mutation into the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17, thereby leading to changes in the amino acid sequence of the encoded SERX protein, without altering the functional ability of the SERX protein. For example, nucleotide substitutions leading to amino acid substitutions at "non-essential" amino acid residues can be made in the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17. A "non-essential" amino acid residue is a residue that can be altered from the wild-type sequence of SERX without altering the biological activity, whereas an "essential" amino acid residue is required for biological activity. For example, amino acid residues that are conserved among the SERX proteins of the present invention, are predicted to be particularly unamenable to alteration. Another aspect of the invention pertains to nucleic acid molecules encoding SERX proteins that contain changes in amino acid residues that are not essential for activity. Such SERX proteins differ in amino acid sequence from SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 9, 11, or 15, yet retain biological activity. In one embodiment, the isolated nucleic acid molecule comprises a nucleotide sequence encoding a protein, wherein the protein comprises an amino acid sequence at least about 75%> homologous to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 9, 11, or 15. Preferably, the protein encoded by the nucleic acid is at least about 80% homologous to SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 9, 11, or 15, more preferably at least about 90%, 95%, 98%, and most preferably at least about 99% homologous to SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 9, 11, or 15. An isolated nucleic acid molecule encoding a SERX protein homologous to the protein of can be created by introducing one or more nucleotide substitutions, additions or deletions into the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5; 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17, such that one or more amino acid substitutions, additions or deletions are introduced into the encoded protein.
Mutations can be introduced into the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17 by standard techniques, such as site-directed mutagenesis and PCR-mediated mutagenesis. Preferably, conservative amino acid substitutions are made at one or more predicted non-essential amino acid residues. A "conservative amino acid substitution" is one in which the amino acid residue is replaced with an amino acid residue having a similar side chain. Families of amino acid residues having similar side chains have been defined in the art. These families include amino acids with basic side chains (e.g. , lysine, arginine, histidine), acidic side chains (e.g., aspartic acid, glutamic acid), uncharged polar side chains (e.g., glycine, asparagine, glutamine, serine, threonine, tyrosine, cysteine), nonpolar side chains (e.g., alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, proline, phenylalanine, methionine, tryptophan), beta-branched side chains (e.g. , threonine, valine, isoleucine) and aromatic side chains (e.g. , tyrosine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, histidine). Thus, a predicted nonessential amino acid residue in SERX is replaced with another amino acid residue from the same side chain family. Alternatively, in another embodiment, mutations can be introduced randomly along all or part of a SERX coding sequence, such as by saturation mutagenesis, and the resultant mutants can be screened for SERX biological activity to identify mutants that retain activity. Following mutagenesis of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17 the encoded protein can be expressed by any recombinant technology known in the art and the activity of the protein can be determined. In one embodiment, a mutant SERX protein can be assayed for (1) the ability to form proteimprotein interactions with other SERX proteins, other cell-surface proteins, or biologically active portions thereof, (2) complex formation between a mutant SERX protein and a SERX receptor; (3) the ability of a mutant SERX protein to bind to an intracellular target protein or biologically active portion thereof; (e.g., avidin proteins); (4) the ability to bind SERX protein; or (5) the ability to specifically bind an anti-SERX protein antibody.
Antisense SERX Nucleic Acids
Another aspect of the invention pertains to isolated antisense nucleic acid molecules that are hybridizable to or complementary to the nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17, or fragments, analogs or derivatives thereof. An "antisense" nucleic acid comprises a nucleotide sequence that is complementary to a "sense" nucleic acid encoding a protein, e.g., complementary to the coding strand of a double-stranded cDNA molecule or complementary to an mRNA sequence. In specific aspects, antisense nucleic acid molecules are provided that comprise a sequence complementary to at least about 10, 25, 50, 100, 250 or 500 nucleotides or an entire SERX coding strand, or to only a portion thereof Nucleic acid molecules encoding fragments, homologs, derivatives and analogs of a SERX protein of SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 9, 11, or 15 or antisense nucleic acids complementary to a SERX nucleic acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17are additionally provided.
In one embodiment, an antisense nucleic acid molecule is antisense to a "coding region" of the coding strand of a nucleotide sequence encoding SERX. The term "coding region" refers to the region of the nucleotide sequence comprising codons which are translated into amino acid residues (e.g., the protein coding region of human SERX corresponds to SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 9, 11, or 15). In another embodiment, the antisense nucleic acid molecule is antisense to a "noncoding region" of the coding strand of a nucleotide sequence encoding SERX. The term "noncoding region" refers to 5' and 3' sequences which flank the coding region that are not translated into amino acids (i.e., also referred to as 5' and 3' untranslated regions).
Given the coding strand sequences encoding SERX disclosed herein (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17), antisense nucleic acids of the invention can be designed according to the rules of Watson and Crick or Hoogsteen base pairing. The antisense nucleic acid molecule can be complementary to the entire coding region of SERX mRNA, but more preferably is an oligonucleotide that is antisense to only a portion of the coding or noncoding region of SERX mRNA. For example, the antisense oligonucleotide can be complementary to the region surrounding the translation start site of SERX mRNA. An antisense oligonucleotide can be, for example, about 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45 or 50 nucleotides in length. An antisense nucleic acid of the invention can be constructed using chemical synthesis or enzymatic ligation reactions using procedures known in the art. For example, an antisense nucleic acid (e.g., an antisense oligonucleotide) can be chemically synthesized using naturally occurring nucleotides or variously modified nucleotides designed to increase the biological stability of the molecules or to increase the physical stability of the duplex formed between the antisense and sense nucleic acids, e.g., phosphorothioate derivatives and acridine substituted nucleotides can be used.
Examples of modified nucleotides that can be used to generate the antisense nucleic acid include: 5-fluorouracil, 5-bromouracil, 5 -chloro uracil, 5-iodouracil, hypoxanthine, xanthine, 4-acetylcytosine, 5-(carboxyhydroxylmethyl) uracil, 5-carboxymethylaminomethyl- 2-thiouridine, 5-carboxymethylaminomethyluracil, dihydrouracil, beta-D-galactosylqueosine, inosine, N6-isopentenyladenine, 1-methylguanine, 1 -methylinosine, 2,2-dimethylguanine, 2-methyladenine, 2-methylguanine, 3-methylcytosine, 5-methylcytosine, N6-adenine, 7-methylguanine, 5 -methylaminomethyluracil, 5 -methoxyaminomethyl-2-thiouracil, beta-D-mannosylqueosine, 5'-methoxycarboxymethyluracil, 5-methoxyuracil, 2-methylthio-N6-isopentenyladenine, uracil-5-oxyacetic acid (v), wybutoxosine, pseudouracil, queosine, 2-thiocytosine, 5-methyl-2-thiouracil, 2-thiouracil, 4-thiouracil, 5-methyluracil, uracil-5-oxyacetic acid methylester, uracil-5-oxyacetic acid (v), 5-methyl-2-thiouracil, 3-(3-amino-3-N-2-carboxypropyl) uracil, (acp3)w, and 2,6-diaminopurine. Alternatively, the antisense nucleic acid can be produced biologically using an expression vector into which a nucleic acid has been subcloned in an antisense orientation (i.e., RNA transcribed from the inserted nucleic acid will be of an antisense orientation to a target nucleic acid of interest, described further in the following subsection).
The antisense nucleic acid molecules of the invention are typically administered to a subject or generated in situ such that they hybridize with or bind to cellular mRNA and/or genomic DNA encoding a SERX protein to thereby inhibit expression of the protein, e.g., by inhibiting transcription and/or translation. The hybridization can be by conventional nucleotide complementarity to form a stable duplex, or, for example, in the case of an antisense nucleic acid molecule that binds to DNA duplexes, through specific interactions in the major groove of the double helix. An example of a route of administration of antisense nucleic acid molecules of the invention includes direct injection at a tissue site. Alternatively, antisense nucleic acid molecules can be modified to target selected cells and then administered systemically. For example, for systemic administration, antisense molecules can be modified such that they specifically bind to receptors or antigens expressed on a selected cell surface, e.g., by linking the antisense nucleic acid molecules to peptides or antibodies that bind to cell surface receptors or antigens. The antisense nucleic acid molecules can also be delivered to cells using the vectors described herein. To achieve sufficient intracellular concentrations of antisense molecules, vector constructs in which the antisense nucleic acid molecule is placed under the control of a strong pol II or pol III promoter are preferred.
In yet another embodiment, the antisense nucleic acid molecule of the invention is an α-anomeric nucleic acid molecule. An cc-anomeric nucleic acid molecule forms specific double-stranded hybrids with complementary RNA in which, contrary to the usual β-units, the strands run parallel to each other (Gaultier et al. (1987) Nucleic Acids Res 15: 6625-6641). The antisense nucleic acid molecule can also comprise a 2'-o-methylribonucleotide (Inoue et al. (1987) Nucleic Acids Res 15: 6131-6148) or a chimeric RNA -DNA analogue (Inoue et al. (1987) FEBS Lett 215: 327-330).
Such modifications include, by way of nonlimiting example, modified bases, and nucleic acids whose sugar phosphate backbones are modified or derivatized. These modifications are carried out at least in part to enhance the chemical stability of the modified nucleic acid, such that they may be used, for example, as antisense binding nucleic acids in therapeutic applications in a subject.
SERX Ribozymes and PNA moieties In still another embodiment, an antisense nucleic acid of the invention is a ribozyme.
Ribozymes are catalytic RNA molecules with ribonuclease activity that are capable of cleaving a single-stranded nucleic acid, such as a mRNA, to which they have a complementary region. Thus, ribozymes (e.g., hammerhead ribozymes (described in Haselhoff and Gerlach (1988) Nature 334:585-591)) can be used to catalytically cleave SERX mRNA transcripts to thereby inhibit translation of SERX mRNA. A ribozyme having specificity for a SERX-encoding nucleic acid can be designed based upon the nucleotide sequence of a SERX DNA disclosed herein (i.e., SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17). For example, a derivative of a Tetrahymena L-19 IVS RNA can be constructed in which the nucleotide sequence of the active site is complementary to the nucleotide sequence to be cleaved in a SERX-encoding mRNA. See, e.g., Cech et al. U.S. Pat. No. 4,987,071; and Cech et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,116,742. Alternatively, SERX mRNA can be used to select a catalytic RNA having a specific ribonuclease activity from a pool of RNA molecules. See, e.g., Bartel et al., (1993) Science 261 :1411-1418.
Alternatively, SERX gene expression can be inhibited by targeting nucleotide sequences complementary to the regulatory region of the SERX (e.g., the SERX promoter and/or enhancers) to form triple helical structures that prevent transcription of the SERX gene in target cells. See generally, Helene. (1991) Anticancer Drug Des. 6: 569-84; Helene. et al. (1992) Ann. NY. Acad. Sci. 660:27-36; and Maher (1992) Bioassays 14: 807-15.
In various embodiments, the nucleic acids of SERX can be modified at the base moiety, sugar moiety or phosphate backbone to improve, e.g., the stability, hybridization, or solubility of the molecule. For example, the deoxyribose phosphate backbone of the nucleic acids can be modified to generate peptide nucleic acids (see Hyrup et al. (1996) Bioorg Med Chem 4: 5-23). As used herein, the terms "peptide nucleic acids" or "PNAs" refer to nucleic acid mimics, e.g. , DNA mimics, in which the deoxyribose phosphate backbone is replaced by a pseudopeptide backbone and only the four natural nucleobases are retained. The neutral backbone of PNAs has been shown to allow for specific hybridization to DNA and RNA under conditions of low ionic strength. The synthesis of PNA oligomers can be performed using standard solid phase peptide synthesis protocols as described in Hyrup et al. (1996) above; Perry-O'Keefe et al. (1996) PNAS 93: 14670-675.
PNAs of SERX can be used in therapeutic and diagnostic applications. For example, PNAs can be used as antisense or antigene agents for sequence-specific modulation of gene expression by, e.g. , inducing transcription or translation arrest or inhibiting replication. PNAs of SERX can also be used, e.g., in the analysis of single base pair mutations in a gene by, e.g., PNA directed PCR clamping; as artificial restriction enzymes when used in combination with other enzymes, e.g., SI nucleases (Hyrup B. (1996) above); or as probes or primers for DNA sequence and hybridization (Hyrup et al. (1996), above; Perry-O'Keefe (1996), above). In another embodiment, PNAs of SERX can be modified, e.g., to enhance their stability or cellular uptake, by attaching lipophilic or other helper groups to PNA, by the formation of PNA-DNA chimeras, or by the use of liposomes or other techniques of drug delivery known in the art. For example, PNA-DNA chimeras of SERX can be generated that may combine the advantageous properties of PNA and DNA. Such chimeras allow DNA recognition enzymes, e.g., RNase H and DNA polymerases, to interact with the DNA portion while the PNA portion would provide high binding affinity and specificity. PNA-DNA chimeras can be linked using linkers of appropriate lengths selected in terms of base stacking, number of bonds between the nucleobases, and orientation (Hyrup (1996) above). The synthesis of PNA-DNA chimeras can be performed as described in Hyrup (1996) above and Finn et al. (1996) Nucl Acids Res 24: 3357-63. For example, a DNA chain can be synthesized on a solid support using standard phosphoramidite coupling chemistry, and modified nucleoside analogs, e.g., 5'-(4-methoxytrityl) amino-5'-deoxy-thymidine phosphoramidite, can be used between the PNA and the 5' end of DNA (Mag et al. (1989) Nucl Acid Res 17: 5973-88). PNA monomers are then coupled in a stepwise manner to produce a chimeric molecule with a 5' PNA segment and a 3' DNA segment (Finn et al. (1996) above). Alternatively, chimeric molecules can be synthesized with a 5' DNA segment and a 3' PNA segment. See, Petersen et al. (1975) Bioorg Med Chem Lett 5 : 1119- 11124.
In other embodiments, the oligonucleotide may include other appended groups such as peptides (e.g., for targeting host cell receptors in vivo), or agents facilitating transport across the cell membrane (see, e.g., Letsinger et al., 1989, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 86:6553-6556; Lemaitre et al., 1987, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 84:648-652; PCT Publication No. W088/09810) or the blood-brain barrier (see, e.g., PCT Publication No. W089/10134). In addition, oligonucleotides can be modified with hybridization triggered cleavage agents (See, e.g., Krol et al., 1988, BioTechniques 6:958-976) or intercalating agents. (See, e.g., Zon, 1988, Pharm. Res. 5: 539-549). To this end, the oligonucleotide may be conjugated to another molecule, e.g., a peptide, a hybridization triggered cross-linking agent, a transport agent, a hybridization-triggered cleavage agent, etc.
SERX Polypeptides A SERX polypeptide of the invention includes the SERX-like protein whose sequence is provided in SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 9, 11, or 15. The invention also includes a mutant or variant protein any of whose residues may be changed from the corresponding residue shown in SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 9, 11, or 15 while still encoding a protein that maintains its SERX-like activities and physiological functions, or a functional fragment thereof. In some embodiments, up to 20%) or more of the residues may be so changed in the mutant or variant protein. In some embodiments, the SERX polypeptide according to the invention is a mature polypeptide. In general, a SERX -like variant that preserves SERX-like function includes any variant in which residues at a particular position in the sequence have been substituted by other amino acids, and further include the possibility of inserting an additional residue or residues between two residues of the parent protein as well as the possibility of deleting one or more residues from the parent sequence. Any amino acid substitution, insertion, or deletion is encompassed by the invention. In favorable circumstances, the substitution is a conservative substitution as defined above.
One aspect of the invention pertains to isolated SERX proteins, and biologically active portions thereof, or derivatives, fragments, analogs or homologs thereof. Also provided are polypeptide fragments suitable for use as immunogens to raise anti-SERX antibodies. In one embodiment, native SERX proteins can be isolated from cells or tissue sources by an appropriate purification scheme using standard protein purification techniques. In another embodiment, SERX proteins are produced by recombinant DNA techniques. Alternative to recombinant expression, a SERX protein or polypeptide can be synthesized chemically using standard peptide synthesis techniques.
An "isolated" or "purified" protein or biologically active portion thereof is substantially free of cellular material or other contaminating proteins from the cell or tissue source from which the SERX protein is derived, or substantially free from chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized. The language "substantially free of cellular material" includes preparations of SERX protein in which the protein is separated from cellular components of the cells from which it is isolated or recombinantly produced. In one embodiment, the language "substantially free of cellular material" includes preparations of SERX protein having less than about 30%> (by dry weight) of non-SERX protein (also referred to herein as a "contaminating protein"), more preferably less than about 20%> of non-SERX protein, still more preferably less than about 10%> of non-SERX protein, and most preferably less than about 5%> non-SERX protein. When the SERX protein or biologically active portion thereof is recombinantly produced, it is also preferably substantially free of culture medium, i.e., culture medium represents less than about 20%>, more preferably less than about 10%>, and most preferably less than about 5%> of the volume of the protein preparation. The language "substantially free of chemical precursors or other chemicals" includes preparations of SERX protein in which the protein is separated from chemical precursors or other chemicals that are involved in the synthesis of the protein. In one embodiment, the language "substantially free of chemical precursors or other chemicals" includes preparations of SERX protein having less than about 30%> (by dry weight) of chemical precursors or non-SERX chemicals, more preferably less than about 20%> chemical precursors or non-SERX chemicals, still more preferably less than about 10%> chemical precursors or non-SERX chemicals, and most preferably less than about 5% chemical precursors or non-SERX chemicals.
Biologically active portions of a SERX protein include peptides comprising amino acid sequences sufficiently homologous to or derived from the amino acid sequence of the SERX protein, e.g., the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 9, 11, or 15 that include fewer amino acids than the full length SERX proteins, and exhibit at least one activity of a SERX protein. Typically, biologically active portions comprise a domain or motif with at least one activity of the SERX protein. A biologically active portion of a SERX protein can be a polypeptide which is, for example, 10, 25, 50, 100 or more amino acids in length.
A biologically active portion of a SERX protein of the present invention may contain at least one of the above-identified domains conserved between the SERX proteins, e.g. TSR modules. Moreover, other biologically active portions, in which other regions of the protein are deleted, can be prepared by recombinant techniques and evaluated for one or more of the functional activities of a native SERX protein.
In an embodiment, the SERX protein has an amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 9, 11, or 15. In other embodiments, the SERX protein is substantially homologous to SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 9, 11, or 15 and retains the functional activity of the protein of SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 9, 11, or 15 yet differs in amino acid sequence due to natural allelic variation or mutagenesis, as described in detail below. Accordingly, in another embodiment, the SERX protein is a protein that comprises an amino acid sequence at least about 45%> homologous to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 9, 11, or 15 and retains the functional activity of the SERX proteins of SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 9, 11, or 15.
Determining homology between two or more sequence
To determine the percent homology of two amino acid sequences or of two nucleic acids, the sequences are aligned for optimal comparison purposes (e.g., gaps can be introduced in either of the sequences being compared for optimal alignment between the sequences). The amino acid residues or nucleotides at corresponding amino acid positions or nucleotide positions are then compared. When a position in the first sequence is occupied by the same amino acid residue or nucleotide as the corresponding position in the second sequence, then the molecules are homologous at that position (i.e., as used herein amino acid or nucleic acid "homology" is equivalent to amino acid or nucleic acid "identity"). The nucleic acid sequence homology may be determined as the degree of identity between two sequences. The homology may be determined using computer programs known in the art, such as GAP software provided in the GCG program package. See, Needleman and Wunsch 1970 J Mol Biol 48: 443-453. Using GCG GAP software with the following settings for nucleic acid sequence comparison: GAP creation penalty of 5.0 and GAP extension penalty of 0.3, the coding region of the analogous nucleic acid sequences referred to above exhibits a degree of identity preferably of at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, or 99%, with the CDS (encoding) part of the DNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17.
The term "sequence identity" refers to the degree to which two polynucleotide or polypeptide sequences are identical on a residue-by-residue basis over a particular region of comparison. The term "percentage of sequence identity" is calculated by comparing two optimally aligned sequences over that region of comparison, determining the number of positions at which the identical nucleic acid base (e.g., A, T, C, G, U, or I, in the case of nucleic acids) occurs in both sequences to yield the number of matched positions, dividing the number of matched positions by the total number of positions in the region of comparison (i.e., the window size), and multiplying the result by 100 to yield the percentage of sequence identity. The term "substantial identity" as used herein denotes a characteristic of a polynucleotide sequence, wherein the polynucleotide comprises a sequence that has at least 80 percent sequence identity, preferably at least 85 percent identity and often 90 to 95 percent sequence identity, more usually at least 99 percent sequence identity as compared to a reference sequence over a comparison region. The term "percentage of positive residues" is calculated by comparing two optimally aligned sequences over that region of comparison, determining the number of positions at which the identical and conservative amino acid substitutions, as defined above, occur in both sequences to yield the number of matched positions, dividing the number of matched positions by the total number of positions in the region of comparison (i.e., the window size), and multiplying the result by 100 to yield the percentage of positive residues. Chimeric and fusion proteins
The invention also provides SERX chimeric or fusion proteins. As used herein, a SERX "chimeric protein" or "fusion protein" comprises a SERX polypeptide operatively linked to a non-SERX polypeptide. An "SERX polypeptide" refers to a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence corresponding to SERX, whereas a "non-SERX polypeptide" refers to a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence corresponding to a protein that is not substantially homologous to the SERX protein, e.g., a protein that is different from the SERX protein and that is derived from the same or a different organism. Within a SERX fusion protein the SERX polypeptide can correspond to all or a portion of a SERX protein. In one embodiment, a SERX fusion protein comprises at least one biologically active portion of a SERX protein. In another embodiment, a SERX fusion protein comprises at least two biologically active portions of a SERX protein. Within the fusion protein, the term "operatively linked" is intended to indicate that the SERX polypeptide and the non-SERX polypeptide are fused in- frame to each other. The non-SERX polypeptide can be fused to the N-terminus or C-terminus of the SERX polypeptide.
For example, in one embodiment a SERX fusion protein comprises a SERX polypeptide operably linked to the extracellular domain of a second protein. Such fusion proteins can be further utilized in screening assays for compounds that modulate SERX activity (such assays are described in detail below).
In another embodiment, the fusion protein is a GST-SERX fusion protein in which the SERX sequences are fused to the C-terminus of the GST (i.e., glutathione S-transferase) sequences. Such fusion proteins can facilitate the purification of recombinant SERX.
In another embodiment, the fusion protein is a SERX-immunoglobulin fusion protein in which the SERX sequences comprising one or more domains are fused to sequences derived from a member of the immunoglobulin protein family. The SERX-immunoglobulin fusion proteins of the invention can be incorporated into pharmaceutical compositions and administered to a subject to inhibit an interaction between a SERX ligand and a SERX protein on the surface of a cell, to thereby suppress SERX-mediated signal transduction in vivo. In one nonlimiting example, a contemplated SERX ligand of the invention is the SERX receptor. The SERX-immunoglobulin fusion proteins can be used to affect the bioavailability of a SERX cognate ligand. Inhibition of the SERX ligand/SERX interaction may be useful therapeutically for both the treatment of proliferative and differentiative disorders, e,g., cancer as well as modulating (e.g., promoting or inhibiting) cell survival. Moreover, the SERX- immunoglobulin fusion proteins of the invention can be used as immunogens to produce anti-SERX antibodies in a subject, to purify SERX ligands, and in screening assays to identify molecules that inhibit the interaction of SERX with a SERX ligand.
A SERX chimeric or fusion protein of the invention can be produced by standard recombinant DNA techniques. For example, DNA fragments coding for the different polypeptide sequences are ligated together in-frame in accordance with conventional techniques, e.g., by employing blunt-ended or stagger-ended termini for ligation, restriction enzyme digestion to provide for appropriate termini, filling-in of cohesive ends as appropriate, alkaline phosphatase treatment to avoid undesirable joining, and enzymatic ligation. In another embodiment, the fusion gene can be synthesized by conventional techniques including automated DNA synthesizers. Alternatively, PCR amplification of gene fragments can be carried out using anchor primers that give rise to complementary overhangs between two consecutive gene fragments that can subsequently be annealed and reamplified to generate a chimeric gene sequence (see, for example, Ausubel et al. (eds.) CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, John Wiley & Sons, 1992). Moreover, many expression vectors are commercially available that already encode a fusion moiety (e.g., a GST polypeptide). A SERX-encoding nucleic acid can be cloned into such an expression vector such that the fusion moiety is linked in-frame to the SERX protein.
SERX agonists and antagonists
The present invention also pertains to variants of the SERX proteins that function as either SERX agonists (mimetics) or as SERX antagonists. Variants of the SERX protein can be generated by mutagenesis, e.g., discrete point mutation or truncation of the SERX protein. An agonist of the SERX protein can retain substantially the same, or a subset of, the biological activities of the naturally occurring form of the SERX protein. An antagonist of the SERX protein can inhibit one or more of the activities of the naturally occurring form of the SERX protein by, for example, competitively binding to a downstream or upstream member of a cellular signaling cascade which includes the SERX protein. Thus, specific biological effects can be elicited by treatment with a variant of limited function. In one embodiment, treatment of a subject with a variant having a subset of the biological activities of the naturally occurring form of the protein has fewer side effects in a subject relative to treatment with the naturally occurring form of the SERX proteins.
Variants of the SERX protein that function as either SERX agonists (mimetics) or as SERX antagonists can be identified by screening combinatorial libraries of mutants, e.g., truncation mutants, of the SERX protein for SERX protein agonist or antagonist activity. In one embodiment, a variegated library of SERX variants is generated by combinatorial mutagenesis at the nucleic acid level and is encoded by a variegated gene library. A variegated library of SERX variants can be produced by, for example, enzymatically ligating a mixture of synthetic oligonucleotides into gene sequences such that a degenerate set of potential SERX sequences is expressible as individual polypeptides, or alternatively, as a set of larger fusion proteins (e.g., for phage display) containing the set of SERX sequences therein. There are a variety of methods which can be used to produce libraries of potential SERX variants from a degenerate oligonucleotide sequence. Chemical synthesis of a degenerate gene sequence can be performed in an automatic DNA synthesizer, and the synthetic gene then ligated into an appropriate expression vector. Use of a degenerate set of genes allows for the provision, in one mixture, of all of the sequences encoding the desired set of potential SERX sequences. Methods for synthesizing degenerate oligonucleotides are known in the art (see, e.g., Narang (1983) Tetrahedron 39:3; Itakura et al. (1984) Annu Rev Biochem 53:323; Itakura et al. (1984) Science 198:1056; Ike et al. (1983) Nucl Acid Res 11:477.
Polypeptide libraries
In addition, libraries of fragments of the SERX protein coding sequence can be used to generate a variegated population of SERX fragments for screening and subsequent selection of variants of a SERX protein. In one embodiment, a library of coding sequence fragments can be generated by treating a double stranded PCR fragment of a SERX coding sequence with a nuclease under conditions wherein nicking occurs only about once per molecule, denaturing the double stranded DNA, renaturing the DNA to form double stranded DNA that can include sense/antisense pairs from different nicked products, removing single stranded portions from reformed duplexes by treatment with SI nuclease, and ligating the resulting fragment library into an expression vector. By this method, an expression library can be derived which encodes N-terminal and internal fragments of various sizes of the SERX protein. Several techniques are known in the art for screening gene products of combinatorial libraries made by point mutations or truncation, and for screening cDNA libraries for gene products having a selected property. Such techniques are adaptable for rapid screening of the gene libraries generated by the combinatorial mutagenesis of SERX proteins. The most widely used techniques, which are amenable to high throughput analysis, for screening large gene libraries typically include cloning the gene library into replicable expression vectors, transforming appropriate cells with the resulting library of vectors, and expressing the combinatorial genes under conditions in which detection of a desired activity facilitates isolation of the vector encoding the gene whose product was detected. Recrusive ensemble mutagenesis (REM), a new technique that enhances the frequency of functional mutants in the libraries, can be used in combination with the screening assays to identify SERX variants (Arkin and Yourvan (1992) PNAS 89:7811-7815; Delgrave et al. (1993) Protein Engineering 6:327-331).
SERX Antibodies
Also included in the invention are antibodies to SERX proteins, or fragments of SERX proteins. The term "antibody" as used herein refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin (Ig) molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically binds (immunoreacts with) an antigen. Such antibodies include, but are not limited to, polyclonal, monoclonal, chimeric, single chain, Fab, Fab, and F(ab.)2 fragments, and an Fab expression library. In general, an antibody molecule obtained from humans relates to any of the classes IgG, IgM, IgA, IgE and IgD, which differ from one another by the nature of the heavy chain present in the molecule. Certain classes have subclasses as well, such as IgGl5 IgG2, and others. Furthermore, in humans, the light chain may be a kappa chain or a lambda chain. Reference herein to antibodies includes a reference to all such classes, subclasses and types of human antibody species.
An isolated SERX-related protein of the invention may be intended to serve as an antigen, or a portion or fragment thereof, and additionally can be used as an immunogen to generate antibodies that immunospecifically bind the antigen, using standard techniques for polyclonal and monoclonal antibody preparation. The full-length protein can be used or, alternatively, the invention provides antigenic peptide fragments of the antigen for use as immunogens. An antigenic peptide fragment comprises at least 6 amino acid residues of the amino acid sequence of the full length protein and encompasses an epitope thereof such that an antibody raised against the peptide forms a specific immune complex with the full length protein or with any fragment that contains the epitope. Preferably, the antigenic peptide comprises at least 10 amino acid residues, or at least 15 amino acid residues, or at least 20 amino acid residues, or at least 30 amino acid residues. Preferred epitopes encompassed by the antigenic peptide are regions of the protein that are located on its surface; commonly these are hydrophilic regions.
In certain embodiments of the invention, at least one epitope encompassed by the antigenic peptide is a region of SERX-related protein that is located on the surface of the protein, e.g., a hydrophilic region. A hydrophobicity analysis of the human SERX-related protein sequence will indicate which regions of a SERX-related protein are particularly hydrophilic and, therefore, are likely to encode surface residues useful for targeting antibody production. As a means for targeting antibody production, hydropathy plots showing regions of hydrophilicity and hydrophobicity may be generated by any method well known in the art, including, for example, the Kyte Doolittle or the Hopp Woods methods, either with or without Fourier transformation. See, e.g., Hopp and Woods, 1981, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 78: 3824-3828; Kyte and Doolittle 1982, J. Mol. Biol. 157: 105-142, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Antibodies that are specific for one or more domains within an antigenic protein, or derivatives, fragments, analogs or homologs thereof, are also provided herein.
A protein of the invention, or a derivative, fragment, analog, homolog or ortholog thereof, may be utilized as an immunogen in the generation of antibodies that immunospecifically bind these protein components.
Various procedures known within the art may be used for the production of polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies directed against a protein of the invention, or against derivatives, fragments, analogs homologs or ortho logs thereof (see, for example, Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Harlow E, and Lane D, 1988, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, NY, incorporated herein by reference). Some of these antibodies are discussed below.
Polyclonal Antibodies For the production of polyclonal antibodies, various suitable host animals (e.g., rabbit, goat, mouse or other mammal) may be immunized by one or more injections with the native protein, a synthetic variant thereof, or a derivative of the foregoing. An appropriate immunogenic preparation can contain, for example, the naturally occurring immunogenic protein, a chemically synthesized polypeptide representing the immunogenic protein, or a recombinantly expressed immunogenic protein. Furthermore, the protein may be conjugated to a second protein known to be immunogenic in the mammal being immunized. Examples of such immunogenic proteins include but are not limited to keyhole limpet hemocyanin, serum albumin, bovine thyroglobulin, and soybean trypsin inhibitor. The preparation can further include an adjuvant. Various adjuvants used to increase the immunological response include, but are not limited to, Freund's (complete and incomplete), mineral gels (e.g., aluminum hydroxide), surface active substances (e.g., lysolecithin, pluronic polyols, polyanions, peptides, oil emulsions, dinitrophenol, etc.), adjuvants usable in humans such as Bacille Calmette-Guerin and Corynebacterium parvum, or similar immunostimulatory agents. Additional examples of adjuvants which can be employed include MPL-TDM adjuvant (monophosphoryl Lipid A, synthetic trehalose dicorynomycolate). The polyclonal antibody molecules directed against the immunogenic protein can be isolated from the mammal (e.g., from the blood) and further purified by well known techniques, such as affinity chromatography using protein A or protein G, which provide primarily the IgG fraction of immune serum. Subsequently, or alternatively, the specific antigen which is the target of the immunoglobulin sought, or an epitope thereof, may be immobilized on a column to purify the immune specific antibody by immunoaffinity chromatography. Purification of immunoglobulins is discussed, for example, by D. Wilkinson (The Scientist, published by The Scientist, Inc., Philadelphia PA, Vol. 14, No. 8 (April 17, 2000), pp. 25-28).
Monoclonal Antibodies The term "monoclonal antibody" (MAb) or "monoclonal antibody composition", as used herein, refers to a population of antibody molecules that contain only one molecular species of antibody molecule consisting of a unique light chain gene product and a unique heavy chain gene product. In particular, the complementarity determining regions (CDRs) of the monoclonal antibody are identical in all the molecules of the population. MAbs thus contain an antigen binding site capable of immunoreacting with a particular epitope of the antigen characterized by a unique binding affinity for it. Monoclonal antibodies can be prepared using hybridoma methods, such as those described by Kohler and Milstein, Nature, 256:495 (1975). In a hybridoma method, a mouse, hamster, or other appropriate host animal, is typically immunized with an immunizing agent to elicit lymphocytes that produce or are capable of producing antibodies that will specifically bind to the immunizing agent. Alternatively, the lymphocytes can be immunized in vitro.
The immunizing agent will typically include the protein antigen, a fragment thereof or a fusion protein thereof. Generally, either peripheral blood lymphocytes are used if cells of human origin are desired, or spleen cells or lymph node cells are used if non-human mammalian sources are desired. The lymphocytes are then fused with an immortalized cell line using a suitable fusing agent, such as polyethylene glycol, to form a hybridoma cell
(Goding, Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Practice. Academic Press, (1986) pp. 59- 103). Immortalized cell lines are usually transformed mammalian cells, particularly myeloma cells of rodent, bovine and human origin. Usually, rat or mouse myeloma cell lines are employed. The hybridoma cells can be cultured in a suitable culture medium that preferably contains one or more substances that inhibit the growth or survival of the unfused, immortalized cells. For example, if the parental cells lack the enzyme hypoxanthine guanine phosphoribosyl transferase (HGPRT or HPRT), the culture medium for the hybridomas typically will include hypoxanthine, aminopterin, and thymidine ("HAT medium"), which substances prevent the growth of HGPRT-deficient cells. Preferred immortalized cell lines are those that fuse efficiently, support stable high level expression of antibody by the selected antibody-producing cells, and are sensitive to a medium such as HAT medium. More preferred immortalized cell lines are murine myeloma lines, which can be obtained, for instance, from the Salk Institute Cell Distribution Center, San Diego, California and the American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, Virginia. Human myeloma and mouse-human heteromyeloma cell lines also have been described for the production of human monoclonal antibodies (Kozbor, J. Immunol., 133:3001 (1984); Brodeur et al., Monoclonal Antibody Production Techniques and Applications, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, (1987) pp. 51-63).
The culture medium in which the hybridoma cells are cultured can then be assayed for the presence of monoclonal antibodies directed against the antigen. Preferably, the binding specificity of monoclonal antibodies produced by the hybridoma cells is determined by immunoprecipitation or by an in vitro binding assay, such as radioimmunoassay (RIA) or enzyme-linked immunoabsorbent assay (ELISA). Such techniques and assays are known in the art. The binding affinity of the monoclonal antibody can, for example, be determined by the Scatchard analysis of Munson and Pollard, Anal. Biochem.. 107:220 (1980). Preferably, antibodies having a high degree of specificity and a high binding affinity for the target antigen are isolated.
After the desired hybridoma cells are identified, the clones can be subcloned by limiting dilution procedures and grown by standard methods. Suitable culture media for this purpose include, for example, Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium and RPMI- 1640 medium. Alternatively, the hybridoma cells can be grown in vivo as ascites in a mammal.
The monoclonal antibodies secreted by the subclones can be isolated or purified from the culture medium or ascites fluid by conventional immunoglobulin purification procedures such as, for example, protein A-Sepharose, hydroxylapatite chromatography, gel electrophoresis, dialysis, or affinity chromatography. The monoclonal antibodies can also be made by recombinant DNA methods, such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 4,816,567. DNA encoding the monoclonal antibodies of the invention can be readily isolated and sequenced using conventional procedures (e.g., by using oligonucleotide probes that are capable of binding specifically to genes encoding the heavy and light chains of murine antibodies). The hybridoma cells of the invention serve as a preferred source of such DNA. Once isolated, the DNA can be placed into expression vectors, which are then transfected into host cells such as simian COS cells, Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells, or myeloma cells that do not otherwise produce immunoglobulin protein, to obtain the synthesis of monoclonal antibodies in the recombinant host cells. The DNA also can be modified, for example, by substituting the coding sequence for human heavy and light chain constant domains in place of the homologous murine sequences (U.S. Patent No. 4,816,567; Morrison, Nature 368. 812-13 (1994)) or by covalently joining to the immunoglobulin coding sequence all or part of the coding sequence for a non-immunoglobulin polypeptide. Such a non-immunoglobulin polypeptide can be substituted for the constant domains of an antibody of the invention, or can be substituted for the variable domains of one antigen-combining site of an antibody of the invention to create a chimeric bivalent antibody. Humanized Antibodies
The antibodies directed against the protein antigens of the invention can further comprise humanized antibodies or human antibodies. These antibodies are suitable for administration to humans without engendering an immune response by the human against the administered immunoglobulin. Humanized forms of antibodies are chimeric immunoglobulins, immunoglobulin chains or fragments thereof (such as Fv, Fab, Fab', F(ab')2 or other antigen- binding subsequences of antibodies) that are principally comprised of the sequence of a human immunoglobulin, and contain minimal sequence derived from a non-human immunoglobulin. Humanization can be performed following the method of Winter and co-workers (Jones et al, Nature. 321:522-525 (1986); Riechmann et al., Nature. 332:323-327 (1988); Verhoeyen et al., Science. 239:1534-1536 (1988)), by substituting rodent CDRs or CDR sequences for the corresponding sequences of a human antibody. (See also U.S. Patent No. 5,225,539.) In some instances, Fv framework residues of the human immunoglobulin are replaced by corresponding non-human residues. Humanized antibodies can also comprise residues which are found neither in the recipient antibody nor in the imported CDR or framework sequences. In general, the humanized antibody will comprise substantially all of at least one, and typically two, variable domains, in which all or substantially all of the CDR regions correspond to those of a non-human immunoglobulin and all or substantially all of the framework regions are those of a human immunoglobulin consensus sequence. The humanized antibody optimally also will comprise at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region (Fc), typically that of a human immunoglobulin (Jones et al., 1986; Riechmann et al., 1988; and Presta, Curr. Op. Struct. Biol.. 2:593-596 (1992)).
Human Antibodies
Fully human antibodies relate to antibody molecules in which essentially the entire sequences of both the light chain and the heavy chain, including the CDRs, arise from human genes. Such antibodies are termed "human antibodies", or "fully human antibodies" herein. Human monoclonal antibodies can be prepared by the trioma technique; the human B-cell hybridoma technique (see Kozbor, et al., 1983 Immunol Today 4: 72) and the EBV hybridoma technique to produce human monoclonal antibodies (see Cole, et al., 1985 In: MONOCLONAL ANTIBODIES AND CANCER THERAPY, Alan R. Liss, Inc., pp. 77-96). Human monoclonal antibodies may be utilized in the practice of the present invention and may be produced by using human hybridomas (see Cote, et al., 1983. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 80: 2026-2030) or by transforming human B-cells with Epstein Barr Virus in vitro (see Cole, et al., 1985 In: MONOCLONAL ANTIBODIES AND CANCER THERAPY, Alan R. Liss, Inc., pp. 77-96).
In addition, human antibodies can also be produced using additional techniques, including phage display libraries (Hoogenboom and Winter, J. Mol. Biol., 227:381 (1991); Marks et al., J. Mol. Biol, 222:581 (1991)). Similarly, human antibodies can be made by introducing human immunoglobulin loci into transgenic animals, e.g., mice in which the endogenous immunoglobulin genes have been partially or completely inactivated. Upon challenge, human antibody production is observed, which closely resembles that seen in humans in all respects, including gene rearrangement, assembly, and antibody repertoire. This approach is described, for example, in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,545,807; 5,545,806; 5,569,825; 5,625,126; 5,633,425; 5,661,016, and in Marks et al. (Bio/Technology 10, 779-783 (1992)); Lonberg et al. (Nature 368 856-859 (1994)): Morrison ( Nature 368, 812-13 (1994)); Fishwild et al,( Nature Biotechnology 14, 845-51 (1996)); Neuberger (Nature Biotechnology 14, 826 (1996)); and Lonberg and Huszar (Intern. Rev. Immunol. 13 65-93 (1995)).
Human antibodies may additionally be produced using transgenic nonhuman animals which are modified so as to produce fully human antibodies rather than the animal's endogenous antibodies in response to challenge by an antigen. (See PCT publication WO94/02602). The endogenous genes encoding the heavy and light immunoglobulin chains in the nonhuman host have been incapacitated, and active loci encoding human heavy and light chain immunoglobulins are inserted into the host's genome. The human genes are incorporated, for example, using yeast artificial chromosomes containing the requisite human DNA segments. An animal which provides all the desired modifications is then obtained as progeny by crossbreeding intermediate transgenic animals containing fewer than the full complement of the modifications. The preferred embodiment of such a nonhuman animal is a mouse, and is termed the Xenomouse™ as disclosed in PCT publications WO 96/33735 and WO 96/34096. This animal produces B cells which secrete fully human immunoglobulins. The antibodies can be obtained directly from the animal after immunization with an immunogen of interest, as, for example, a preparation of a polyclonal antibody, or alternatively from immortalized B cells derived from the animal, such as hybridomas producing monoclonal antibodies. Additionally, the genes encoding the immunoglobulins with human variable regions can be recovered and expressed to obtain the antibodies directly, or can be further modified to obtain analogs of antibodies such as, for example, single chain Fv molecules.
An example of a method of producing a nonhuman host, exemplified as a mouse, lacking expression of an endogenous immunoglobulin heavy chain is disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,939,598. It can be obtained by a method including deleting the J segment genes from at least one endogenous heavy chain locus in an embryonic stem cell to prevent rearrangement of the locus and to prevent formation of a transcript of a rearranged immunoglobulin heavy chain locus, the deletion being effected by a targeting vector containing a gene encoding a selectable marker; and producing from the embryonic stem cell a transgenic mouse whose somatic and germ cells contain the gene encoding the selectable marker.
A method for producing an antibody of interest, such as a human antibody, is disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,916,771. It includes introducing an expression vector that contains a nucleotide sequence encoding a heavy chain into one mammalian host cell in culture, introducing an expression vector containing a nucleotide sequence encoding a light chain into another mammalian host cell, and fusing the two cells to form a hybrid cell. The hybrid cell expresses an antibody containing the heavy chain and the light chain.
In a further improvement on this procedure, a method for identifying a clinically relevant epitope on an immunogen, and a correlative method for selecting an antibody that binds immunospecifically to the relevant epitope with high affinity, are disclosed in PCT publication WO 99/53049.
Fab Fragments and Single Chain Antibodies
According to the invention, techniques can be adapted for the production of single-chain antibodies specific to an antigenic protein of the invention (see e.g., U.S. Patent No. 4,946,778). In addition, methods can be adapted for the construction of Fab expression libraries (see e.g., Huse, et al., 1989 Science 246: 1275-1281) to allow rapid and effective identification of monoclonal Fab fragments with the desired specificity for a protein or derivatives, fragments, analogs or homologs thereof. Antibody fragments that contain the idiotypes to a protein antigen may be produced by techniques known in the art including, but not limited to: (i) an F(ab.)2 fragment produced by pepsin digestion of an antibody molecule; (ii) an Fab fragment generated by reducing the disulfide bridges of an F(ab.)2 fragment; (iii) an Fab fragment generated by the treatment of the antibody molecule with papain and a reducing agent and (iv) Fv fragments.
Bispecific Antibodies
Bispecific antibodies are monoclonal, preferably human or humanized, antibodies that have binding specificities for at least two different antigens. In the present case, one of the binding specificities is for an antigenic protein of the invention. The second binding target is any other antigen, and advantageously is a cell-surface protein or receptor or receptor subunit.
Methods for making bispecific antibodies are known in the art. Traditionally, the recombinant production of bispecific antibodies is based on the co-expression of two immunoglobulin heavy-chain/light-chain pairs, where the two heavy chains have different specificities (Milstein and Cuello, Nature, 305:537-539 (1983)). Because of the random assortment of immunoglobulin heavy and light chains, these hybridomas (quadromas) produce a potential mixture often different antibody molecules, of which only one has the correct bispecific structure. The purification of the correct molecule is usually accomplished by affinity chromatography steps. Similar procedures are disclosed in WO 93/08829, published 13 May 1993, and in Traunecker et al, 1991 EMBO J., 10:3655-3659.
Antibody variable domains with the desired binding specificities (antibody-antigen combining sites) can be fused to immunoglobulin constant domain sequences. The fusion preferably is with an immunoglobulin heavy-chain constant domain, comprising at least part of the hinge, CH2, and CH3 regions. It is preferred to have the first heavy-chain constant region (CHI) containing the site necessary for light-chain binding present in at least one of the fusions. DNAs encoding the immunoglobulin heavy-chain fusions and, if desired, the immunoglobulin light chain, are inserted into separate expression vectors, and are co- transfected into a suitable host organism. For further details of generating bispecific antibodies see, for example, Suresh et al., Methods in Enzymology, 121 :210 (1986).
According to another approach described in WO 96/27011, the interface between a pair of antibody molecules can be engineered to maximize the percentage of heterodimers which are recovered from recombinant cell culture. The preferred interface comprises at least a part of the CH3 region of an antibody constant domain. In this method, one or more small amino acid side chains from the interface of the first antibody molecule are replaced with larger side chains (e.g. tyrosine or tryptophan). Compensatory "cavities" of identical or similar size to the large side chain(s) are created on the interface of the second antibody molecule by replacing large amino acid side chains with smaller ones (e.g. alanine or threonine). This provides a mechanism for increasing the yield of the heterodimer over other unwanted end-products such as homodimers. Bispecific antibodies can be prepared as full length antibodies or antibody fragments
(e.g. F(ab')2 bispecific antibodies). Techniques for generating bispecific antibodies from antibody fragments have been described in the literature. For example, bispecific antibodies can be prepared using chemical linkage. Brennan et al., Science 229:81 (1985) describe a procedure wherein intact antibodies are proteolytically cleaved to generate F(ab')2 fragments. These fragments are reduced in the presence of the dithiol complexing agent sodium arsenite to stabilize vicinal dithiols and prevent intermolecular disulfide formation. The Fab' fragments generated are then converted to thionitrobenzoate (TNB) derivatives. One of the Fab'-TNB derivatives is then reconverted to the Fab'-thiol by reduction with mercaptoethylamine and is mixed with an equimolar amount of the other Fab'-TNB derivative to form the bispecific antibody. The bispecific antibodies produced can be used as agents for the selective immobilization of enzymes.
Additionally, Fab' fragments can be directly recovered from E. coli and chemically coupled to form bispecific antibodies. Shalaby et al., J. Exp. Med. 175:217-225 (1992) describe the production of a fully humanized bispecific antibody F(ab')2 molecule. Each Fab' fragment was separately secreted from E. coli and subjected to directed chemical coupling in vitro to form the bispecific antibody. The bispecific antibody thus formed was able to bind to cells overexpressing the ErbB2 receptor and normal human T cells, as well as trigger the lytic activity of human cytotoxic lymphocytes against human breast tumor targets.
Various techniques for making and isolating bispecific antibody fragments directly from recombinant cell culture have also been described. For example, bispecific antibodies have been produced using leucine zippers. Kostelny et al, J. Immunol. 148(5): 1547-1553 (1992). The leucine zipper peptides from the Fos and Jun proteins were linked to the Fab' portions of two different antibodies by gene fusion. The antibody homodimers were reduced at the hinge region to form monomers and then re-oxidized to form the antibody heterodimers. This method can also be utilized for the production of antibody homodimers. The "diabody" technology described by Hollinger et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:6444-6448 (1993) has provided an alternative mechanism for making bispecific antibody fragments. The fragments comprise a heavy-chain variable domain (VH) connected to a light-chain variable domain (VL) by a linker which is too short to allow pairing between the two domains on the same chain. Accordingly, the VH and VL domains of one fragment are forced to pair with the complementary VL and VH domains of another fragment, thereby forming two antigen-binding sites. Another strategy for making bispecific antibody fragments by the use of single-chain Fv (sFv) dimers has also been reported. See, Gruber et al., J. Immunol. 152:5368 (1994).
Antibodies with more than two valencies are contemplated. For example, trispecific antibodies can be prepared. Tutt et al., J. Immunol. 147:60 (1991). Exemplary bispecific antibodies can bind to two different epitopes, at least one of which originates in the protein antigen of the invention. Alternatively, an anti-antigenic arm of an immunoglobulin molecule can be combined with an arm which binds to a triggering molecule on a leukocyte such as a T-cell receptor molecule (e.g. CD2, CD3, CD28, or B7), or Fc receptors for IgG (Fc R), such as Fc RI (CD64), Fc RII (CD32) and Fc RIII (CD 16) so as to focus cellular defense mechanisms to the cell expressing the particular antigen. Bispecific antibodies can also be used to direct cytotoxic agents to cells which express a particular antigen. These antibodies possess an antigen-binding arm and an arm which binds a cytotoxic agent or a radionuclide chelator, such as EOTUBE, DPT A, DOT A, or TETA. Another bispecific antibody of interest binds the protein antigen described herein and further binds tissue factor (TF).
Heterocon jugate Antibodies
Heteroconjugate antibodies are also within the scope of the present invention. Heteroconjugate antibodies are composed of two covalently joined antibodies. Such antibodies have, for example, been proposed to target immune system cells to unwanted cells (U.S. Patent No. 4,676,980), and for treatment of HIV infection (WO 91/00360; WO
92/200373; EP 03089). It is contemplated that the antibodies can be prepared in vitro using known methods in synthetic protein chemistry, including those involving crosslinking agents. For example, immunotoxins can be constructed using a disulfide exchange reaction or by forming a thioether bond. Examples of suitable reagents for this purpose include iminothiolate and methyl-4-mercaptobutyrimidate and those disclosed, for example, in U.S. Patent No. 4,676,980. Effector Function Engineering
It can be desirable to modify the antibody of the invention with respect to effector function, so as to enhance, e.g., the effectiveness of the antibody in treating cancer. For example, cysteine residue(s) can be introduced into the Fc region, thereby allowing interchain disulfide bond formation in this region. The homodimeric antibody thus generated can have improved intemalization capability and/or increased complement-mediated cell killing and antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC). See Caron et al., J. Exp Med., 176: 1191- 1195 (1992) and Shopes, J. Immunol., 148: 2918-2922 (1992). Homodimeric antibodies with enhanced anti-tumor activity can also be prepared using heterobifunctional cross-linkers as described in Wolff et al. Cancer Research, 53: 2560-2565 (1993). Alternatively, an antibody can be engineered that has dual Fc regions and can thereby have enhanced complement lysis and ADCC capabilities. See Stevenson et al, Anti-Cancer Drug Design, 3: 219-230 (1989).
Immunoconjugates
The invention also pertains to immunoconjugates comprising an antibody conjugated to a cytotoxic agent such as a chemotherapeutic agent, toxin (e.g., an enzymatically active toxin of bacterial, fungal, plant, or animal origin, or fragments thereof), or a radioactive isotope (i.e., a radioconjugate).
Chemotherapeutic agents useful in the generation of such immunoconjugates have been described above. Enzymatically active toxins and fragments thereof that can be used include diphtheria A chain, nonbinding active fragments of diphtheria toxin, exotoxin A chain (from Pseudomonas aeruginosa), ricin A chain, abrin A chain, modeccin A chain, alpha-sarcin, Aleurites fordii proteins, dianthin proteins, Phytolaca americana proteins (PAPI, PAPII, and PAP-S), momordica charantia inhibitor, curcin, crotin, sapaonaria officinalis inhibitor, gelonin, mitogellin, restrictocin, phenomycin, enomycin, and the tricothecenes. A variety of radionuclides are available for the production of radioconjugated antibodies. Examples include 212Bi, 13T, 131In, 90Y, and 186Re.
Conjugates of the antibody and cytotoxic agent are made using a variety of bifunctional protein-coupling agents such as N-succinimidyl-3-(2-pyridyldithiol) propionate (SPDP), iminothiolane (IT), bifunctional derivatives of imidoesters (such as dimethyl adipimidate HCL), active esters (such as disuccinimidyl suberate), aldehydes (such as glutareldehyde), bis- azido compounds (such as bis (p-azidobenzoyl) hexanediamine), bis-diazonium derivatives (such as bis-(p-diazoniumbenzoyl)-ethylenediamine), diisocyanates (such as tolyene 2,6- diisocyanate), and bis-active fluorine compounds (such as l,5-difluoro-2,4-dinitrobenzene). For example, a ricin immunotoxin can be prepared as described in Vitetta et al., Science, 238: 1098 (1987). Carbon- 14-labeled l-isothiocyanatobenzyl-3-methyldiethylene triaminepentaacetic acid (MX-DTPA) is an exemplary chelating agent for conjugation of radionucleotide to the antibody. See WO94/11026.
In another embodiment, the antibody can be conjugated to a "receptor" (such streptavidin) for utilization in tumor pretargeting wherein the antibody-receptor conjugate is administered to the patient, followed by removal of unbound conjugate from the circulation using a clearing agent and then administration of a "ligand" (e.g., avidin) that is in turn conjugated to a cytotoxic agent.
SERX Recombinant Expression Vectors and Host Cells
Another aspect of the invention pertains to vectors, preferably expression vectors, containing a nucleic acid encoding a SERX protein, or derivatives, fragments, analogs or homologs thereof. As used herein, the term "vector" refers to a nucleic acid molecule capable of transporting another nucleic acid to which it has been linked. One type of vector is a "plasmid", which refers to a circular double stranded DNA loop into which additional DNA segments can be ligated. Another type of vector is a viral vector, wherein additional DNA segments can be ligated into the viral genome. Certain vectors are capable of autonomous replication in a host cell into which they are introduced (e.g., bacterial vectors having a bacterial origin of replication and episomal mammalian vectors). Other vectors (e.g., non-episomal mammalian vectors) are integrated into the genome of a host cell upon introduction into the host cell, and thereby are replicated along with the host genome. Moreover, certain vectors are capable of directing the expression of genes to which they are operatively-linked. Such vectors are referred to herein as "expression vectors". In general, expression vectors of utility in recombinant DNA techniques are often in the form of plasmids. In the present specification, "plasmid" and "vector" can be used interchangeably as the plasmid is the most commonly used form of vector. However, the invention is intended to include such other forms of expression vectors, such as viral vectors (e.g., replication defective retroviruses, adenoviruses and adeno-associated viruses), which serve equivalent functions.
The recombinant expression vectors of the invention comprise a nucleic acid of the invention in a form suitable for expression of the nucleic acid in a host cell, which means that the recombinant expression vectors include one or more regulatory sequences, selected on the basis of the host cells to be used for expression, that is operatively-linked to the nucleic acid sequence to be expressed. Within a recombinant expression vector, "operably-linked" is intended to mean that the nucleotide sequence of interest is linked to the regulatory sequence(s) in a manner that allows for expression of the nucleotide sequence (e.g., in an in vitro transcription/translation system or in a host cell when the vector is introduced into the host cell).
The term "regulatory sequence" is intended to includes promoters, enhancers and other expression control elements (e.g., polyadenylation signals). Such regulatory sequences are described, for example, in Goeddel, GENE EXPRESSION TECHNOLOGY: METHODS IN ENZYMOLOGY 185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif. (1990). Regulatory sequences include those that direct constitutive expression of a nucleotide sequence in many types of host cell and those that direct expression of the nucleotide sequence only in certain host cells (e.g., tissue-specific regulatory sequences). It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the design of the expression vector can depend on such factors as the choice of the host cell to be transformed, the level of expression of protein desired, etc. The expression vectors of the invention can be introduced into host cells to thereby produce proteins or peptides, including fusion proteins or peptides, encoded by nucleic acids as described herein (e.g., SERX proteins, mutant forms of SERX proteins, fusion proteins, etc.).
The recombinant expression vectors of the invention can be designed for expression of SERX proteins in prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells. For example, SERX proteins can be expressed in bacterial cells such as Escherichia coli, insect cells (using baculovirus expression vectors) yeast cells or mammalian cells. Suitable host cells are discussed further in Goeddel, GENE EXPRESSION TECHNOLOGY: METHODS IN ENZYMOLOGY 185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif. (1990). Alternatively, the recombinant expression vector can be transcribed and translated in vitro, for example using T7 promoter regulatory sequences and T7 polymerase. Expression of proteins in prokaryotes is most often carried out in Escherichia coli with vectors containing constitutive or inducible promoters directing the expression of either fusion or non- fusion proteins. Fusion vectors add a number of amino acids to a protein encoded therein, usually to the amino terminus of the recombinant protein. Such fusion vectors typically serve three purposes: ( ) to increase expression of recombinant protein; (ii) to increase the solubility of the recombinant protein; and (iii) to aid in the purification of the recombinant protein by acting as a ligand in affinity purification. Often, in fusion expression vectors, a proteolytic cleavage site is introduced at the junction of the fusion moiety and the recombinant protein to enable separation of the recombinant protein from the fusion moiety subsequent to purification of the fusion protein. Such enzymes, and their cognate recognition sequences, include Factor Xa, thrombin and enterokinase. Typical fusion expression vectors include pGEX (Pharmacia Biotech Inc; Smith and Johnson, 1988. Gene 67: 31-40), pMAL (New England Biolabs, Beverly, Mass.) and pRIT5 (Pharmacia, Piscataway, N. J.) that fuse glutathione S-transferase (GST), maltose E binding protein, or protein A, respectively, to the target recombinant protein.
Examples of suitable inducible non- fusion E. coli expression vectors include pTrc (Amrann et al, (1988) Gene 69:301-315) and pET l id (Studier et al, GENE EXPRESSION TECHNOLOGY: METHODS IN ENZYMOLOGY 185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif. (1990) 60-89). One strategy to maximize recombinant protein expression in E. coli is to express the protein in a host bacteria with an impaired capacity to proteolytically cleave the recombinant protein. See, e.g., Gottesman, GENE EXPRESSION TECHNOLOGY: METHODS IN ENZYMOLOGY 185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif. (1990) 119-128. Another strategy is to alter the nucleic acid sequence of the nucleic acid to be inserted into an expression vector so that the individual codons for each amino acid are those preferentially utilized in E. coli (see, e.g.,
Wada, et al, 1992. Nucl. Acids Res. 20: 2111-2118). Such alteration of nucleic acid sequences of the invention can be carried out by standard DNA synthesis techniques.
In another embodiment, the SERX expression vector is a yeast expression vector. Examples of vectors for expression in yeast Saccharomyces cerivisae include pYepSecl (Baldari, et al, 1987. EMBO J. 6: 229-234), pMFa (Kurjan and Herskowitz, 1982. Cell 30: 933-943), pJRY88 (Schultz et al, 1987. Gene 54: 113-123), pYES2 (Invitrogen Corporation, San Diego, Calif), and picZ (InVitrogen Corp, San Diego, Calif).
Alternatively, SERX can be expressed in insect cells using baculovirus expression vectors. Baculovirus vectors available for expression of proteins in cultured insect cells (e.g., SF9 cells) include the pAc series (Smith, et al, 1983. Mol. Cell. Biol. 3: 2156-2165) and the pVL series (Lucklow and Summers, 1989. Virology 170: 31-39).
In yet another embodiment, a nucleic acid of the invention is expressed in mammalian cells using a mammalian expression vector. Examples of mammalian expression vectors include pCDM8 (Seed, 1987. Nature 329: 840) and pMT2PC (Kaufman, et al, 1987. EMBO J. 6: 187-195). When used in mammalian cells, the expression vector's control functions are often provided by viral regulatory elements. For example, commonly used promoters are derived from polyoma, adenovirus 2, cytomegalovirus, and simian virus 40. For other suitable expression systems for both prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells see, e.g., Chapters 16 and 17 of Sambrook, et al, MOLECULAR CLONING: A LABORATORY MANUAL. 2nd ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1989.
In another embodiment, the recombinant mammalian expression vector is capable of directing expression of the nucleic acid preferentially in a particular cell type (e.g., tissue-specific regulatory elements are used to express the nucleic acid). Tissue-specific regulatory elements are known in the art. Non-limiting examples of suitable tissue-specific promoters include the albumin promoter (liver-specific; Pinkert, et al, 1987. Genes Dev. 1: 268-277), lymphoid-specific promoters (Calame and Eaton, 1988. Adv. Immunol. 43: 235-275), in particular promoters of T cell receptors (Winoto and Baltimore, 1989. EMBO J. 8: 729-733) and immunoglobulins (Banerji, et al, 1983. Cell 33: 729-740; Queen and Baltimore, 1983. Cell 33: 741-748), neuron-specific promoters (e.g., the neurofilament promoter; Byrne and Ruddle, 1989. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86: 5473-5477), pancreas-specific promoters (Edlund, et al, 1985. Science 230: 912-916), and mammary gland-specific promoters (e.g., milk whey promoter; U.S. Pat. No. 4,873,316 and European Application Publication No. 264,166). Developmentally-regulated promoters are also encompassed, e.g., the murine hox promoters (Kessel and Gruss, 1990. Science 249: 374-379) and the α-fetoprotein promoter (Campes and Tilghman, 1989. Genes Dev. 3: 537-546). The invention further provides a recombinant expression vector comprising a DNA molecule of the invention cloned into the expression vector in an antisense orientation. That is, the DNA molecule is operatively-linked to a regulatory sequence in a manner that allows for expression (by transcription of the DNA molecule) of an RNA molecule that is antisense to SERX mRNA. Regulatory sequences operatively linked to a nucleic acid cloned in the antisense orientation can be chosen that direct the continuous expression of the antisense RNA molecule in a variety of cell types, for instance viral promoters and/or enhancers, or regulatory sequences can be chosen that direct constitutive, tissue specific or cell type specific expression of antisense RNA. The antisense expression vector can be in the form of a recombinant plasmid, phagemid or attenuated virus in which antisense nucleic acids are produced under the control of a high efficiency regulatory region, the activity of which can be determined by the cell type into which the vector is introduced. For a discussion of the regulation of gene expression using antisense genes see, e.g., Weintraub, et al, "Antisense RNA as a molecular tool for genetic analysis," Reviews-Trends in Genetics, Vol. 1(1) 1986. Another aspect of the invention pertains to host cells into which a recombinant expression vector of the invention has been introduced. The terms "host cell" and "recombinant host cell" are used interchangeably herein. It is understood that such terms refer not only to the particular subject cell but also to the progeny or potential progeny of such a cell. Because certain modifications may occur in succeeding generations due to either mutation or environmental influences, such progeny may not, in fact, be identical to the parent cell, but are still included within the scope of the term as used herein.
A host cell can be any prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell. For example, SERX protein can be expressed in bacterial cells such as E. coli, insect cells, yeast or mammalian cells (such as human, Chinese hamster ovary cells (CHO) or COS cells). Other suitable host cells are known to those skilled in the art.
Vector DNA can be introduced into prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells via conventional transformation or transfection techniques. As used herein, the terms "transformation" and "transfection" are intended to refer to a variety of art-recognized techniques for introducing foreign nucleic acid (e.g., DNA) into a host cell, including calcium phosphate or calcium chloride co-precipitation, DEAE-dextran-mediated transfection, lipofection, or electroporation. Suitable methods for transforming or transfecting host cells can be found in Sambrook, et al (MOLECULAR CLONING: A LABORATORY MANUAL. 2nd ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1989), and other laboratory manuals.
For stable transfection of mammalian cells, it is known that, depending upon the expression vector and transfection technique used, only a small fraction of cells may integrate the foreign DNA into their genome. In order to identify and select these integrants, a gene that encodes a selectable marker (e.g., resistance to antibiotics) is generally introduced into the host cells along with the gene of interest. Various selectable markers include those that confer resistance to drugs, such as G418, hygromycin and methotrexate. Nucleic acid encoding a selectable marker can be introduced into a host cell on the same vector as that encoding SERX or can be introduced on a separate vector. Cells stably transfected with the introduced nucleic acid can be identified by drug selection (e.g., cells that have incorporated the selectable marker gene will survive, while the other cells die).
A host cell of the invention, such as a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cell in culture, can be used to produce (i.e., express) SERX protein. Accordingly, the invention further provides methods for producing SERX protein using the host cells of the invention. In one embodiment, the method comprises culturing the host cell of invention (into which a recombinant expression vector encoding SERX protein has been introduced) in a suitable medium such that SERX protein is produced. In another embodiment, the method further comprises isolating SERX protein from the medium or the host cell.
Transgenic SERX Animals
The host cells of the invention can also be used to produce non-human transgenic animals. For example, in one embodiment, a host cell of the invention is a fertilized oocyte or an embryonic stem cell into which SERX protein-coding sequences have been introduced. Such host cells can then be used to create non-human transgenic animals in which exogenous SERX sequences have been introduced into their genome or homologous recombinant animals in which endogenous SERX sequences have been altered. Such animals are useful for studying the function and/or activity of SERX protein and for identifying and/or evaluating modulators of SERX protein activity. As used herein, a "transgenic animal" is a non-human animal, preferably a mammal, more preferably a rodent such as a rat or mouse, in which one or more of the cells of the animal includes a transgene. Other examples of transgenic animals include non-human primates, sheep, dogs, cows, goats, chickens, amphibians, etc. A transgene is exogenous DNA that is integrated into the genome of a cell from which a transgenic animal develops and that remains in the genome of the mature animal, thereby directing the expression of an encoded gene product in one or more cell types or tissues of the transgenic animal. As used herein, a "homologous recombinant animal" is a non-human animal, preferably a mammal, more preferably a mouse, in which an endogenous SERX gene has been altered by homologous recombination between the endogenous gene and an exogenous DNA molecule introduced into a cell of the animal, e.g., an embryonic cell of the animal, prior to development of the animal. A transgenic animal of the invention can be created by introducing SERX-encoding nucleic acid into the male pronuclei of a fertilized oocyte (e.g., by micro injection, retroviral infection) and allowing the oocyte to develop in a pseudopregnant female foster animal. Sequences including SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17can be introduced as a transgene into the genome of a non-human animal. Alternatively, a non-human homologue of the human SERX gene, such as a mouse SERX gene, can be isolated based on hybridization to the human SERX cDNA (described further supra) and used as a transgene. Intronic sequences and polyadenylation signals can also be included in the transgene to increase the efficiency of expression of the transgene. A tissue-specific regulatory sequence(s) can be operably-linked to the SERX transgene to direct expression of SERX protein to particular cells. Methods for generating transgenic animals via embryo manipulation and microinjection, particularly animals such as mice, have become conventional in the art and are described, for example, in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,736,866; 4,870,009; and 4,873,191; and Hogan, 1986. In: MANIPULATING THE MOUSE EMBRYO, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. Similar methods are used for production of other transgenic animals. A transgenic founder animal can be identified based upon the presence of the SERX transgene in its genome and/or expression of SERX mRNA in tissues or cells of the animals. A transgenic founder animal can then be used to breed additional animals carrying the transgene. Moreover, transgenic animals carrying a transgene-encoding SERX protein can further be bred to other transgenic animals carrying other transgenes. To create a homologous recombinant animal, a vector is prepared which contains at least a portion of a SERX gene into which a deletion, addition or substitution has been introduced to thereby alter, e.g., functionally disrupt, the SERX gene. The SERX gene can be a human gene (e.g., the DNA of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17), but more preferably, is a non-human homologue of a human SERX gene. For example, a mouse homologue of human SERX gene of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17can be used to construct a homologous recombination vector suitable for altering an endogenous SERX gene in the mouse genome. In one embodiment, the vector is designed such that, upon homologous recombination, the endogenous SERX gene is functionally disrupted (i.e., no longer encodes a functional protein; also referred to as a "knock out" vector).
Alternatively, the vector can be designed such that, upon homologous recombination, the endogenous SERX gene is mutated or otherwise altered but still encodes functional protein (e.g., the upstream regulatory region can be altered to thereby alter the expression of the endogenous SERX protein). In the homologous recombination vector, the altered portion of the SERX gene is flanked at its 5'- and 3'-termini by additional nucleic acid of the SERX gene to allow for homologous recombination to occur between the exogenous SERX gene carried by the vector and an endogenous SERX gene in an embryonic stem cell. The additional flanking SERX nucleic acid is of sufficient length for successful homologous recombination with the endogenous gene. Typically, several kilobases of flanking DNA (both at the 5'- and 3'-termini) are included in the vector. See, e.g., Thomas, et al, 1987. Cell 51 : 503 for a description of homologous recombination vectors. The vector is ten introduced into an embryonic stem cell line (e.g., by electroporation) and cells in which the introduced SERX gene has homologously-recombined with the endogenous SERX gene are selected. See, e.g., Li, et al, 1992. Cell 69: 915.
The selected cells are then injected into a blastocyst of an animal (e.g., a mouse) to form aggregation chimeras. See, e.g., Bradley, 1987. In: TERATOCARCINOMAS AND EMBRYONIC STEM CELLS: A PRACTICAL APPROACH, Robertson, ed. IRL, Oxford, pp. 113-152. A chimeric embryo can then be implanted into a suitable pseudopregnant female foster animal and the embryo brought to term. Progeny harboring the homologously-recombined DNA in their germ cells can be used to breed animals in which all cells of the animal contain the homologously-recombined DNA by germline transmission of the transgene. Methods for constructing homologous recombination vectors and homologous recombinant animals are described further in Bradley, 1991. Curr. Opin. Biotechnol. 2: 823-829; PCT International Publication Nos.: WO 90/11354; WO 91/01140; WO 92/0968; and WO 93/04169.
In another embodiment, transgenic non-humans animals can be produced that contain selected systems that allow for regulated expression of the transgene. One example of such a system is the cre/loxP recombinase system of bacteriophage PI. For a description of the cre/loxP recombinase system, See, e.g., Lakso, et al, 1992. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89: 6232-6236. Another example of a recombinase system is the FLP recombinase system of Saccharomyces cerevisiae. See, O'Gorman, et al. , 1991. Science 251:1351-1355. If a cre/loxP recombinase system is used to regulate expression of the transgene, animals containing transgenes encoding both the Cre recombinase and a selected protein are required. Such animals can be provided through the construction of "double" transgenic animals, e.g., by mating two transgenic animals, one containing a transgene encoding a selected protein and the other containing a transgene encoding a recombinase.
Clones of the non-human transgenic animals described herein can also be produced according to the methods described in Wilmut, et al, 1997. Nature 385: 810-813. In brief, a cell (e.g., a somatic cell) from the transgenic animal can be isolated and induced to exit the growth cycle and enter G0 phase. The quiescent cell can then be fused, e.g., through the use of electrical pulses, to an enucleated oocyte from an animal of the same species from which the quiescent cell is isolated. The reconstructed oocyte is then cultured such that it develops to morula or blastocyte and then transferred to pseudopregnant female foster animal. The offspring borne of this female foster animal will be a clone of the animal from which the cell (e.g., the somatic cell) is isolated.
Pharmaceutical Compositions
The SERX nucleic acid molecules, SERX proteins, and anti-SERX antibodies (also referred to herein as "active compounds") of the invention, and derivatives, fragments, analogs and homologs thereof, can be incorporated into pharmaceutical compositions suitable for administration. Such compositions typically comprise the nucleic acid molecule, protein, or antibody and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. As used herein, "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" is intended to include any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifiingal agents, isotonic and absoφtion delaying agents, and the like, compatible with pharmaceutical administration. Suitable carriers are described in the most recent edition of Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, a standard reference text in the field, which is incoφorated herein by reference. Preferred examples of such carriers or diluents include, but are not limited to, water, saline, finger's solutions, dextrose solution, and 5%> human serum albumin. Liposomes and non-aqueous vehicles such as fixed oils may also be used. The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active compound, use thereof in the compositions is contemplated. Supplementary active compounds can also be incoφorated into the compositions. The antibodies disclosed herein can also be formulated as immunoliposomes.
Liposomes containing the antibody are prepared by methods known in the art, such as described in Epstein et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 82: 3688 (1985); Hwang et al., Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA, 77: 4030 (1980); and U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,485,045 and 4,544,545. Liposomes with enhanced circulation time are disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,013,556. Particularly useful liposomes can be generated by the reverse-phase evaporation method with a lipid composition comprising phosphatidylcholine, cholesterol, and PEG- derivatized phosphatidylethanolamine (PEG-PE). Liposomes are extruded through filters of defined pore size to yield liposomes with the desired diameter. Fab' fragments of the antibody of the present invention can be conjugated to the liposomes as described in Martin et al ., J. Biol. Chem., 257: 286-288 (1982) via a disulfide-interchange reaction. A chemotherapeutic agent (such as Doxorubicin) is optionally contained within the liposome. See Gabizon et al., J. National Cancer Inst, 81(19): 1484 (1989).
A pharmaceutical composition of the invention is formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration. Examples of routes of administration include parenteral, e.g., intravenous, intradermal, subcutaneous, oral (e.g., inhalation), transdermal (i.e., topical), transmucosal, and rectal administration. Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, or subcutaneous application can include the following components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA); buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates, and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. The pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide. The parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic. Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion. For intravenous administration, suitable carriers include physiological saline, bacteriostatic water, Cremophor EL (BASF, Parsippany, NJ.) or phosphate buffered saline (PBS). In all cases, the composition must be sterile and should be fluid to the extent that easy syringeability exists. It must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi. The carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof. The proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants. Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like. In many cases, it will be preferable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as manitol, sorbitol, sodium chloride in the composition. Prolonged absoφtion of the injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absoφtion, for example, aluminum mono stearate and gelatin.
Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incoφorating the active compound (e.g., a SERX protein or anti-SERX antibody) in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization. Generally, dispersions are prepared by incoφorating the active compound into a sterile vehicle that contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above. In the case of sterile powders for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions, methods of preparation are vacuum drying and freeze-drying that yields a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
Oral compositions generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier. They can be enclosed in gelatin capsules or compressed into tablets. For the puφose of oral therapeutic administration, the active compound can be incoφorated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, troches, or capsules. Oral compositions can also be prepared using a fluid carrier for use as a mouthwash, wherein the compound in the fluid carrier is applied orally and swished and expectorated or swallowed. Pharmaceutically compatible binding agents, and/or adjuvant materials can be included as part of the composition. The tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can contain any of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring.
For administration by inhalation, the compounds are delivered in the form of an aerosol spray from pressured container or dispenser which contains a suitable propellant, e.g., a gas such as carbon dioxide, or a nebulizer.
Systemic administration can also be by transmucosal or transdermal means. For transmucosal or transdermal administration, penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally known in the art, and include, for example, for transmucosal administration, detergents, bile salts, and fusidic acid derivatives. Transmucosal administration can be accomplished through the use of nasal sprays or suppositories. For transdermal administration, the active compounds are formulated into ointments, salves, gels, or creams as generally known in the art.
The compounds can also be prepared in the form of suppositories (e.g., with conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter and other glycerides) or retention enemas for rectal delivery.
In one embodiment, the active compounds are prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems. Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art. The materials can also be obtained commercially from Alza Coφoration and Nova Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Liposomal suspensions (including liposomes targeted to infected cells with monoclonal antibodies to viral antigens) can also be used as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These can be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as described in U.S. Patent No. 4,522,811.
It is especially advantageous to formulate oral or parenteral compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. Dosage unit form as used herein refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subject to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier. The specification for the dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by and directly dependent on the unique characteristics of the active compound and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active compound for the treatment of individuals.
The nucleic acid molecules of the invention can be inserted into vectors and used as gene therapy vectors. Gene therapy vectors can be delivered to a subject by, for example, intravenous injection, local administration (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,328,470) or by stereotactic injection (see, e.g., Chen, et al, 1994. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91 : 3054-3057). The pharmaceutical preparation of the gene therapy vector can include the gene therapy vector in an acceptable diluent, or can comprise a slow release matrix in which the gene delivery vehicle is imbedded. Alternatively, where the complete gene delivery vector can be produced intact from recombinant cells, e.g., retroviral vectors, the pharmaceutical preparation can include one or more cells that produce the gene delivery system.
Antibodies specifically binding a protein of the invention, as well as other molecules identified by the screening assays disclosed herein, can be administered for the treatment of various disorders in the form of pharmaceutical compositions. Principles and considerations involved in preparing such compositions, as well as guidance in the choice of components are provided, for example, in Remington : The Science And Practice Of Pharmacy 19th ed. (Alfonso R. Gennaro, et al., editors) Mack Pub. Co., Easton, Pa. : 1995; Drug Absoφtion Enhancement : Concepts, Possibilities, Limitations, And Trends, Harwood Academic Publishers, Langhorne, Pa., 1994; and Peptide And Protein Drug Delivery (Advances In Parenteral Sciences, Vol. 4), 1991, M. Dekker, New York. If the antigenic protein is intracellular and whole antibodies are used as inhibitors, internalizing antibodies are preferred. However, liposomes can also be used to deliver the antibody, or an antibody fragment, into cells. Where antibody fragments are used, the smallest inhibitory fragment that specifically binds to the binding domain of the target protein is preferred. For example, based upon the variable-region sequences of an antibody, peptide molecules can be designed that retain the ability to bind the target protein sequence. Such peptides can be synthesized chemically and/or produced by recombinant DNA technology. See, e.g., Marasco et al, 1993 Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 90: 7889-7893. The formulation herein can also contain more than one active compound as necessary for the particular indication being treated, preferably those with complementary activities that do not adversely affect each other. Alternatively, or in addition, the composition can comprise an agent that enhances its function, such as, for example, a cytotoxic agent, cytokine, chemotherapeutic agent, or growth-inhibitory agent. Such molecules are suitably present in combination in amounts that are effective for the puφose intended. The active ingredients can also be entrapped in microcapsules prepared, for example, by coacervation techniques or by interfacial polymerization, for example, hydroxymethylcellulose or gelatin-microcapsules and poly-(methylmethacrylate) microcapsules, respectively, in colloidal drug delivery systems (for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nano-particles, and nanocapsules) or in macroemulsions.
The formulations to be used for in vivo administration must be sterile. This is readily accomplished by filtration through sterile filtration membranes.
Sustained-release preparations can be prepared. Suitable examples of sustained-release preparations include semipermeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers containing the antibody, which matrices are in the form of shaped articles, e.g., films, or microcapsules. Examples of sustained-release matrices include polyesters, hydrogels (for example, poly(2- hydroxyethyl-methacrylate), or poly(vinylalcohol)), polylactides (U.S. Pat. No. 3,773,919), copolymers of L-glutamic acid and ethyl-L-glutamate, non-degradable ethylene-vinyl acetate, degradable lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymers such as the LUPRON DEPOT ™ (injectable microspheres composed of lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymer and leuprolide acetate), and poly-D-(-)-3-hydroxybutyric acid. While polymers such as ethylene-vinyl acetate and lactic acid-glycolic acid enable release of molecules for over 100 days, certain hydrogels release proteins for shorter time periods.
The pharmaceutical compositions can be included in a container, pack, or dispenser together with instructions for administration.
Screening and Detection Methods
The isolated nucleic acid molecules of the invention can be used to express SERX protein (e.g., via a recombinant expression vector in a host cell in gene therapy applications), to detect SERX mRNA (e.g., in a biological sample) or a genetic lesion in a SERX gene, and to modulate SERX activity, as described further, below. In addition, the SERX proteins can be used to screen drugs or compounds that modulate the SERX protein activity or expression as well as to treat disorders characterized by insufficient or excessive production of SERX protein or production of SERX protein forms that have decreased or aberrant activity compared to SERX wild-type protein . In addition, the anti-SERX antibodies of the invention can be used to detect and isolate SERX proteins and modulate SERX activity. For example, SERX activity includes growth and differentiation, antibody production, and tumor growth.
The invention further pertains to novel agents identified by the screening assays described herein and uses thereof for treatments as described, supra.
Screening Assays
The invention provides a method (also referred to herein as a "screening assay") for identifying modulators, i.e., candidate or test compounds or agents (e.g., peptides, peptidomimetics, small molecules or other drugs) that bind to SERX proteins or have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on, e.g., SERX protein expression or SERX protein activity. The invention also includes compounds identified in the screening assays described herein.
In one embodiment, the invention provides assays for screening candidate or test compounds which bind to or modulate the activity of the membrane-bound form of a SERX protein or polypeptide or biologically-active portion thereof. The test compounds of the invention can be obtained using any of the numerous approaches in combinatorial library methods known in the art, including: biological libraries; spatially addressable parallel solid phase or solution phase libraries; synthetic library methods requiring deconvolution; the "one-bead one-compound" library method; and synthetic library methods using affinity chromatography selection. The biological library approach is limited to peptide libraries, while the other four approaches are applicable to peptide, non-peptide oligomer or small molecule libraries of compounds. See, e.g., Lam, 1997 '. Anticancer Drug Design 12: 145.
A "small molecule" as used herein, is meant to refer to a composition that has a molecular weight of less than about 5 kD and most preferably less than about 4 kD. Small molecules can be, e.g., nucleic acids, peptides, polypeptides, peptidomimetics, carbohydrates, lipids or other organic or inorganic molecules. Libraries of chemical and/or biological mixtures, such as fungal, bacterial, or algal extracts, are known in the art and can be screened with any of the assays of the invention.
Examples of methods for the synthesis of molecular libraries can be found in the art, for example in: DeWitt, et al, 1993. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 90: 6909; Erb, et al, 1994. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 91: 11422; Zuckermann, et al, 1994. J. Med. Chem. 37: 2678; Cho, et al, 1993. Science 261: 1303; Carrell, et al, 1994. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl 33: 2059; Carell, et al, 1994. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 33: 2061; and Gallop, et al, 1994. J Med. Chem. 37: 1233. Libraries of compounds may be presented in solution (e.g., Houghten, 1992.
Biotechniques 13: 412-421), or on beads (Lam, 1991. Nature 354: 82-84), on chips (Fodor, 1993. Nature 364: 555-556), bacteria (Ladner, U.S. Patent No. 5,223,409), spores (Ladner, U.S. Patent 5,233,409), plasmids (Cull, et al, 1992. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89: 1865-1869) or on phage (Scott and Smith, 1990. Science 249: 386-390; Devlin, 1990. Science 249: 404-406; Cwirla, et al, 1990. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 87: 6378-6382; Felici, 1991. J Mol. Biol. 222: 301-310; Ladner, U.S. Patent No. 5,233,409.).
In one embodiment, an assay is a cell-based assay in which a cell which expresses a membrane-bound form of SERX protein, or a biologically-active portion thereof, on the cell surface is contacted with a test compound and the ability of the test compound to bind to a SERX protein determined. The cell, for example, can be of mammalian origin or a yeast cell. Determining the ability of the test compound to bind to the SERX protein can be accomplished, for example, by coupling the test compound with a radioisotope or enzymatic label such that binding of the test compound to the SERX protein or biologically-active portion thereof can be determined by detecting the labeled compound in a complex. For example, test compounds can be labeled with 1 51, 35S, 14C, or 3H, either directly or indirectly, and the radioisotope detected by direct counting of radioemission or by scintillation counting. Alternatively, test compounds can be enzymatically-labeled with, for example, horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, or luciferase, and the enzymatic label detected by determination of conversion of an appropriate substrate to product. In one embodiment, the assay comprises contacting a cell which expresses a membrane-bound form of SERX protein, or a biologically-active portion thereof, on the cell surface with a known compound which binds SERX to form an assay mixture, contacting the assay mixture with a test compound, and determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a SERX protein, wherein determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a SERX protein comprises determining the ability of the test compound to preferentially bind to SERX protein or a biologically-active portion thereof as compared to the known compound.
In another embodiment, an assay is a cell-based assay comprising contacting a cell expressing a membrane-bound form of SERX protein, or a biologically-active portion thereof, on the cell surface with a test compound and determining the ability of the test compound to modulate (e.g., stimulate or inhibit) the activity of the SERX protein or biologically-active portion thereof. Determining the ability of the test compound to modulate the activity of SERX or a biologically-active portion thereof can be accomplished, for example, by determining the ability of the SERX protein to bind to or interact with a SERX target molecule. As used herein, a "target molecule" is a molecule with which a SERX protein binds or interacts in nature, for example, a molecule on the surface of a cell which expresses a SERX interacting protein, a molecule on the surface of a second cell, a molecule in the extracellular milieu, a molecule associated with the internal surface of a cell membrane or a cytoplasmic molecule. A SERX target molecule can be a non-SERX molecule or a SERX protein or polypeptide of the invention In one embodiment, a SERX target molecule is a component of a signal transduction pathway that facilitates transduction of an extracellular signal (e.g. a signal generated by binding of a compound to a membrane-bound SERX molecule) through the cell membrane and into the cell. The target, for example, can be a second intercellular protein that has catalytic activity or a protein that facilitates the association of downstream signaling molecules with SERX.
Determining the ability of the SERX protein to bind to or interact with a SERX target molecule can be accomplished by one of the methods described above for determining direct binding. In one embodiment, determining the ability of the SERX protein to bind to or interact with a SERX target molecule can be accomplished by determining the activity of the target molecule. For example, the activity of the target molecule can be determined by detecting induction of a cellular second messenger of the target (i.e. intracellular Ca2+, diacylglycerol, D?3, etc.), detecting catalytic/enzymatic activity of the target an appropriate substrate, detecting the induction of a reporter gene (comprising a SERX-responsive regulatory element operatively linked to a nucleic acid encoding a detectable marker, e.g., luciferase), or detecting a cellular response, for example, cell survival, cellular differentiation, or cell proliferation.
In yet another embodiment, an assay of the invention is a cell-free assay comprising contacting a SERX protein or biologically-active portion thereof with a test compound and determining the ability of the test compound to bind to the SERX protein or biologically- active portion thereof. Binding of the test compound to the SERX protein can be determined either directly or indirectly as described above. In one such embodiment, the assay comprises contacting the SERX protein or biologically-active portion thereof with a known compound which binds SERX to form an assay mixture, contacting the assay mixture with a test compound, and determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a SERX protein, wherein determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a SERX protein comprises determining the ability of the test compound to preferentially bind to SERX or biologically-active portion thereof as compared to the known compound.
In still another embodiment, an assay is a cell-free assay comprising contacting SERX protein or biologically-active portion thereof with a test compound and determining the ability of the test compound to modulate (e.g. stimulate or inhibit) the activity of the SERX protein or biologically-active portion thereof. Determining the ability of the test compound to modulate the activity of SERX can be accomplished, for example, by determining the ability of the SERX protein to bind to a SERX target molecule by one of the methods described above for determining direct binding. In an alternative embodiment, determining the ability of the test compound to modulate the activity of SERX protein can be accomplished by determining the ability of the SERX protein further modulate a SERX target molecule. For example, the catalytic/enzymatic activity of the target molecule on an appropriate substrate can be determined as described above.
In yet another embodiment, the cell-free assay comprises contacting the SERX protein or biologically- active portion thereof with a known compound which binds SERX protein to form an assay mixture, contacting the assay mixture with a test compound, and determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a SERX protein, wherein determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a SERX protein comprises determining the ability of the SERX protein to preferentially bind to or modulate the activity of a SERX target molecule.
The cell-free assays of the invention are amenable to use of both the soluble form or the membrane-bound form of SERX protein. In the case of cell- free assays comprising the membrane-bound form of SERX protein, it may be desirable to utilize a solubilizing agent such that the membrane-bound form of SERX protein is maintained in solution. Examples of such solubilizing agents include non-ionic detergents such as n-octylglucoside, n-dodecylglucoside, n-dodecylmaltoside, octanoyl-N-methylglucamide, decanoyl-N-methylglucamide, Triton® X-100, Triton® X-114, Thesit®, Isotridecyρoly(ethylene glycol ether)n, N-dodecyl~N,N-dimethyl-3-ammonio-l -propane sulfonate, 3-(3-cholamidopropyl) dimethylamminiol-1 -propane sulfonate (CHAPS), or 3-(3-cholamidopropyl)dimethylamminiol-2-hydroxy-l-propane sulfonate (CHAPSO).
In more than one embodiment of the above assay methods of the invention, it may be desirable to immobilize either SERX protein or its target molecule to facilitate separation of complexed from uncomplexed forms of one or both of the proteins, as well as to accommodate automation of the assay. Binding of a test compound to SERX protein, or interaction of SERX protein with a target molecule in the presence and absence of a candidate compound, can be accomplished in any vessel suitable for containing the reactants. Examples of such vessels include microtiter plates, test tubes, and micro-centrifuge tubes. In one embodiment, a fusion protein can be provided that adds a domain that allows one or both of the proteins to be bound to a matrix. For example, GST-SERX fusion proteins or GST-target fusion proteins can be adsorbed onto glutathione sepharose beads (Sigma Chemical, St. Louis, MO) or glutathione derivatized microtiter plates, that are then combined with the test compound or the test compound and either the non-adsorbed target protein or SERX protein, and the mixture is incubated under conditions conducive to complex formation (e.g., at physiological conditions for salt and pH). Following incubation, the beads or microtiter plate wells are washed to remove any unbound components, the matrix immobilized in the case of beads, complex determined either directly or indirectly, for example, as described, supra. Alternatively, the complexes can be dissociated from the matrix, and the level of SERX protein binding or activity determined using standard techniques.
Other techniques for immobilizing proteins on matrices can also be used in the screening assays of the invention. For example, either the SERX protein or its target molecule can be immobilized utilizing conjugation of biotin and streptavidin. Biotinylated SERX protein or target molecules can be prepared from biotin-NHS (N-hydroxy-succinimide) using techniques well-known within the art (e.g., biotinylation kit, Pierce Chemicals, Rockford, 111.), and immobilized in the wells of streptavidin-coated 96 well plates (Pierce Chemical). Alternatively, antibodies reactive with SERX protein or target molecules, but which do not interfere with binding of the SERX protein to its target molecule, can be derivatized to the wells of the plate, and unbound target or SERX protein trapped in the wells by antibody conjugation. Methods for detecting such complexes, in addition to those described above for the GST-immobilized complexes, include immunodetection of complexes using antibodies reactive with the SERX protein or target molecule, as well as enzyme-linked assays that rely on detecting an enzymatic activity associated with the SERX protein or target molecule.
In another embodiment, modulators of SERX protein expression are identified in a method wherein a cell is contacted with a candidate compound and the expression of SERX mRNA or protein in the cell is determined. The level of expression of SERX mRNA or protein in the presence of the candidate compound is compared to the level of expression of SERX mRNA or protein in the absence of the candidate compound. The candidate compound can then be identified as a modulator of SERX mRNA or protein expression based upon this comparison. For example, when expression of SERX mRNA or protein is greater (i.e., statistically significantly greater) in the presence of the candidate compound than in its absence, the candidate compound is identified as a stimulator of SERX mRNA or protein expression. Alternatively, when expression of SERX mRNA or protein is less (statistically significantly less) in the presence of the candidate compound than in its absence, the candidate compound is identified as an inhibitor of SERX mRNA or protein expression. The level of SERX mRNA or protein expression in the cells can be determined by methods described herein for detecting SERX mRNA or protein.
In yet another aspect of the invention, the SERX proteins can be used as "bait proteins" in a two-hybrid assay or three hybrid assay (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,283,317; Zervos, et al, 1993. Cell 72: 223-232; Madura, et al, 1993. J. Biol. Chem. 268: 12046-12054; Barrel, et al, 1993. Biotechniques 14: 920-924; Iwabuchi, et al, 1993. Oncogene 8: 1693-1696; and Brent WO 94/10300), to identify other proteins that bind to or interact with SERX ("SERX-binding proteins" or "SERX-bp") and modulate SERX activity. Such SERX-binding proteins are also likely to be involved in the propagation of signals by the SERX proteins as, for example, upstream or downstream elements of the SERX pathway.
The two-hybrid system is based on the modular nature of most transcription factors, which consist of separable DNA-binding and activation domains. Briefly, the assay utilizes two different DNA constructs. In one construct, the gene that codes for SERX is fused to a gene encoding the DNA binding domain of a known transcription factor (e.g., GAL-4). In the other construct, a DNA sequence, from a library of DNA sequences, that encodes an unidentified protein ("prey" or "sample") is fused to a gene that codes for the activation domain of the known transcription factor. If the "bait" and the "prey" proteins are able to interact, in vivo, forming a SERX-dependent complex, the DNA-binding and activation domains of the transcription factor are brought into close proximity. This proximity allows transcription of a reporter gene (e.g., LacZ) that is operably linked to a transcriptional regulatory site responsive to the transcription factor. Expression of the reporter gene can be detected and cell colonies containing the functional transcription factor can be isolated and used to obtain the cloned gene that encodes the protein which interacts with SERX. The invention further pertains to novel agents identified by the aforementioned screening assays and uses thereof for treatments as described herein.
Detection Assays
Portions or fragments of the cDNA sequences identified herein (and the corresponding complete gene sequences) can be used in numerous ways as polynucleotide reagents. By way of example, and not of limitation, these sequences can be used to: (0 identify an individual from a minute biological sample (tissue typing); and (ii) aid in forensic identification of a biological sample. Some of these applications are described in the subsections, below.
Tissue Typing
The SERX sequences of the invention can be used to identify individuals from minute biological samples. In this technique, an individual's genomic DNA is digested with one or more restriction enzymes, and probed on a Southern blot to yield unique bands for identification. The sequences of the invention are useful as additional DNA markers for RFLP ("restriction fragment length polymoφhisms," described in U.S. Patent No. 5,272,057).
Furthermore, the sequences of the invention can be used to provide an alternative technique that determines the actual base-by-base DNA sequence of selected portions of an individual's genome. Thus, the SERX sequences described herein can be used to prepare two PCR primers from the 5'- and 3'-termini of the sequences. These primers can then be used to amplify an individual's DNA and subsequently sequence it.
Panels of corresponding DNA sequences from individuals, prepared in this manner, can provide unique individual identifications, as each individual will have a unique set of such DNA sequences due to allelic differences. The sequences of the invention can be used to obtain such identification sequences from individuals and from tissue. The SERX sequences of the invention uniquely represent portions of the human genome. Allelic variation occurs to some degree in the coding regions of these sequences, and to a greater degree in the noncoding regions. It is estimated that allelic variation between individual humans occurs with a frequency of about once per each 500 bases. Much of the allelic variation is due to single nucleotide polymoφhisms (SNPs), which include restriction fragment length polymoφhisms (RFLPs).
Each of the sequences described herein can, to some degree, be used as a standard against which DNA from an individual can be compared for identification puφoses. Because greater numbers of polymoφhisms occur in the noncoding regions, fewer sequences are necessary to differentiate individuals. The noncoding sequences can comfortably provide positive individual identification with a panel of perhaps 10 to 1,000 primers that each yield a noncoding amplified sequence of 100 bases. If predicted coding sequences, such as those in SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17are used, a more appropriate number of primers for positive individual identification would be 500-2,000.
Predictive Medicine
The invention also pertains to the field of predictive medicine in which diagnostic assays, prognostic assays, pharmacogenomics, and monitoring clinical trials are used for prognostic (predictive) puφoses to thereby treat an individual prophylactically. Accordingly, one aspect of the invention relates to diagnostic assays for determining SERX protein and/or nucleic acid expression as well as SERX activity, in the context of a biological sample (e.g., blood, serum, cells, tissue) to thereby determine whether an individual is afflicted with a disease or disorder, or is at risk of developing a disorder, associated with aberrant SERX expression or activity. Disorders associated with aberrant SERX expression of activity include, for example, neurodegenerative, cell proliferative, angiogenic, hematopoietic, immunological, inflammatory, and tumor-related disorders and/or pathologies.
The invention also provides for prognostic (or predictive) assays for determining whether an individual is at risk of developing a disorder associated with SERX protein, nucleic acid expression or activity. For example, mutations in a SERX gene can be assayed in a biological sample. Such assays can be used for prognostic or predictive puφose to thereby prophylactically treat an individual prior to the onset of a disorder characterized by or associated with SERX protein, nucleic acid expression, or biological activity. Another aspect of the invention provides methods for determining SERX protein, nucleic acid expression or activity in an individual to thereby select appropriate therapeutic or prophylactic agents for that individual (referred to herein as "pharmacogenomics"). Pharmacogenomics allows for the selection of agents (e.g., drugs) for therapeutic or prophylactic treatment of an individual based on the genotype of the individual (e.g., the genotype of the individual examined to determine the ability of the individual to respond to a particular agent.)
Yet another aspect of the invention pertains to monitoring the influence of agents (e.g., drugs, compounds) on the expression or activity of SERX in clinical trials.
These and other agents are described in further detail in the following sections. Diagnostic Assays
An exemplary method for detecting the presence or absence of SERX in a biological sample involves obtaining a biological sample from a test subject and contacting the biological sample with a compound or an agent capable of detecting SERX protein or nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA, genomic DNA) that encodes SERX protein such that the presence of SERX is detected in the biological sample. An agent for detecting SERX mRNA or genomic DNA is a labeled nucleic acid probe capable of hybridizing to SERX mRNA or genomic DNA. The nucleic acid probe can be, for example, a full-length SERX nucleic acid, such as the nucleic acid of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17, or a portion thereof, such as an oligonucleotide of at least 15, 30, 50, 100, 250 or 500 nucleotides in length and sufficient to specifically hybridize under stringent conditions to SERX mRNA or genomic DNA. Other suitable probes for use in the diagnostic assays of the invention are described herein.
One agent for detecting SERX protein is an antibody capable of binding to SERX protein, preferably an antibody with a detectable label. Antibodies directed against a protein of the invention may be used in methods known within the art relating to the localization and/or quantitation of the protein (e.g., for use in measuring levels of the protein within appropriate physiological samples, for use in diagnostic methods, for use in imaging the protein, and the like). In a given embodiment, antibodies against the proteins, or derivatives, fragments, analogs or homologs thereof, that contain the antigen binding domain, are utilized as pharmacologically-active compounds.
An antibody specific for a protein of the invention can be used to isolate the protein by standard techniques, such as immunoaffinity chromatography or immunoprecipitation. Such an antibody can facilitate the purification of the natural protein antigen from cells and of recombinantly produced antigen expressed in host cells. Moreover, such an antibody can be used to detect the antigenic protein (e.g., in a cellular lysate or cell supernatant) in order to evaluate the abundance and pattern of expression of the antigenic protein. Antibodies directed against the protein can be used diagnostically to monitor protein levels in tissue as part of a clinical testing procedure, e.g., to, for example, determine the efficacy of a given treatment regimen. Detection can be facilitated by coupling (i.e., physically linking) the antibody to a detectable substance. Examples of detectable substances include various enzymes, prosthetic groups, fluorescent materials, luminescent materials, bioluminescent materials, and radioactive materials. Examples of suitable enzymes include horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, -galactosidase, or acetylcholinesterase; examples of suitable prosthetic group complexes include streptavidin/biotin and avidin/biotin; examples of suitable fluorescent materials include umbelliferone, fluorescein, fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, dichlorotriazinylamine fluorescein, dansyl chloride or phycoerythrin; an example of a luminescent material includes luminol; examples of bioluminescent materials include luciferase, luciferin, and aequorin, and examples of suitable radioactive material include 125I, 13,1, 35S or 3H.
Antibodies can be polyclonal, or more preferably, monoclonal. An intact antibody, or a fragment thereof (e.g., Fab or F(ab')2) can be used. The term "labeled", with regard to the probe or antibody, is intended to encompass direct labeling of the probe or antibody by coupling (i.e., physically linking) a detectable substance to the probe or antibody, as well as indirect labeling of the probe or antibody by reactivity with another reagent that is directly labeled. Examples of indirect labeling include detection of a primary antibody using a fluorescently-labeled secondary antibody and end-labeling of a DNA probe with biotin such that it can be detected with fluorescently-labeled streptavidin. The term "biological sample" is intended to include tissues, cells and biological fluids isolated from a subject, as well as tissues, cells and fluids present within a subject. That is, the detection method of the invention can be used to detect SERX mRNA, protein, or genomic DNA in a biological sample in vitro as well as in vivo. For example, in vitro techniques for detection of SERX mRNA include
Northern hybridizations and in situ hybridizations. In vitro techniques for detection of SERX protein include enzyme linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs), Western blots, immunoprecipitations, and imniunofluorescence. In vitro techniques for detection of SERX genomic DNA include Southern hybridizations. Furthermore, in vivo techniques for detection of SERX protein include introducing into a subject a labeled anti-SERX antibody. For example, the antibody can be labeled with a radioactive marker whose presence and location in a subject can be detected by standard imaging techniques.
In one embodiment, the biological sample contains protein molecules from the test subject. Alternatively, the biological sample can contain mRNA molecules from the test subject or genomic DNA molecules from the test subject. A preferred biological sample is a peripheral blood leukocyte sample isolated by conventional means from a subject. In one embodiment, the methods further involve obtaining a control biological sample from a control subject, contacting the control sample with a compound or agent capable of detecting SERX protein, mRNA, or genomic DNA, such that the presence of SERX protein, mRNA or genomic DNA is detected in the biological sample, and comparing the presence of SERX protein, mRNA or genomic DNA in the control sample with the presence of SERX protein, mRNA or genomic DNA in the test sample.
The invention also encompasses kits for detecting the presence of SERX in a biological sample. For example, the kit can comprise: a labeled compound or agent capable of detecting SERX protein or mRNA in a biological sample; means for determining the amount of SERX in the sample; and means for comparing the amount of SERX in the sample with a standard. The compound or agent can be packaged in a suitable container. The kit can further comprise instructions for using the kit to detect SERX protein or nucleic acid.
Prognostic Assays
The diagnostic methods described herein can furthermore be utilized to identify subjects having or at risk of developing a disease or disorder associated with aberrant SERX expression or activity. For example, the assays described herein, such as the preceding diagnostic assays or the following assays, can be utilized to identify a subject having or at risk of developing a disorder associated with SERX protein, nucleic acid expression or activity. Such disorders include for example, neurodegenerative, cell proliferative, angiogenic, hematopoietic, immunological, inflammatory, and tumor-related disorders and/or pathologies.
Alternatively, the prognostic assays can be utilized to identify a subject having or at risk for developing a disease or disorder. Thus, the invention provides a method for identifying a disease or disorder associated with aberrant SERX expression or activity in which a test sample is obtained from a subject and SERX protein or nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA, genomic DNA) is detected, wherein the presence of SERX protein or nucleic acid is diagnostic for a subject having or at risk of developing a disease or disorder associated with aberrant SERX expression or activity. As used herein, a "test sample" refers to a biological sample obtained from a subject of interest. For example, a test sample can be a biological fluid (e.g., serum), cell sample, or tissue. Furthermore, the prognostic assays described herein can be used to determine whether a subject can be administered an agent (e.g., an agonist, antagonist, peptidomimetic, protein, peptide, nucleic acid, small molecule, or other drug candidate) to treat a disease or disorder associated with aberrant SERX expression or activity. For example, such methods can be used to determine whether a subject can be effectively treated with an agent for a disorder. Thus, the invention provides methods for determining whether a subject can be effectively treated with an agent for a disorder associated with aberrant SERX expression or activity in which a test sample is obtained and SERX protein or nucleic acid is detected (e.g., wherein the presence of SERX protein or nucleic acid is diagnostic for a subject that can be administered the agent to treat a disorder associated with aberrant SERX expression or activity).
The methods of the invention can also be used to detect genetic lesions in a SERX gene, thereby determining if a subject with the lesioned gene is at risk for a disorder characterized by aberrant cell proliferation and/or differentiation. In various embodiments, the methods include detecting, in a sample of cells from the subject, the presence or absence of a genetic lesion characterized by at least one of an alteration affecting the integrity of a gene encoding a SERX-protein, or the misexpression of the SERX gene. For example, such genetic lesions can be detected by ascertaining the existence of at least one of: (i) a deletion of one or more nucleotides from a SERX gene; (ii) an addition of one or more nucleotides to a SERX gene; (iii) a substitution of one or more nucleotides of a SERX gene, (iv) a chromosomal rearrangement of a SERX gene; (v) an alteration in the level of a messenger RNA transcript of a SERX gene, (vi) aberrant modification of a SERX gene, such as of the methylation pattern of the genomic DNA, (vii) the presence of a non-wild-type splicing pattern of a messenger RNA transcript of a SERX gene, (viii) a non- wild-type level of a SERX protein, (ix) allelic loss of a SERX gene, and (x) inappropriate post-translational modification of a SERX protein. As described herein, there are a large number of assay techniques known in the art which can be used for detecting lesions in a SERX gene. A preferred biological sample is a peripheral blood leukocyte sample isolated by conventional means from a subject. However, any biological sample containing nucleated cells may be used, including, for example, buccal mucosal cells.
In certain embodiments, detection of the lesion involves the use of a probe/primer in a polymerase chain reaction (PCR) (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 4,683,195 and 4,683,202), such as anchor PCR or RACE PCR, or, alternatively, in a ligation chain reaction (LCR) (see, e.g., Landegran, et al, 1988. Science 241 : 1077-1080; and Nakazawa, et al, 1994. Proc. Natl.
Acad. Sci. USA 91 : 360-364), the latter of which can be particularly useful for detecting point mutations in the SERX-gene (see, Abravaya, et al, 1995. Nucl. Acids Res. 23: 675-682). This method can include the steps of collecting a sample of cells from a patient, isolating nucleic acid (e.g., genomic, mRNA or both) from the cells of the sample, contacting the nucleic acid sample with one or more primers that specifically hybridize to a SERX gene under conditions such that hybridization and amplification of the SERX gene (if present) occurs, and detecting the presence or absence of an amplification product, or detecting the size of the amplification product and comparing the length to a control sample. It is anticipated that PCR and/or LCR may be desirable to use as a preliminary amplification step in conjunction with any of the techniques used for detecting mutations described herein.
Alternative amplification methods include: self sustained sequence replication (see, Guatelli, et al, 1990. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 87: 1874-1878), transcriptional amplification system (see, Kwoh, et al, 1989. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86: 1173-1177); Qβ Replicase (see, Lizardi, et al, 1988. BioTechnology 6: 1197), or any other nucleic acid amplification method, followed by the detection of the amplified molecules using techniques well known to those of skill in the art. These detection schemes are especially useful for the detection of nucleic acid molecules if such molecules are present in very low numbers.
In an alternative embodiment, mutations in a SERX gene from a sample cell can be identified by alterations in restriction enzyme cleavage patterns. For example, sample and control DNA is isolated, amplified (optionally), digested with one or more restriction endonucleases, and fragment length sizes are determined by gel electrophoresis and compared. Differences in fragment length sizes between sample and control DNA indicates mutations in the sample DNA. Moreover, the use of sequence specific ribozymes (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,493,531) can be used to score for the presence of specific mutations by development or loss of a ribozyme cleavage site.
In other embodiments, genetic mutations in SERX can be identified by hybridizing a sample and control nucleic acids, e.g., DNA or RNA, to high-density arrays containing hundreds or thousands of oligonucleotides probes. See, e.g., Cronin, et al, 1996. Human Mutation 1: 244-255; Kozal, et al, 1996. Nat. Med. 2: 753-759. For example, genetic mutations in SERX can be identified in two dimensional arrays containing light-generated DNA probes as described in Cronin, et al, supra. Briefly, a first hybridization array of probes can be used to scan through long stretches of DNA in a sample and control to identify base changes between the sequences by making linear arrays of sequential overlapping probes. This step allows the identification of point mutations. This is followed by a second hybridization array that allows the characterization of specific mutations by using smaller, specialized probe arrays complementary to all variants or mutations detected. Each mutation array is composed of parallel probe sets, one complementary to the wild-type gene and the other complementary to the mutant gene.
In yet another embodiment, any of a variety of sequencing reactions known in the art can be used to directly sequence the SERX gene and detect mutations by comparing the sequence of the sample SERX with the corresponding wild-type (control) sequence. Examples of sequencing reactions include those based on techniques developed by Maxim and Gilbert, 1977. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 74: 560 or Sanger, 1977. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 74: 5463. It is also contemplated that any of a variety of automated sequencing procedures can be utilized when performing the diagnostic assays (see, e.g., Naeve, et al, 1995. Biotechniques 19: 448), including sequencing by mass spectrometry (see, e.g., PCT International Publication No. WO 94/16101; Cohen, et al, 1996. Adv. Chromatography 36: 127-162; and Griffin, et al, 1993. Appl Biochem. Biotechnol. 38: 147-159).
Other methods for detecting mutations in the SERX gene include methods in which protection from cleavage agents is used to detect mismatched bases in RNA/RNA or
RNA/DNA heteroduplexes. See, e.g., Myers, et al, 1985. Science 230: 1242. In general, the art technique of "mismatch cleavage" starts by providing heteroduplexes of formed by hybridizing (labeled) RNA or DNA containing the wild-type SERX sequence with potentially mutant RNA or DNA obtained from a tissue sample. The double-stranded duplexes are treated with an agent that cleaves single-stranded regions of the duplex such as which will exist due to basepair mismatches between the control and sample strands. For instance, RNA/DNA duplexes can be treated with RNase and DNA/DNA hybrids treated with S, nuclease to enzymatically digesting the mismatched regions. In other embodiments, either DNA DNA or RNA/DNA duplexes can be treated with hydroxylamine or osmium tetroxide and with piperidine in order to digest mismatched regions. After digestion of the mismatched regions, the resulting material is then separated by size on denaturing polyacrylamide gels to determine the site of mutation. See, e.g., Cotton, et al, 1988. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85: 4397; Saleeba, et al, 1992. Methods Enzymol. 217: 286-295. In an embodiment, the control DNA or RNA can be labeled for detection.
In still another embodiment, the mismatch cleavage reaction employs one or more proteins that recognize mismatched base pairs in double-stranded DNA (so called "DNA mismatch repair" enzymes) in defined systems for detecting and mapping point mutations in SERX cDNAs obtained from samples of cells. For example, the mutY enzyme of E. coli cleaves A at G/A mismatches and the thymidine DNA glycosylase from HeLa cells cleaves T at G/T mismatches. See, e.g., Hsu, et al, 1994. Carcinogenesis 15: 1657-1662. According to an exemplary embodiment, a probe based on a SERX sequence, e.g., a wild-type SERX sequence, is hybridized to a cDNA or other DNA product from a test cell(s). The duplex is treated with a DNA mismatch repair enzyme, and the cleavage products, if any, can be detected from electrophoresis protocols or the like. See, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,459,039.
In other embodiments, alterations in electrophoretic mobility will be used to identify mutations in SERX genes. For example, single strand conformation polymoφhism (SSCP) may be used to detect differences in electrophoretic mobility between mutant and wild type nucleic acids. See, e.g., Orita, et al, 1989. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA: 86: 2766; Cotton, 1993. Mutat. Res. 285: 125-144; Hayashi, 1992. Genet. Anal Tech. Appl 9: 73-79. Single-stranded DNA fragments of sample and control SERX nucleic acids will be denatured and allowed to renature. The secondary structure of single-stranded nucleic acids varies according to sequence, the resulting alteration in electrophoretic mobility enables the detection of even a single base change. The DNA fragments may be labeled or detected with labeled probes. The sensitivity of the assay may be enhanced by using RNA (rather than DNA), in which the secondary structure is more sensitive to a change in sequence. In one embodiment, the subject method utilizes heteroduplex analysis to separate double stranded heteroduplex molecules on the basis of changes in electrophoretic mobility. See, e.g., Keen, et al, 1991. Trends Genet. 7: 5.
In yet another embodiment, the movement of mutant or wild-type fragments in polyacrylamide gels containing a gradient of denaturant is assayed using denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis (DGGE). See, e.g., Myers, et al, 1985. Nature 313: 495. When DGGE is used as the method of analysis, DNA will be modified to insure that it does not completely denature, for example by adding a GC clamp of approximately 40 bp of high-melting GC-rich DNA by PCR. In a further embodiment, a temperature gradient is used in place of a denaturing gradient to identify differences in the mobility of control and sample DNA. See, e.g., Rosenbaum and Reissner, 1987 '. Biophys. Chem. 265: 12753. Examples of other techniques for detecting point mutations include, but are not limited to, selective oligonucleotide hybridization, selective amplification, or selective primer extension. For example, oligonucleotide primers may be prepared in which the known mutation is placed centrally and then hybridized to target DNA under conditions that permit hybridization only if a perfect match is found. See, e.g., Saiki, et al, 1986. Nature 324: 163; Saiki, et al, 1989. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86: 6230. Such allele specific oligonucleotides are hybridized to PCR amplified target DNA or a number of different mutations when the oligonucleotides are attached to the hybridizing membrane and hybridized with labeled target DNA.
Alternatively, allele specific amplification technology that depends on selective PCR amplification may be used in conjunction with the instant invention. Oligonucleotides used as primers for specific amplification may carry the mutation of interest in the center of the molecule (so that amplification depends on differential hybridization; see, e.g., Gibbs, et al, 1989. Nucl. Acids Res. 17: 2437-2448) or at the extreme 3'-terminus of one primer where, under appropriate conditions, mismatch can prevent, or reduce polymerase extension (see, e.g., Prossner, 1993. Tibtech. 11 : 238). In addition it may be desirable to introduce a novel restriction site in the region of the mutation to create cleavage-based detection. See, e.g., Gasparini, et al, 1992. Mol. Cell Probes 6: 1. It is anticipated that in certain embodiments amplification may also be performed using Taq ligase for amplification. See, e.g., Barany, 1991. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88: 189. In such cases, ligation will occur only if there is a perfect match at the 3'-terminus of the 5' sequence, making it possible to detect the presence of a known mutation at a specific site by looking for the presence or absence of amplification.
The methods described herein may be performed, for example, by utilizing pre-packaged diagnostic kits comprising at least one probe nucleic acid or antibody reagent described herein, which may be conveniently used, e.g., in clinical settings to diagnose patients exhibiting symptoms or family history of a disease or illness involving a SERX gene. Furthermore, any cell type or tissue, preferably peripheral blood leukocytes, in which SERX is expressed may be utilized in the prognostic assays described herein. However, any biological sample containing nucleated cells may be used, including, for example, buccal mucosal cells.
Pharmacogenomics
Agents, or modulators that have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on SERX activity (e.g., SERX gene expression), as identified by a screening assay described herein can be administered to individuals to treat (prophylactically or therapeutically) disorders (e.g., neurodegenerative, cell proliferative, angiogenic, hematopoietic, immunological, inflammatory, and tumor-related disorders and/or pathologies). In conjunction with such treatment, the pharmacogenomics (i.e., the study of the relationship between an individual's genotype and that individual's response to a foreign compound or drug) of the individual may be considered. Differences in metabolism of therapeutics can lead to severe toxicity or therapeutic failure by altering the relation between dose and blood concentration of the pharmacologically active drug. Thus, the pharmacogenomics of the individual permits the selection of effective agents (e.g., drugs) for prophylactic or therapeutic treatments based on a consideration of the individual's genotype. Such pharmacogenomics can further be used to determine appropriate dosages and therapeutic regimens. Accordingly, the activity of SERX protein, expression of SERX nucleic acid, or mutation content of SERX genes in an individual can be determined to thereby select appropriate agent(s) for therapeutic or prophylactic treatment of the individual.
Pharmacogenomics deals with clinically significant hereditary variations in the response to drugs due to altered drug disposition and abnormal action in affected persons. See e.g., Eichelbaum, 1996. Clin. Exp. Pharmacol. Physiol, 23: 983-985; Linder, 1997. Clin. Chem., 43: 254-266. In general, two types of pharmacogenetic conditions can be differentiated. Genetic conditions transmitted as a single factor altering the way drugs act on the body (altered drug action) or genetic conditions transmitted as single factors altering the way the body acts on drugs (altered drug metabolism). These pharmacogenetic conditions can occur either as rare defects or as polymoφhisms. For example, glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase (G6PD) deficiency is a common inherited enzymopathy in which the main clinical complication is hemo lysis after ingestion of oxidant drugs (anti-malarials, sulfonamides, analgesics, nitrofurans) and consumption of fava beans.
As an illustrative embodiment, the activity of drug metabolizing enzymes is a major determinant of both the intensity and duration of drug action. The discovery of genetic polymoφhisms of drug metabolizing enzymes (e.g., N-acetyltransferase 2 (NAT 2) and cytochrome P450 enzymes CYP2D6 and CYP2C19) has provided an explanation as to why some patients do not obtain the expected drug effects or show exaggerated drug response and serious toxicity after taking the standard and safe dose of a drug. These polymoφhisms are expressed in two phenotypes in the population, the extensive metabolizer (EM) and poor metabolizer (PM). The prevalence of PM is different among different populations. For example, the gene coding for CYP2D6 is highly polymoφhic and several mutations have been identified in PM, which all lead to the absence of functional CYP2D6. Poor metabolizers of CYP2D6 and CYP2C19 quite frequently experience exaggerated drug response and side effects when they receive standard doses. If a metabolite is the active therapeutic moiety, PM show no therapeutic response, as demonstrated for the analgesic effect of codeine mediated by its CYP2D6-formed metabolite moφhine. At the other extreme are the so called ultra-rapid metabolizers who do not respond to standard doses. Recently, the molecular basis of ultra-rapid metabolism has been identified to be due to CYP2D6 gene amplification.
Thus, the activity of SERX protein, expression of SERX nucleic acid, or mutation content of SERX genes in an individual can be determined to thereby select appropriate agent(s) for therapeutic or prophylactic treatment of the individual. In addition, pharmacogenetic studies can be used to apply geno typing of polymoφhic alleles encoding drug-metabolizing enzymes to the identification of an individual's drug responsiveness phenotype. This knowledge, when applied to dosing or drug selection, can avoid adverse reactions or therapeutic failure and thus enhance therapeutic or prophylactic efficiency when treating a subject with a SERX modulator, such as a modulator identified by one of the exemplary screening assays described herein.
Monitoring of Effects During Clinical Trials
Monitoring the influence of agents (e.g., drugs, compounds) on the expression or activity of SERX (e.g., the ability to modulate aberrant cell proliferation) can be applied not only in basic drug screening, but also in clinical trials. For example, the effectiveness of an agent determined by a screening assay as described herein to increase SERX gene expression, protein levels, or upregulate SERX activity, can be monitored in clinical trails of subjects exhibiting decreased SERX gene expression, protein levels, or downregulated SERX activity. Alternatively, the effectiveness of an agent determined by a screening assay to decrease SERX gene expression, protein levels, or downregulate SERX activity, can be monitored in clinical trails of subjects exhibiting increased SERX gene expression, protein levels, or upregulated SERX activity. In such clinical trials, the expression or activity of SERX and, preferably, other genes that have been implicated in, for example, a cellular proliferation or immune disorder can be used as a "read out" or markers of the immune responsiveness of a particular cell.
By way of example, and not of limitation, genes, including SERX, that are modulated in cells by treatment with an agent (e.g., compound, drug or small molecule) that modulates SERX activity (e.g., identified in a screening assay as described herein) can be identified. Thus, to study the effect of agents on cellular proliferation disorders, for example, in a clinical trial, cells can be isolated and RNA prepared and analyzed for the levels of expression of
SERX and other genes implicated in the disorder. The levels of gene expression (i.e., a gene expression pattern) can be quantified by Northern blot analysis or RT-PCR, as described herein, or alternatively by measuring the amount of protein produced, by one of the methods as described herein, or by measuring the levels of activity of SERX or other genes. In this manner, the gene expression pattern can serve as a marker, indicative of the physiological response of the cells to the agent. Accordingly, this response state may be determined before, and at various points during, treatment of the individual with the agent.
In one embodiment, the invention provides a method for monitoring the effectiveness of treatment of a subject with an agent (e.g., an agonist, antagonist, protein, peptide, peptidomimetic, nucleic acid, small molecule, or other drug candidate identified by the screening assays described herein) comprising the steps of ( ) obtaining a pre-administration sample from a subject prior to administration of the agent; (ii) detecting the level of expression of a SERX protein, mRNA, or genomic DNA in the preadministration sample; (Hi) obtaining one or more post-administration samples from the subject; (iv) detecting the level of expression or activity of the SERX protein, mRNA, or genomic DNA in the post-administration samples; (v) comparing the level of expression or activity of the SERX protein, mRNA, or genomic DNA in the pre-administration sample with the SERX protein, mRNA, or genomic DNA in the post administration sample or samples; and (vi) altering the administration of the agent to the subject accordingly. For example, increased administration of the agent may be desirable to increase the expression or activity of SERX to higher levels than detected, i.e., to increase the effectiveness of the agent. Alternatively, decreased administration of the agent may be desirable to decrease expression or activity of SERX to lower levels than detected, i.e., to decrease the effectiveness of the agent.
Methods of Treatment
The invention provides for both prophylactic and therapeutic methods of treating a subject at risk of (or susceptible to) a disorder or having a disorder associated with aberrant SERX expression or activity. For example, disorders associated with aberrant SERl -4 expression of activity include a cell cycl or hyper- or hypo-proliferative disorder, e.g., breast or testicular cancer, a cardiovascular defect, e.g., DGS or VCFS and fertility or reproductive related disorders, autoimmune diseases, asthma, emphysema, scleroderma and developmental disorders.
Whereas, disorders associated with aberrant SER5-8 expression include, for example,various blood clotting hematopoietic, and tumor-related (e.g., osteosarcoma, hepatoma) disorders and/or pathologies.
Disease and Disorders Diseases and disorders that are characterized by increased (relative to a subject not suffering from the disease or disorder) levels or biological activity may be treated with Therapeutics that antagonize (i.e., reduce or inhibit) activity. Therapeutics that antagonize activity may be administered in a therapeutic or prophylactic manner. Therapeutics that may be utilized include, but are not limited to: ( ) an aforementioned peptide, or analogs, derivatives, fragments or homologs thereof; (ii) antibodies to an aforementioned peptide; (iii) nucleic acids encoding an aforementioned peptide; (iv) administration of antisense nucleic acid and nucleic acids that are "dysfunctional" (i.e., due to a heterologous insertion within the coding sequences of coding sequences to an aforementioned peptide) that are utilized to "knockout" endogenous function of an aforementioned peptide by homologous recombination (see, e.g., Capecchi, 1989. Science 244: 1288-1292); or (v) modulators ( i.e., inhibitors, agonists and antagonists, including additional peptide mimetic of the invention or antibodies specific to a peptide of the invention) that alter the interaction between an aforementioned peptide and its binding partner.
Diseases and disorders that are characterized by decreased (relative to a subject not suffering from the disease or disorder) levels or biological activity may be treated with
Therapeutics that increase (i.e., are agonists to) activity. Therapeutics that upregulate activity may be administered in a therapeutic or prophylactic manner. Therapeutics that may be utilized include, but are not limited to, an aforementioned peptide, or analogs, derivatives, fragments or homologs thereof; or an agonist that increases bioavailability. Increased or decreased levels can be readily detected by quantifying peptide and/or
RNA, by obtaining a patient tissue sample (e.g., from biopsy tissue) and assaying it in vitro for RNA or peptide levels, structure and/or activity of the expressed peptides (or mRNAs of an aforementioned peptide). Methods that are well-known within the art include, but are not limited to, immunoassays (e.g., by Western blot analysis, immunoprecipitation followed by sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis, immunocytochemistry, etc.) and/or hybridization assays to detect expression of mRNAs (e.g., Northern assays, dot blots, in situ hybridization, and the like).
Prophylactic Methods
In one aspect, the invention provides a method for preventing, in a subject, a disease or condition associated with an aberrant SERX expression or activity, by administering to the subject an agent that modulates SERX expression or at least one SERX activity. Subjects at risk for a disease that is caused or contributed to by aberrant SERX expression or activity can be identified by, for example, any or a combination of diagnostic or prognostic assays as described herein. Administration of a prophylactic agent can occur prior to the manifestation of symptoms characteristic of the SERX aberrancy, such that a disease or disorder is prevented or, alternatively, delayed in its progression. Depending upon the type of SERX aberrancy, for example, a SERX agonist or SERX antagonist agent can be used for treating the subject. The appropriate agent can be determined based on screening assays described herein. The prophylactic methods of the invention are further discussed in the following subsections. Therapeutic Methods
Another aspect of the invention pertains to methods of modulating SERX expression or activity for therapeutic puφoses. The modulatory method of the invention involves contacting a cell with an agent that modulates one or more of the activities of SERX protein activity associated with the cell. An agent that modulates SERX protein activity can be an agent as described herein, such as a nucleic acid or a protein, a naturally-occurring cognate ligand of a SERX protein, a peptide, a SERX peptidomimetic, or other small molecule. In one embodiment, the agent stimulates one or more SERX protein activity. Examples of such stimulatory agents include active SERX protein and a nucleic acid molecule encoding SERX that has been introduced into the cell. In another embodiment, the agent inhibits one or more SERX protein activity. Examples of such inhibitory agents include antisense SERX nucleic acid molecules and anti-SERX antibodies. These modulatory methods can be performed in vitro (e.g., by culturing the cell with the agent) or, alternatively, in vivo (e.g., by administering the agent to a subject). As such, the invention provides methods of treating an individual afflicted with a disease or disorder characterized by aberrant expression or activity of a SERX protein or nucleic acid molecule. In one embodiment, the method involves administering an agent (e.g., an agent identified by a screening assay described herein), or combination of agents that modulates (e.g., up-regulates or down-regulates) SERX expression or activity. In another embodiment, the method involves administering a SERX protein or nucleic acid molecule as therapy to compensate for reduced or aberrant SERX expression or activity.
Stimulation of SERX activity is desirable in situations in which SERX is abnormally downregulated and/or in which increased SERX activity is likely to have a beneficial effect. One example of such a situation is where a subject has a disorder characterized by aberrant cell proliferation and/or differentiation (e.g., cancer or immune associated ). Antibodies of the invention, including polyclonal, monoclonal, humanized and fully human antibodies, may used as therapeutic agents. Such agents will generally be employed to treat or prevent a disease or pathology in a subject. An antibody preparation, preferably one having high specificity and high affinity for its target antigen, is administered to the subject and will generally have an effect due to its binding with the target. Such an effect may be one of two kinds, depending on the specific nature of the interaction between the given antibody molecule and the target antigen in question. In the first instance, administration of the antibody may abrogate or inhibit the binding of the target with an endogenous ligand to which it naturally binds. In this case, the antibody binds to the target and masks a binding site of the naturally occurring ligand, wherein the ligand serves as an effector molecule. Thus the receptor mediates a signal transduction pathway for which ligand is responsible. Alternatively, the effect may be one in which the antibody elicits a physiological result by virtue of binding to an effector binding site on the target molecule. In this case the target, a receptor having an endogenous ligand which may be absent or defective in the disease or pathology, binds the antibody as a surrogate effector ligand, initiating a receptor-based signal transduction event by the receptor. A therapeutically effective amount of an antibody of the invention relates generally to the amount needed to achieve a therapeutic objective. As noted above, this may be a binding interaction between the antibody and its target antigen that, in certain cases, interferes with the functioning of the target, and in other cases, promotes a physiological response. The amount required to be administered will furthermore depend on the binding affinity of the antibody for its specific antigen, and will also depend on the rate at which an administered antibody is depleted from the free volume other subject to which it is administered. Common ranges for therapeutically effective dosing of an antibody or antibody fragment of the invention may be, by way of nonlimiting example, from about 0.1 mg/kg body weight to about 50 mg/kg body weight. Common dosing frequencies may range, for example, from twice daily to once a week.
Determination of the Biological Effect of the Therapeutic
In various embodiments of the invention, suitable in vitro or in vivo assays are performed to determine the effect of a specific Therapeutic and whether its administration is indicated for treatment of the affected tissue. In various specific embodiments, in vitro assays may be performed with representative cells of the type(s) involved in the patient's disorder, to determine if a given Therapeutic exerts the desired effect upon the cell type(s). Compounds for use in therapy may be tested in suitable animal model systems including, but not limited to rats, mice, chicken, cows, monkeys, rabbits, and the like, prior to testing in human subjects. Similarly, for in vivo testing, any of the animal model system known in the art may be used prior to administration to human subjects.
OTHER EMBODIMENTS
While the invention has been described in conjunction with the detailed description thereof, the foregoing description is intended to illustrate and not limit the scope of the invention, which is defined by the scope of the appended claims. Other aspects, advantages, and modifications are within the scope of the following claims.

Claims

What is claimed is:
1. An isolated polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of: a) a mature form of the amino acid sequence given by SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 9, 11, or 15; b) a variant of a mature form of the amino acid sequence given by SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 9, 11, or 15, wherein any amino acid in the mature form is changed to a different amino acid, provided that no more than 15%> of the amino acid residues in the sequence of the mature form are so changed; c) the amino acid sequence given by SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 9, 11, or 15; d) a variant of the amino acid sequence given by SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 9, 11, or 15 wherein any amino acid specified in the chosen sequence is changed to a different amino acid, provided that no more than 15% of the amino acid residues in the sequence are so changed; and e) a fragment of any of a) through d).
2. The polypeptide of claim 1 that is a naturally occurring allelic variant of the sequence given by SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 9, 11, or 15.
3. The polypeptide of claim 2, wherein the variant is the translation of a single nucleotide polymoφhism.
4. The polypeptide of claim 1 that is a variant polypeptide described therein, wherein any amino acid specified in the chosen sequence is changed to provide a conservative substitution.
5. An isolated nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of: a) a mature form of the amino acid sequence given SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 9, 11, or 15; b) a variant of a mature form of the amino acid sequence given by SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 9, 11, or 15 wherein any amino acid in the mature form of the chosen sequence is changed to a different amino acid, provided that no more than 15% of the amino acid residues in the sequence of the mature form are so changed; c) the amino acid sequence given by SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 9, 11, or 15; d) a variant of the amino acid sequence given by SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 9, 11, or 15, in which any amino acid specified in the chosen sequence is changed to a different amino acid, provided that no more than 15% of the amino acid residues in the sequence are so changed; e) a nucleic acid fragment encoding at least a portion of a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence given by SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 9, 11, or 15 or any variant of said polypeptide wherein any amino acid of the chosen sequence is changed to a different amino acid, provided that no more than 10%> of the amino acid residues in the sequence are so changed; and f) the complement of any of said nucleic acid molecules.
6. The nucleic acid molecule of claim 5, wherein the nucleic acid molecule comprises the nucleotide sequence of a naturally occurring allelic nucleic acid variant.
7. The nucleic acid molecule of claim 5 that encodes a variant polypeptide, wherein the variant polypeptide has the polypeptide sequence of a naturally occurring polypeptide variant.
8. The nucleic acid molecule of claim 5, wherein the nucleic acid molecule comprises a single nucleotide polymoφhism encoding said variant polypeptide.
9. The nucleic acid molecule of claim 5, wherein said nucleic acid molecule comprises a nucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of a) the nucleotide sequence given by SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17; b) a nucleotide sequence wherein one or more nucleotides in the nucleotide sequence given by SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17is changed from that given by the chosen sequence to a different nucleotide provided that no more than 15%> of the nucleotides are so changed; c) a nucleic acid fragment of the sequence given by SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17; and d) a nucleic acid fragment wherein one or more nucleotides in the nucleotide sequence given by SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17 is changed from that given by the chosen sequence to a different nucleotide provided that no more than 15%> of the nucleotides are so changed.
10. The nucleic acid molecule of claim 5, wherein said nucleic acid molecule hybridizes under stringent conditions to the nucleotide sequence given by SEQ ID NO1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, or 17, or a complement of said nucleotide sequence.
11. The nucleic acid molecule of claim 5, wherein the nucleic acid molecule comprises a nucleotide sequence in which any nucleotide specified in the coding sequence of the chosen nucleotide sequence is changed from that given by the chosen sequence to a different nucleotide provided that no more than 15%> of the nucleotides in the chosen coding sequence are so changed, an isolated second polynucleotide that is a complement of the first polynucleotide, or a fragment of any of them.
12. A vector comprising the nucleic acid molecule of claim 11.
13. The vector of claim 12, further comprising a promoter operably linked to said nucleic acid molecule.
14. A cell comprising the vector of claim 12.
15. An antibody that binds immunospecifically to the polypeptide of claim 1.
16. The antibody of claim 15, wherein said antibody is a monoclonal antibody.
17. The antibody of claim 15, wherein the antibody is a humanized antibody.
18. A method for determining the presence or amount of the polypeptide of claim 1 in a sample, the method comprising:
(a) providing said sample;
(b) introducing said sample to an antibody that binds immunospecifically to the polypeptide; and
(c) determining the presence or amount of antibody bound to said polypeptide, thereby determining the presence or amount of polypeptide in said sample.
19. A method for determining the presence or amount of the nucleic acid molecule of claim 5 in a sample, the method comprising:
(a) providing said sample;
(b) introducing said sample to a probe that binds to said nucleic acid molecule; and
(c) determining the presence or amount of said probe bound to said nucleic acid molecule, thereby determining the presence or amount of the nucleic acid molecule in said sample.
20. A method of identifying an agent that binds to the polypeptide of claim 1, the method comprising:
(a) introducing said polypeptide to said agent; and
(b) determining whether said agent binds to said polypeptide.
21. A method for identifying a potential therapeutic agent for use in treatment of a pathology, wherein the pathology is related to aberrant expression or aberrant physiological interactions of the polypeptide of claim 1, the method comprising:
(a) providing a cell expressing the polypeptide of claim 1 and having a property or function ascribable to the polypeptide;
(b) contacting the cell with a composition comprising a candidate substance; and
(c) determining whether the substance alters the property or function ascribable to the polypeptide; whereby, if an alteration observed in the presence of the substance is not observed when the cell is contacted with a composition devoid of the substance, the substance is identified as a potential therapeutic agent.
22. A method for modulating the activity of the polypeptide of claim 1, the method comprising introducing a cell sample expressing the polypeptide of said claim with a compound that binds to said polypeptide in an amount sufficient to modulate the activity of the polypeptide.
23. A method of treating or preventing a pathology associated with the polypeptide of claim 1, said method comprising administering the polypeptide of claim 1 to a subject in which such treatment or prevention is desired in an amount sufficient to treat or prevent said pathology in said subject.
24. The method of claim 23, wherein said subject is a human.
25. A method of treating or preventing a pathology associated with the polypeptide of claim 1, said method comprising administering to a subject in which such treatment or prevention is desired a SERX nucleic acid in an amount sufficient to treat or prevent said pathology in said subject.
26. The method of claim 25, wherein said subject is a human.
27. A method of treating or preventing a pathology associated with the polypeptide of claim 1, said method comprising administering to a subject in which such treatment or prevention is desired a SERX antibody in an amount sufficient to treat or prevent said pathology in said subject.
28. The method of claim 15, wherein the subject is a human.
29. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the polypeptide of claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
30. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the nucleic acid molecule of claim 5 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
31. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the antibody of claim 15 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
32. A kit comprising in one or more containers, the pharmaceutical composition of claim 29.
33. A kit comprising in one or more containers, the pharmaceutical composition of claim 30.
34. A kit comprising in one or more containers, the pharmaceutical composition of claim 31.
35. The use of a therapeutic in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a syndrome associated with a human disease, the disease selected from a pathology associated with the polypeptide of claim 1, wherein said therapeutic is the polypeptide of claim 1.
36. The use of a therapeutic in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a syndrome associated with a human disease, the disease selected from a pathology associated with the polypeptide of claim 1, wherein said therapeutic is a SERX nucleic acid.
37. The use of a therapeutic in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a syndrome associated with a human disease, the disease selected from a pathology associated with the polypeptide of claim 1, wherein said therapeutic is a SERX antibody.
38. A method for screening for a modulator of activity or of latency or predisposition to a pathology associated with the polypeptide of claim 1, said method comprising: a) administering a test compound to a test animal at increased risk for a pathology associated with the polypeptide of claim 1, wherein said test animal recombinantly expresses the polypeptide of claim 1 ; b) measuring the activity of said polypeptide in said test animal after administering the compound of step (a); and c) comparing the activity of said protein in said test animal with the activity of said polypeptide in a control animal not administered said polypeptide, wherein a change in the activity of said polypeptide in said test animal relative to said control animal indicates the test compound is a modulator of latency of, or predisposition to, a pathology associated with the polypeptide of claim 1.
39. The method of claim 38, wherein said test animal is a recombinant test animal that expresses a test protein transgene or expresses said transgene under the control of a promoter at an increased level relative to a wild-type test animal, and wherein said promoter is not the native gene promoter of said transgene.
40. A method for determining the presence of or predisposition to a disease associated with altered levels of the polypeptide of claim 1 in a first mammalian subject, the method comprising: a) measuring the level of expression of the polypeptide in a sample from the first mammalian subject; and b) comparing the amount of said polypeptide in the sample of step (a) to the amount of the polypeptide present in a control sample from a second mammalian subject known not to have, or not to be predisposed to, said disease, wherein an alteration in the expression level of the polypeptide in the first subject as compared to the control sample indicates the presence of or predisposition to said disease.
41. A method for determining the presence of or predisposition to a disease associated with altered levels of the nucleic acid molecule of claim 5 in a first mammalian subject, the method comprising: a) measuring the amount of the nucleic acid in a sample from the first mammalian subject; and b) comparing the amount of said nucleic acid in the sample of step (a) to the amount of the nucleic acid present in a control sample from a second mammalian subject known not to have or not be predisposed to, the disease; wherein an alteration in the level of the nucleic acid in the first subject as compared to the control sample indicates the presence of or predisposition to the disease.
42. A method of treating a pathological state in a mammal, the method comprising administering to the mammal a polypeptide in an amount that is sufficient to alleviate the pathological state, wherein the polypeptide is a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence at least 95% identical to a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence given by SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 9, 11, or 15 or a biologically active fragment thereof.
43. A method of treating a pathological state in a mammal, the method comprising administering to the mammal the antibody of claim 15 in an amount sufficient to alleviate the pathological state.
EP00980526A 1999-11-17 2000-11-17 Serine/threonine kinase and serine protease polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding same Withdrawn EP1244793A2 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (17)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US16598699P 1999-11-17 1999-11-17
US165986P 1999-11-17
US18134700P 2000-02-09 2000-02-09
US181347P 2000-02-09
US19419500P 2000-04-03 2000-04-03
US194195P 2000-04-03
US19483900P 2000-04-05 2000-04-05
US194839P 2000-04-05
US19563700P 2000-04-07 2000-04-07
US195637P 2000-04-07
US19708000P 2000-04-13 2000-04-13
US197080P 2000-04-13
US23267700P 2000-09-15 2000-09-15
US232677P 2000-09-15
US71542700A 2000-11-16 2000-11-16
US715427 2000-11-16
PCT/US2000/031744 WO2001036645A2 (en) 1999-11-17 2000-11-17 Serine/threonine kinase and serine protease polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding same

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
EP1244793A2 true EP1244793A2 (en) 2002-10-02

Family

ID=27575039

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP00980526A Withdrawn EP1244793A2 (en) 1999-11-17 2000-11-17 Serine/threonine kinase and serine protease polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding same

Country Status (4)

Country Link
EP (1) EP1244793A2 (en)
JP (1) JP2003533174A (en)
CA (1) CA2391908A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2001036645A2 (en)

Families Citing this family (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE60035218D1 (en) 1999-11-18 2007-07-26 Dendreon Corp NUCLEIC ACIDS THAT CODE ENDOTHELIAS, ENDOTHELIASES, AND THEIR USE
US20020151005A1 (en) * 2000-06-15 2002-10-17 Meyers Rachel A. 53070, a novel human protein kinase family member and uses thereof
US20030198953A1 (en) * 2000-03-30 2003-10-23 Spytek Kimberly A. Novel proteins and nucleic acids encoding same
WO2001081558A2 (en) * 2000-04-25 2001-11-01 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 13295 novel protein kinase molecules and uses therefor
US20030176338A1 (en) * 2000-05-05 2003-09-18 Klaus Ducker Novel serine-threonine kinase
US20030096313A1 (en) * 2000-05-12 2003-05-22 Burkhard Scharm Novel serine-threonine kinase-4
US6482935B1 (en) * 2000-05-24 2002-11-19 Applera Corporation Isolated human kinase proteins, nucleic acid molecules encoding human kinase proteins, and uses thereof
ES2305093T3 (en) 2000-06-13 2008-11-01 Bayer Healthcare Ag REGULATION OF THE HUMAN TRANSMEMBRANE SERINE PROTEASE
JP2004504026A (en) * 2000-07-18 2004-02-12 バイエル アクチェンゲゼルシャフト Regulation of human DESC1-like serine protease
WO2002006455A2 (en) * 2000-07-19 2002-01-24 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Regulation of human airway trypsin protease-like enzyme
US6365391B1 (en) * 2000-09-27 2002-04-02 Pe Corporation (Ny) Isolated human serine protease, nucleic acid molecules encoding human serine protease, and uses thereof
CA2442089A1 (en) * 2001-03-27 2002-10-03 Dendreon San Diego Llc Nucleic acid molecules encoding a transmembran serine protease 9, the encoded polypeptides and methods based thereon
US20030059918A1 (en) * 2001-06-07 2003-03-27 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Regulation of human serine/threonine protein kinase
WO2003062429A1 (en) * 2002-01-23 2003-07-31 Yamanouchi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Novel serine protease
US7273610B2 (en) 2003-08-14 2007-09-25 Dyax Corp. Endotheliase-2 ligands
US7947436B2 (en) 2004-12-13 2011-05-24 Alethia Biotherapeutics Inc. Polynucleotides and polypeptide sequences involved in the process of bone remodeling

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6479274B1 (en) * 1997-02-13 2002-11-12 Amrad Operations Pty., Ltd. DNA molecules encoding human HELA2 or testisin serine proteinases
JP2004507202A (en) * 1999-03-31 2004-03-11 キュラジェン コーポレイション Nucleic acid containing an open reading frame encoding a polypeptide; "ORFX"

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See references of WO0136645A2 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2003533174A (en) 2003-11-11
CA2391908A1 (en) 2001-05-25
WO2001036645A3 (en) 2002-06-06
WO2001036645A2 (en) 2001-05-25

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP1244793A2 (en) Serine/threonine kinase and serine protease polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding same
AU2001238283C1 (en) Sphingosine kinases
US20050014241A1 (en) Human glucose-6-phosphatase molecules and uses thereof
AU2001238283A1 (en) Sphingosine kinases
WO2001049729A2 (en) Novex polypeptides, nucleic acids encoding same and their diagnostic and therapeutic use
US20030059768A1 (en) Novel polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding same
US20030077697A1 (en) Novel serine/threonine protein-kinase like proteins and nucleic acids encoding the same
US6383791B1 (en) Molecules of the HKID-1-related protein family and uses thereof
WO2001036638A2 (en) Polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding same
US6730491B2 (en) 2504, 15977, and 14760, novel protein kinase family members and uses therefor
WO2001027156A1 (en) Interleukin-2 like protein and nucleic acids encoding same
WO2001032874A2 (en) Polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding same
AU1777901A (en) Novel polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding same
US20020137181A1 (en) 14087, a novel serine protease molecule and uses therefor
US20030073823A1 (en) Novel transcription factor-like protein and nucleic acids encoding same
CA2385196A1 (en) Aortic carboxypeptidase-like protein and nucleic acids encoding same
US20030017585A1 (en) Novel sodium/solute symporter-like protein and nucleic acids encoding same
US20020132317A1 (en) Novel interferon-induced tetraspan protein and nucleic acids encoding same
WO2001064851A2 (en) 32670, novel human phosphatidylserine synthase-like molecules and uses thereof
AU2005203590A1 (en) Novel sphingosine kinases
AU1616801A (en) Novel polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding same
WO2001061008A2 (en) Polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding same
US20030165883A1 (en) 27091, a phospholipid transporting ATPase molecule and uses therefor
JP2003525610A (en) Gene G12L related to thermal response
WO2002036632A2 (en) Single nucleotide polymorphisms in nucleic acids encoding human olfactory receptor-like polypeptides

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PUAI Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012

17P Request for examination filed

Effective date: 20020614

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LI LU MC NL PT SE TR

AX Request for extension of the european patent

Free format text: AL;LT;LV;MK;RO;SI

RIN1 Information on inventor provided before grant (corrected)

Inventor name: RASTELLI, LUCA

Inventor name: FERNANDES, ELMA

Inventor name: QUINN, KERRY, E.

Inventor name: BURGESS, CATHERINE

Inventor name: VERNET, CORINE

Inventor name: TAUPIER, RAYMOND, JR.

Inventor name: SPYTEK, KIMBERLEY, ANN

Inventor name: MAJUMDER, KUMUD

RIN1 Information on inventor provided before grant (corrected)

Inventor name: QUINN, KERRY, E.

Inventor name: FERNANDES, ELMA

Inventor name: TAUPIER, RAYMOND, JR.

Inventor name: RASTELLI, LUCA

Inventor name: BURGESS, CATHERINE

Inventor name: MAJUMDER, KUMUD

Inventor name: VERNET, CORINE

Inventor name: SPYTEK, KIMBERLEY, ANN

17Q First examination report despatched

Effective date: 20040128

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: THE APPLICATION IS DEEMED TO BE WITHDRAWN

18D Application deemed to be withdrawn

Effective date: 20040608